Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of contents
Index to audited consolidated financial statements
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2014.
Registration No. 333-199008
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
5600
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
90-0776290
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
15776 Laguna Canyon Road
Irvine, California 92618
(949) 453-4400
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
James G. Conroy
President and Chief Executive Officer
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
15776 Laguna Canyon Road
Irvine, California 92618
(949) 453-4400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Richard J. Welch, Esq.
Timothy R. Rupp, Esq. Bingham McCutchen LLP 600 Anton Boulevard, 18th Floor Costa Mesa, California 92626 (714) 830-0600 |
William V. Fogg, Esq.
Johnny G. Skumpija, Esq. Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP Worldwide Plaza 825 Eighth Avenue New York, New York 10019 (212) 474-1000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o | Accelerated filer o |
Non-accelerated filer
ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Smaller reporting company o |
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
||||||||
Title of Each Class of
Securities to Be Registered |
Amount to Be
Registered (1) |
Proposed
Maximum Offering Price (2) |
Proposed
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price |
Amount of
Registration Fee (3) |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share |
5,750,000 | $16.00 | $92,000,000 | $10,691 | ||||
|
(1) Includes shares which the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3) Previously paid.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
Subject to completion, dated October 20, 2014
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
5,000,000 shares
Common stock
This is the initial public offering of common stock of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. We are selling 5,000,000 shares of our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share of common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BOOT".
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 750,000 additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.
We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and therefore have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See "Prospectus summaryImplications of being an emerging growth company".
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk factors" beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful and complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
Per share
|
Total
|
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Public offering price |
$ | $ | |||||
Underwriting discount* |
$ | $ | |||||
Proceeds to us, before expenses |
$ | $ | |||||
* We refer you to "Underwriting" beginning on page 122 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about , 2014 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.
J.P. Morgan | Piper Jaffray | Jefferies |
Wells Fargo Securities |
Baird
|
Prospectus dated , 2014.
Through and including , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to as the SEC. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the SEC. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give to you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus, or of any sale of our common stock.
For investors outside the U.S.: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that
i
purpose is required, other than in the U.S. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the U.S.
Basis of presentation
We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to March 31. For ease of reference, we identify our fiscal year in this prospectus by reference to the calendar year in which the fiscal year ends. This prospectus contains references to fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, which represent our fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, March 30, 2013, March 29, 2014 and March 28, 2015, respectively, all of which were 52-week periods. This prospectus also contains references to fiscal 2011, which represents our fiscal year ended April 2, 2011 and was a 53-week period. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes 13 weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include 13 weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes 14 weeks of operations. Each quarter ends on the last Saturday of the 13-week period (or the 14-week period in a 53-week fiscal year).
The period from April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011, which is presented separately as the "Predecessor Period" in this prospectus, consisted of approximately 36 weeks. The period from December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012, which is presented separately as the "Successor Period" in this prospectus, consisted of approximately 16 weeks. See "Prospectus summaryOur sponsor". References in this prospectus to fiscal 2012 represent the sum of the results of the Predecessor Period and Successor Period.
As used in this prospectus, the following terms have the following meanings:
References in this prospectus to our "credit facilities" collectively refer to our term loan credit facility with Golub Capital LLC, which we refer to as our term loan facility, and our revolving credit facility with PNC Bank, N.A., which we refer to as our revolving credit facility.
Amounts presented in this prospectus in millions are approximations of the actual amounts in that they have been rounded to the nearest one decimal place.
Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to "Boot Barn", the "Company", "we", "us" and "our" refer to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Except as the context otherwise requires, all information included in this prospectus is presented after giving effect to the reorganization described in "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsFactors affecting comparability of results of operationsReorganization".
References in this prospectus to "RCC" refer to RCC Western Stores, Inc., which we acquired in August 2012, and references in this prospectus to "Baskins" refer to Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC, which we acquired in May 2013.
ii
Trademarks and trade names
This prospectus includes our trademarks and trade names, such as "Boot Barn" and the names of our private brands, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are our property. This prospectus also contains trademarks, trade names and service marks of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of any applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other parties' trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.
Industry and market data
Unless otherwise indicated, statements in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and competitive position, business opportunity and market size, growth and share, are based on information from independent industry organizations and other third-party sources (including industry publications, surveys and forecasts), data from our internal research and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information and the information and data referred to above, and are based on assumptions and calculations made by us based upon our interpretation of such information and data, and on our knowledge of our industry and the categories in which we operate, which we believe to be reasonable. Furthermore, the information and data referred to above are imprecise and may prove to be inaccurate because the information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limitations on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. However, we are responsible for all of the disclosure in this prospectus and believe it to be reasonable. Projections, assumptions, expectations, beliefs and estimates regarding our industry and the categories in which we operate and our future performance are also necessarily subject to risk and change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk factors".
Certain statements in this prospectus regarding the estimated size and growth of the U.S. western and work wear markets are based on information from a study that we engaged Mōd Advisors LLC, or Mōd, to conduct, which we refer to as the Mōd study. The Mōd study was based, in part, upon industry data obtained from a March 2014 publication by Global Industry Analysts entitled "Workwear: A Global Strategic Business Report". The Mōd study was also based upon information and estimates obtained during interviews that Mōd conducted with executives at several western and work wear manufacturers, as well as an online survey commissioned by Mōd of 2,045 adults and teenagers regarding purchases of western wear products. A broader sampling and different methodologies, among other variables, could have led Mōd to arrive at different results; however, we know of no better methodology for estimation nor do we have any reason to believe that Mōd's consideration of additional or different data would have materially changed its conclusions regarding the size of the U.S. market for the western and work wear categories. We have not independently verified any of the data from the Mōd study, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions upon which the Mōd study relied. Market research is based on sampling and subjective judgments by both the researchers and the respondents, including judgments about what types of products should be included in the relevant market. As a result, please be aware that the data and statistical information in this prospectus from the Mōd study may differ from information provided by our
iii
competitors or from information found in current or future studies conducted by market research institutes, consultancy firms or independent sources.
Statements in this prospectus regarding our competitive position, business opportunity and market size, growth and share in the U.S. are based on data that may not account for certain retailers. However, we believe that this data is a reasonable approximation of all relevant retailers, and we have no reason to believe that the inclusion of additional retailers in the data collection process would materially change the conclusions that we have drawn from this data. In addition, statements in this prospectus regarding the characteristics and preferences of our customers are based on internal analyses of our customers that have not been independently verified. A broader sampling of our customers and different methodologies, among other variables, could lead to different results; however, we know of no better methodology for estimation, nor do we have any reason to believe that our consideration of additional or different survey data would materially change the conclusions that we have drawn from these surveys.
Same store sales
As used in this prospectus, the term "same store sales" generally refers to net sales from stores that have been open at least 13 full fiscal months as of the end of the current reporting period, although we include or exclude stores from our calculation of same store sales in accordance with the following additional criteria:
If the criteria described above are met, then all net sales of an acquired store, excluding those net sales before our acquisition of that store, are included for the period presented. However, when an acquired store is included for the period presented, the net sales of such acquired store for periods before its acquisition are included (to the extent relevant) for purposes of calculating "same stores sales growth" and illustrating the comparison between the applicable periods. Pre-acquisition net sales numbers are derived from the books and records of the acquired store, or acquired company in the case of RCC and Baskins, as prepared prior to the acquisition by the acquired store or acquired company and have not been independently verified by us.
In addition to retail store sales, same store sales also includes e-commerce sales, e-commerce shipping and handling revenue and actual retail store or e-commerce sales returns. We exclude gift card escheatment and our provision for sales returns and future award redemptions from our sales in deriving net sales per store.
iv
As used in this prospectus, the term "same store sales growth" refers to the percentage change in our same store sales as compared to the prior comparable period.
We believe that same store sales and same store sales growth provide investors with helpful information about our operating performance. Some of our competitors and other retailers may calculate "same" or "comparable" store sales or "same" or "comparable" store sales growth differently than we do. As a result, data in this prospectus regarding our same store sales and same stores sales growth may not be comparable to similar data made available by our competitors and other retailers. In addition, data regarding same store sales and same store sales growth are not audited or reviewed by our independent registered public accounting firm.
Non-GAAP financial measures
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted to exclude income tax expense (benefit), net interest expense and depreciation and intangible asset amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted to exclude non-cash stock-based compensation, the non-cash accrual for future award redemptions, recapitalization expenses, acquisition expenses, acquisition-related integration and reorganization costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and other unusual or non-recurring expenses. In this prospectus, we present these non-GAAP measures together with a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to our net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. See "Prospectus summarySummary consolidated financial and other data" and "Selected consolidated financial data".
We include EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because they are important financial measures that our management, board of directors and lenders use to assess our operating performance. We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as key performance measures because we believe that they facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences primarily caused by the impact of variations from period to period in tax positions, interest expense and depreciation and amortization, as well as, in the case of Adjusted EBITDA, excluding non-cash expenses, such as non-cash stock-based compensation and the non-cash accrual for future award redemptions, and unusual or non-recurring costs and expenses that are not directly related to our operations, including recapitalization expenses, acquisition expenses, acquisition-related integration and reorganization costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and other unusual or nonrecurring expenses. Because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA facilitate internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis, we also use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (or some variations thereof) for business planning purposes, in calculating covenant compliance for our credit facilities, in determining incentive compensation for members of our management and in evaluating acquisition opportunities. In addition, we believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt-service capabilities.
Our use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. Some of these limitations are:
v
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to net income or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Given that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are measures not deemed to be in accordance with GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations, our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, including companies in our industry, because other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in a different manner than we calculate these measures.
In evaluating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may or may not incur expenses similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA does not imply that our future results will be unaffected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items. When evaluating our performance, you should consider EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including our net income and other GAAP results, and not rely on any single financial measure.
vi
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled "Risk factors" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and our consolidated financial statements, condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our company
We are the largest and fastest-growing lifestyle retail chain devoted to western and work-related footwear, apparel and accessories in the U.S. With 158 stores in 24 states as of September 27, 2014, we have over twice as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear, and believe we have the potential to grow our store base to at least 400 domestic locations. Our stores, which are typically freestanding or located in strip centers, average 10,800 square feet and feature a comprehensive assortment of approximately 200 brands and more than 1,500 styles on average, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. We target a broad and growing demographic, ranging from passionate western and country enthusiasts to workers seeking dependable, high-quality footwear and clothing. We strive to offer an authentic, one-stop shopping experience that fulfills the everyday lifestyle needs of our customers and, as a result, many of our customers make purchases in both the western and work wear sections of our stores. Our store environment, product offering and marketing materials represent the aesthetics of the true American West, country music and rugged, outdoor work. These threads are woven together in our motto, "Be True", which communicates the genuine and enduring spirit of the Boot Barn brand.
Our product offering is anchored by an extensive selection of western and work boots and is complemented by a wide assortment of coordinating apparel and accessories. Many of the items that we offer are basics or necessities for our customers' daily lives and typically represent enduring styles that are not impacted by changing fashion trends. We carry market-leading assortments of boots, denim, western shirts, cowboy hats, belts and belt buckles, western-style jewelry and accessories. Our western assortment includes many of the industry's most sought-after brands, such as Ariat , Dan Post , Justin , Levi Strauss , Lucchese , Miss Me , Montana Silversmiths , Resistol and Wrangler . Our work assortment includes rugged footwear, outerwear, overalls, denim and shirts for the most physically demanding jobs where durability, performance and protection matter, including safety-toe boots and flame-resistant and high-visibility clothing. Among the top work brands sold in our stores are Carhartt , Dickies , Timberland Pro and Wolverine . Our merchandise is also available on our e-commerce website, www.bootbarn.com.
Boot Barn was founded in 1978 and, over the past 36 years, has grown both organically and through successful strategic acquisitions of competing chains. We have rebranded and remerchandised the acquired chains under the Boot Barn banner, resulting in sales and profit increases over their original concepts. We believe that our business model and scale provide us with competitive advantages that have contributed to our consistent and strong financial performance, generating sufficient cash flow to support national growth, as evidenced by:
1
Quarterly same store sales growth
19 consecutive quarters of growth
For a description of the manner in which we calculate same store sales see "Same store sales" at the beginning of this prospectus.
Our competitive strengths
We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and provide a solid foundation for future growth:
Powerful lifestyle brand. Our deep understanding of the western lifestyle enables us to create long-lasting relationships with our customers. Our brand is highly visible through our sponsorship of western events, which, in fiscal 2014, included 257 local community rodeos, 9 national rodeos and 89 other country and western events. We believe these grassroots marketing efforts make our brand synonymous with the western lifestyle, validate our brand's authenticity and establish Boot Barn as the trusted specialty retailer for all of our customers' everyday needs.
Largest and fastest growing specialty retailer of western and work wear in the U.S. Our broad geographic footprint, which currently spans 24 states, provides us with significant economies of scale, enhanced supplier relationships, the ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates and the ability to reinvest in our business at levels that we believe exceed those of our competition. Over the past two full fiscal years, we have grown our stores at a 32.9% CAGR.
2
Attractive, loyal customer base. Our customers come to us for many aspects of their everyday footwear and clothing needs because of the breadth and availability of our product offering. Our loyalty program, B Rewarded, has grown rapidly since its inception in 2011, and includes approximately 2.2 million members who have purchased merchandise from us as of September 27, 2014. Approximately 90% of our sales in fiscal 2014 were generated by customers who were already in our loyalty program or signed up to participate in our loyalty program at the time of their purchase.
Differentiated shopping experience. We deliver a one-stop shopping experience that engages our customers and, we believe, fulfills their lifestyle needs. Our stores are designed to create an inviting and engaging experience and feature strong in-stock positions across our broad assortment of boots, apparel and accessories. Our knowledgeable store associates are passionate about our merchandise and deliver a high level of service to our customers. These elements help promote customer loyalty and drive repeat visits.
Compelling merchandise assortment and strategy. We believe we offer a diverse merchandise assortment that features the most sought-after western and work wear brands, well-regarded niche brands and exclusive private brands across a range of boots, apparel and accessories. In fiscal 2014, the vast majority of our merchandise sales were at full price, which, we believe, demonstrates the strength of our brand and the less discretionary nature of our product offering.
Portfolio of exclusive private brands. We have leveraged our scale, merchandising experience and customer knowledge to launch a portfolio of private brands exclusive to us, including Shyanne , Cody James , American Worker and BB Ranch . Our private brands offer high-quality western and work boots as well as apparel and accessories for men, ladies and kids and address product and price segments that we believe are underserved by third-party brands.
Versatile store model with compelling unit economics. We have successfully opened and currently operate stores that generate strong cash flow, consistent store-level financial results and an attractive return on investment across a variety of geographies, markets, store sizes and location types. As of the end of fiscal 2014, all of our stores included in same store sales were profitable. Our new store model requires an average net cash investment of approximately $670,000 and targets an average payback period of less than three years.
Highly experienced management team and passionate organization. Our senior management team has extensive experience across all key retail disciplines. With an average of approximately 25 years of experience in their respective functional areas, our senior management team has been instrumental in developing a robust and scalable infrastructure to support our growth. Our senior management team embraces the genuine and enduring qualities of the western lifestyle and has created a positive culture of enthusiasm and entrepreneurial spirit which is shared by team members throughout our entire organization. Our strong company culture is exemplified by the long tenure of our employees at all levels. For example, our district and regional managers have an average of eight years of service with us and our store managers have an average of more than five years of service with us, including the companies acquired by us.
Our growth strategies
We are pursuing several strategies to continue our profitable growth, including:
Expanding our store base. Driven by our compelling store economics and based on an extensive internal analysis, we believe that we have the potential to grow our domestic store base from 158 stores as of
3
September 27, 2014 to at least 400 domestic locations. We currently plan to target new store openings in both existing markets and new, adjacent and underserved markets. Over the past several years, we have made significant investments in personnel, information technology, warehouse infrastructure and an e-commerce platform to support the expansion of our operations. We believe that we can grow our store base in the U.S. by at least 10% annually for the next several years.
Driving same store sales growth. We believe that we can continue to grow our same store sales by increasing our brand awareness, driving additional traffic to our stores and increasing the amount of merchandise purchased by customers while visiting our stores. Our management team has launched several initiatives to accelerate growth, enhance our store associates' selling skills, drive store-level productivity and increase customer engagement through our loyalty program.
Enhancing brand awareness. We intend to enhance our brand awareness and customer loyalty in a number of ways, such as continuing to grow our store base and our online and social media initiatives. We use broadcast media such as radio, television and outdoor advertisements to reach customers in new and existing markets. We also have an effective social media strategy with high customer engagement, as evidenced by our Facebook fan base. According to Internet Retailer, we were ranked number one for having the fastest growing fan base of all merchants covered by their survey released in January 2014. (1) As of September 27, 2014, our Facebook fan base eclipsed 2.1 million fans.
Growing our e-commerce business. We continue to make investments aimed at increasing traffic to our e-commerce website, which reached over 7.5 million visits in fiscal 2014, and increasing the amount of merchandise purchased by customers who visit our website, while improving the shopping experience for our customers. Since re-launching our e-commerce website with a new platform in fiscal 2011, our e-commerce sales have grown at a 38.2% CAGR. Our e-commerce business allows us to reach customers outside our geographic footprint, with 32.7% of our domestic e-commerce sales during fiscal 2014 being made to customers in states where we do not operate stores.
Increasing profitability. Our ability to leverage our infrastructure and drive store-level productivity due to economies of scale is expected to be a primary driver of our improvement in profitability. We intend to continually refine our merchandise mix and increase the penetration of our private brands to help differentiate us from our competitors and achieve higher merchandise margins. We also expect to capitalize on additional economies of scale in purchasing and sourcing as we grow our geographic footprint and online presence.
Our market opportunity
We participate in the large, growing and highly fragmented western and work wear markets of the broader apparel and footwear industry. We offer a variety of boots, apparel and accessories that are basics or necessities for our customers' daily lives. Many of our customers are employed in the agriculture, oil and gas, manufacturing and construction industries, and are often country and western enthusiasts.
The following data regarding these markets is derived from the Mōd study referenced at the beginning of this prospectus. See "Industry and market data". The U.S. western and work wear markets represented approximately $8 billion and $12 billion in retail sales, respectively, in calendar year 2013. The western wear market is composed of footwear, apparel and accessories, which in 2013 represented approximately $3.0 billion, $3.5 billion and $1.5 billion in retail sales, respectively. The work wear market is composed of
(1) Source: Stefany Moore, How Boot Barn uses Facebook to build a national brand , Internet Retailer (January 9, 2014), http://www.internetretailer.com/2014/01/09/how-boot-barn-uses-facebook-build-national-brand.
4
footwear and apparel, which in 2013 represented approximately $3.0 billion and $9.0 billion in retail sales, respectively. Between 2009 and 2013, the western and work wear markets experienced estimated annual retail sales growth of approximately 6% to 8% and 1% to 3%, respectively. Over the next three to five years, Mōd estimates that retail sales in the western and work wear markets will grow annually at approximately 3% to 5% and 2% to 4%, respectively. We believe that growth in the western wear market has been and will continue to be driven by the growth of western events, such as rodeos, the popularity of country music and the continued strength and endurance of the western lifestyle. We believe that growth in the work wear market has been and will continue to be driven by increased output and employment in the oil and gas industries, increasing activity in the construction sector and the return of domestic manufacturing. Additionally, government regulations for workplace safety have driven and, we believe, will continue to drive, sales in specific categories, such as safety-toe boots and flame-resistant and high-visibility clothing for various industrial and outdoor occupations.
Risks associated with our business
We believe that our business strategy will continue to offer significant opportunities, but it also presents risks and challenges. These risks and challenges include, but are not limited to, the following:
See "Risk factors" for other important factors that could adversely impact our results of operations.
Recent Developments
Preliminary financial information for the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2014
We are currently finalizing our unaudited interim financial statements as of and for the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2014, including our results of operations for that period. While financial statements as of and for this period are not yet available, based on the information currently available to management, we preliminarily estimate that for the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2014, net sales were between $85.9 million and $86.4 million compared to $77.4 million for the thirteen weeks ended September 28, 2013; income from operations was between $3.9 million and $4.4 million compared to a loss from operations of $0.1 million for the thirteen weeks ended September 28, 2013; and same store sales growth was between 7.2% and 7.3% compared to 7.1% for the thirteen weeks ended September 28, 2013.
Our estimated increase in net sales for the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2014, as compared to the thirteen weeks ended September 28, 2013, was due to an increase in same store sales, plus additional sales from seven net new stores opened since September 28, 2013, including three new stores that opened during the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2014.
5
Our estimated increase in income from operations for the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2014 was due primarily to our increase in net sales and gross profit. Included in income from operations for the thirteen weeks ending September 27, 2014 are non-recurring expenses of approximately $0.9 million incurred in connection with our evaluation of an acquisition, which we decided not to pursue. Included in the loss from operations for the thirteen weeks ended September 28, 2013 are non-recurring expenses of approximately $2.0 million incurred in connection with the acquisition and integration of Baskins (which we acquired in May 2013), approximately $0.4 million in amortization of inventory fair value adjustments and approximately $0.3 million from a loss on the disposal of assets in connection with the rebranding of the Baskins stores.
The preliminary financial information above is unaudited and may vary from our actual financial results for the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2014. The preliminary financial information above reflects estimates based only on preliminary information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, has not been subject to our normal quarterly closing procedures and adjustments, which may be material, and is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2014. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on these preliminary estimates. The preliminary financial information should not be viewed as a substitute for full interim financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. The estimates above are not necessarily indicative of any future period or any full fiscal year and should be read together with "Risk factors", "Special note regarding forward-looking statements", "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations", "Selected consolidated financial data" and our consolidated financial statements, condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preliminary financial information above has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to this preliminary financial information and does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
Stock split
Our board of directors and stockholders have approved a 25-for-1 stock split of our common stock that will be effective prior to this offering. All references in this prospectus to shares of common stock, options to purchase shares of common stock, per share data and related information have been retroactively adjusted, where applicable, to reflect this stock split as if it had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented.
Our sponsor
Freeman Spogli & Co. is a private equity firm dedicated exclusively to investing and partnering with management in consumer-related and distribution companies in the U.S. Since its founding in 1983, Freeman Spogli & Co. has invested $3.3 billion of equity in 50 portfolio companies with aggregate transaction values of $20 billion. Freeman Spogli & Co. acquired its shares of our common stock in December 2011 in a transaction that we refer to as the Recapitalization. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsFactors affecting comparability of results of operationsRecapitalization". Following the completion of this offering, Freeman Spogli & Co. will beneficially own approximately 71.2% of our outstanding common stock, or 69.1% if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares. It is possible that the interests of Freeman Spogli & Co. may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders.
6
Our corporate information
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. was formed in Delaware on November 17, 2011 as WW Top Investment Corporation to facilitate the Recapitalization. On June 9, 2014, WW Holding Corporation and Boot Barn Holding Corporation were each merged with and into WW Top Investment Corporation. On June 10, 2014, the legal name of WW Top Investment Corporation was changed to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 15776 Laguna Canyon Road, Irvine, California, 92618 and our telephone number is (949) 453-4400. Our website address is www.bootbarn.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus. We have included our website address only as an inactive textual reference and do not intend it to be an active link to our website.
Implications of being an emerging growth company
We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of our fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.
An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:
We have not taken advantage of certain of these reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus, although we may choose to do so in future filings. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, we cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock.
7
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to "opt out" of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.
8
Common stock offered by us | 5,000,000 shares (or 5,750,000 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) | |
Common stock outstanding after this offering |
|
24,929,350 shares (or 25,679,350 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) |
|
|
The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering is based on the assumptions outlined below. |
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering of approximately $66.9 million (or $77.3 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
|
|
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of our existing term loan facility, including applicable prepayment penalties and fees. See "Use of proceeds". |
Risk factors |
|
See "Risk factors" on page 15 and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before you decide to invest in our common stock. |
Dividend policy |
|
We anticipate that we will retain all of our available funds to repay existing indebtedness and for use in the operation and expansion of our business for the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the payment of cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion, legal requirements and other factors that our board of directors considers to be relevant. In addition, financial and other covenants in our credit facilities and in any credit facilities, debt instruments or other agreements that we enter into in the future may restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. See "Dividend policy". |
Listing and symbol |
|
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol "BOOT". |
Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus:
9
The number of shares outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 19,929,350 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 27, 2014 and excludes:
10
Summary consolidated financial and other data
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated, as well as certain "as adjusted" financial data. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 28, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, such financial statements reflect all adjustments that are of a normal and recurring nature necessary to fairly present our financial position and results of operations in all material respects as of the dates and for the periods presented. The results of operations presented in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year or in any future period.
The as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of June 28, 2014 is presented after giving effect to the offering contemplated by this prospectus and the application of the net proceeds received by us in the offering to repay outstanding indebtedness as described under "Use of proceeds", as though this offering and the application of net proceeds had occurred as of such date. The unaudited as adjusted financial data does not purport to represent what our results will be in future periods.
The consolidated statement of operations data and consolidated balance sheet data include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of RCC and Baskins since their respective dates of acquisition in August 2012 and May 2013.
You should read the following summary consolidated financial and other data together with the sections of this prospectus titled "Use of proceeds", "Capitalization", "Selected consolidated financial data" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and the consolidated financial statements, condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
11
|
Fiscal year ended (1) | Period (1) | Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||||||||||
Consolidated statement of operations data: |
|||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 345,868 | $ | 233,203 | $ | 58,267 | $ | 110,429 | $ | 82,497 | $ | 64,574 | |||||||
Cost of goods sold |
231,796 | 151,357 | 37,313 | 72,129 | 55,607 | 42,146 | |||||||||||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment |
867 | 9,199 | 9,369 | | | 145 | |||||||||||||
Total cost of goods sold |
232,663 | 160,556 | 46,682 | 72,129 | 55,607 | 42,291 | |||||||||||||
Gross profit |
113,205 | 72,647 | 11,585 | 38,300 | 26,890 | 22,283 | |||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
91,998 | 62,609 | 12,769 | 28,145 | 21,497 | 18,845 | |||||||||||||
Acquisition-related expenses (2) |
671 | 1,138 | 3,027 | 7,336 | | 671 | |||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
92,669 | 63,747 | 15,796 | 35,481 | 21,497 | 19,516 | |||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
20,536 | 8,900 | (4,211 | ) | 2,819 | 5,393 | 2,767 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
11,594 | 7,415 | 1,442 | 3,684 | 2,757 | 5,078 | |||||||||||||
Other income, net |
39 | 21 | 5 | 70 | 18 | 8 | |||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
8,981 | 1,506 | (5,648 | ) | (795 | ) | 2,654 | (2,303 | ) | ||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
3,321 | 826 | (1,047 | ) | (135 | ) | 1,241 | (858 | ) | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
5,660 | 680 | (4,601 | ) | (660 | ) | 1,413 | (1,445 | ) | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributed to non-controlling interest |
283 | 34 | (230 | ) | | 4 | (72 | ) | |||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributed to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. |
$ | 5,377 | $ | 646 | $ | (4,371 | ) | $ | (660 | ) | $ | 1,409 | $ | (1,373 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) per share: (3)(5) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic shares |
$ | 0.28 | $ | 0.03 | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (3.82 | ) | $ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.07 | ) | |||
Diluted shares |
$ | 0.28 | $ | 0.03 | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (3.82 | ) | $ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.07 | ) | |||
Weighted average shares outstanding: (5) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic shares |
18,929 | 18,757 | 18,633 | 173 | 19,149 | 18,929 | |||||||||||||
Diluted shares |
19,175 | 18,757 | 18,633 | 173 | 19,149 | 18,929 | |||||||||||||
As adjusted net income (loss) per share: (4)(5) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic shares |
$ | (0.06 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Diluted shares |
$ | (0.06 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
As adjusted weighted average shares outstanding: (5) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic shares |
19,204 | ||||||||||||||||||
Diluted shares |
19,204 | ||||||||||||||||||
12
|
Fiscal year ended (1) | Period (1) | Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands, except selected store data)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||||||||||
Other financial data (unaudited): |
|||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA (6) |
$ | 28,704 | $ | 14,509 | $ | (3,111 | ) | $ | 4,107 | $ | 7,469 | $ | 4,355 | ||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (6) |
$ | 40,271 | $ | 28,933 | $ | 9,785 | $ | 11,917 | $ | 7,789 | $ | 5,900 | |||||||
Capital expenditures |
$ | 11,400 | $ | 3,848 | $ | 698 | $ | 2,055 | $ | 1,803 | $ | 1,909 | |||||||
Selected store data (unaudited): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Same store sales growth |
6.7% | 11.9% | 17.5% | 17.5% | 7.7% | 8.2% | |||||||||||||
Stores operating at end of period |
152 | 117 | 86 | 85 | 155 | 149 | |||||||||||||
Total retail store square footage, end of period (in thousands) |
1,642 | 1,082 | 814 | 804 | 1,676 | 1,591 | |||||||||||||
Average store square footage, end of period |
10,801 | 9,251 | 9,466 | 9,456 | 10,811 | 10,676 | |||||||||||||
Average net sales per store (in thousands) (7) |
$ | 2,162 | $ | 1,861 | $ | 644 | $ | 1,210 | $ | 511 | $ | 419 | |||||||
|
As of | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
June 28,
2014 |
As adjusted
June 28, 2014 (8) |
|||||||||
Consolidated balance sheet data: |
|||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,118 | $ | 1,190 | $ | 1,115 | $ | 2,529 | |||||
Working capital |
56,786 | 37,174 | 61,814 | 60,835 | |||||||||
Total assets |
291,863 | 224,282 | 301,339 | 299,951 | |||||||||
Total debt |
128,124 | 88,410 | 172,594 | 106,201 | |||||||||
Stockholders' equity |
84,575 | 77,624 | 45,130 | 110,874 | |||||||||
(1) We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to March 31. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes 13 weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include 13 weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes 14 weeks of operations. The data presented contains references to fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, which represent our fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, and our fiscal periods from December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 and from April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011, respectively. Fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were each 52-week periods, the Successor Period consisted of approximately 16 weeks and the Predecessor Period consisted of approximately 36 weeks. Same store sales growth presented for each of the Predecessor Period and the Successor Period was calculated by comparing same store sales for such period against same store sales for the corresponding period in fiscal 2011. The data includes the activities of RCC from August 2012 and Baskins from May 2013, their respective dates of acquisition.
(2) Represents costs incurred in connection with the acquisitions of RCC and Baskins, as well as the Recapitalization.
(3) Net loss per share for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 reflects the deduction from net income, for purposes of determining the net income available to common stockholders, of the cash payment of $1.4 million made in April 2014 to holders of vested stock options. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesFinancing activities".
(4) As adjusted per share data gives effect to (i) the sale by us of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under "Use of proceeds", in each case assuming such events occurred on June 28, 2014. Basic and diluted as adjusted net income per share consists of as adjusted net income divided by the basic and diluted as adjusted weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. As adjusted net income per share reflects the increase in interest expense, net of income taxes, of $1.1 million resulting from the incurrence of prepayment penalties and fees and the write-off of prepaid loan fees in connection with our intended repayment of debt under our credit facilities as described in "Use of proceeds".
(5) The indicated data, other than data for the Predecessor Period, gives effect to the 25-for-1 stock split of our common stock that will be effective prior to this offering.
(6) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted to exclude income tax expense (benefit), net interest expense and depreciation and intangible asset amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted to exclude non-cash stock-based compensation, the non-cash accrual for future award redemptions,
13
recapitalization expenses, acquisition expenses, acquisition-related integration and reorganization costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and other unusual or non-recurring expenses. We include EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because they are important financial measures which our management, board of directors and lenders use to assess our operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to net income or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Given that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are measures not deemed to be in accordance with GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations, our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, including companies in our industry, because other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in a different manner than we calculate these measures. See "Non-GAAP financial measures" at the beginning of this prospectus. The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to our net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
|
Fiscal year ended (1) | Period (1) | Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||||||||||
EBITDA reconciliation: |
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 5,660 | $ | 680 | $ | (4,601 | ) | $ | (660 | ) | $ | 1,413 | $ | (1,445 | ) | ||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
3,321 | 826 | (1,047 | ) | (135 | ) | 1,241 | (858 | ) | ||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
11,594 | 7,415 | 1,442 | 3,684 | 2,757 | 5,078 | |||||||||||||
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization |
8,129 | 5,588 | 1,095 | 1,218 | 2,058 | 1,580 | |||||||||||||
EBITDA |
28,704 | 14,509 | (3,111 | ) | 4,107 | 7,469 | 4,355 | ||||||||||||
Non-cash stock-based compensation (a) |
1,291 | 787 | 99 | | 442 | 210 | |||||||||||||
Non-cash accrual for future award redemptions (b) |
591 | 219 | 384 | 470 | (184 | ) | 180 | ||||||||||||
Recapitalization expenses (c) |
| | 3,027 | 7,336 | | | |||||||||||||
Acquisition expenses (d) |
671 | 1,138 | | | | 667 | |||||||||||||
Acquisition-related integration and reorganization costs (e) |
6,167 | 2,061 | | | | 343 | |||||||||||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment (f) |
867 | 9,199 | 9,369 | | | 145 | |||||||||||||
Loss on disposal of assets (g) |
1,980 | 322 | 17 | 4 | 62 | | |||||||||||||
Other unusual or non-recurring expenses (h) |
| 698 | | | | | |||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 40,271 | $ | 28,933 | $ | 9,785 | $ | 11,917 | $ | 7,789 | $ | 5,900 | |||||||
(a) Represents non-cash compensation expenses related to stock options granted to certain of our employees.
(b) Represents non-cash accrual for future award redemptions in connection with our customer loyalty program.
(c) Represents non-capitalized costs associated with the Recapitalization.
(d) Represents direct costs and fees related to the acquisitions of RCC and Baskins, which we acquired in August 2012 and May 2013, respectively.
(e) Represents certain store integration, remerchandising and corporate consolidation costs incurred in connection with the integrations of RCC and Baskins, which we acquired in August 2012 and May 2013, respectively.
(f) Represents the amortization of purchase-accounting adjustments that increased the value of inventory acquired to its fair value.
(g) Represents loss on disposal of assets in connection with the rebranding of RCC and Baskins acquired stores and store closures, as well as other costs.
(h) Represents professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with other acquisition activity.
(7) Average net sales per store is calculated by dividing net sales for the applicable period by the number of stores operating at the end of the period. For the purpose of calculating net sales per store, e-commerce sales and certain other revenues are excluded from net sales.
(8) As adjusted balance sheet data as of June 28, 2014 gives effect to (i) the sale by us of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under "Use of proceeds". The as adjusted June 28, 2014 cash and cash equivalents balance adjusts for $1.4 million of offering expenses previously paid by us.
14
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements, condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.
Risks related to our business
Our sales could be severely impacted by declines in consumer confidence and decreases in consumer spending or by changes in consumer preferences.
We depend upon consumers feeling confident about spending discretionary income on our products to drive our sales. Consumer spending may be adversely impacted by economic conditions, such as consumer confidence in future economic conditions, interest and tax rates, employment levels, salary and wage levels, general business conditions, the availability of consumer credit and the level of housing, energy and food costs. These risks may be exacerbated for retailers like us who focus on specialty footwear, apparel and accessories. Our financial performance is particularly susceptible to economic and other conditions in California and other western states where we have a significant number of stores. Our financial performance may also be susceptible to economic and other conditions relating to output and employment in the oil and gas industries, the construction sector, domestic manufacturing and the transportation and warehouse sectors because we believe that growth in these industries and sectors have driven the growth of our work wear business. In addition, our financial performance may be negatively affected if the popularity of the western and country lifestyle subsides, or if there is a general trend in consumer preferences away from boots and other western or country products in favor of another general category of footwear or attire. If this were to occur or if periods of decreased consumer spending persist, our sales could decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our continued growth depends upon successfully opening a significant number of new stores as well as integrating any acquired stores, and our failure to successfully open new stores or integrate acquired stores could negatively affect our business and stock price.
We have grown our store count rapidly in recent years, both organically and through strategic acquisitions of competing chains. However, we must continue to open and operate new stores to help maintain our revenue and profit growth. Our ability to successfully open and operate new stores is subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, such as:
15
Our failure to successfully address these challenges could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We opened six stores during the 26 weeks ended September 27, 2014, nine stores in fiscal 2014 and four stores in fiscal 2013. As of September 27, 2014, we plan to open at least 11 new stores during the remainder of fiscal 2015. However, there can be no assurance that we will open the planned number of new stores in fiscal 2015 or thereafter, or that any such stores will be profitable. This expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial and administrative resources. These increased demands could cause us to operate our existing business less effectively, which in turn could cause the financial performance of our existing stores to deteriorate. In addition, we currently plan to open some new stores within existing markets. Some of these new stores may open close enough to our existing stores that a segment of customers will stop shopping at our existing stores and instead shop at the new stores, causing sales and profitability at those existing stores to decline. If this were to occur with a number of our stores, this could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to opening new stores, we may acquire stores. Acquiring and integrating stores involves additional risks that could adversely affect our growth and results of operation. Newly acquired stores may be unprofitable and we may incur significant costs and expenses in connection with any acquisition including in remerchandising and rebranding the acquired stores. Integrating newly acquired stores may divert our senior management's attention from our core business. Our ability to integrate newly acquired stores will depend on the successful expansion of our existing financial controls, distribution model, information systems, management and human resources and on attracting, training and retaining qualified employees.
Our business largely depends on a strong brand image, and if we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand image, particularly in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of sales.
We believe that our brand image and brand awareness has contributed significantly to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand image, particularly in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, is important to maintaining and expanding our customer base. Our ability to successfully integrate new stores into their surrounding communities, to expand into new markets or to maintain the strength and distinctiveness of our brand image in our existing markets will be adversely impacted if we fail to connect with our target customers. Maintaining and enhancing our brand image may require us to make substantial investments in areas such as merchandising, marketing, store operations, community relations, store graphics and employee training, which could adversely affect our cash flow and which may ultimately be unsuccessful. Furthermore, our brand image could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high standards for merchandise quality, if we fail to comply with local laws and regulations or if we experience negative publicity or other negative events that affect our image and reputation. Some of these risks may be beyond our ability to control, such as the effects of negative publicity regarding our suppliers. Failure to successfully market and maintain our brand image in new and existing markets could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our failure to adapt to new challenges that arise when expanding into new geographic markets could adversely affect our ability to profitably operate those stores and maintain our brand image.
Our expansion into new geographic markets could result in competitive, merchandising, distribution and other challenges that are different from those we encounter in the geographic markets in which we currently operate. In addition, as the number of our stores increases, we may face risks associated with market saturation of our product offerings and locations. Our suppliers may also restrict their sales to us
16
in new markets to the extent they are already saturating that market with their products through other retailers or their own stores. There can be no assurance that any newly opened stores will be received as well as, or achieve net sales or profitability levels comparable to those of, our existing stores in the time periods estimated by us, or at all. If our stores fail to achieve, or are unable to sustain, acceptable net sales and profitability levels, our business may be materially harmed, we may incur significant costs associated with closing those stores and our brand image may be negatively impacted.
We face intense competition in our industry and we may be unable to compete effectively.
The retail industry for western and work wear is highly fragmented and characterized by primarily regional competitors. We estimate that there are thousands of independent specialty stores scattered across the country. We believe that we compete primarily with smaller regional chains and independents on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, price, customer service and the ability to identify and satisfy consumer demand. However, we also compete with farm supply stores, online retailers and, to a lesser degree, mass merchants. Competition with some or all of these retailers could require us to lower our prices or risk losing customers. In addition, significant or unusual promotional activities by our competitors may force us to respond in-kind and adversely impact our operating cash flow. As a result of these factors, current and future competition could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Many of the mass merchants that sell some western or work wear products have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we currently do, and therefore may be able to devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of these products, generate national brand recognition or adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we can, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage if they decide to expand their offerings of these product lines. Moreover, we do not possess exclusive rights to many of the elements that comprise our in-store experience and product offerings. Our competitors may seek to emulate facets of our business strategy and in-store experience, which could result in a reduction of some competitive advantages or special appeal that we might possess. In addition, most of our suppliers sell products to us on a non-exclusive basis. As a result, our current and future competitors may be able to duplicate or improve on some or all of the product offerings that we believe are important in differentiating our stores and our customers' shopping experience. If our competitors were to duplicate or improve on some or all of our in-store experience or product offerings, our competitive position and our business could suffer.
We depend on cash generated from our existing store operations to support our growth, which could strain our cash flow.
We primarily rely on cash flow generated from existing stores to fund our current operations and our growth. It typically takes several months and a significant amount of cash to open a new store. For example, our new store model requires an average net cash investment of approximately $670,000. If we continue to open a large number of stores relatively close in time, the cost of these store openings and the cost of continuing operations could reduce our cash position. An increase in our net cash outflow for new stores could adversely affect our operations by reducing the amount of cash available to address other aspects of our business.
In addition, as we expand our business, we will need significant amounts of cash from operations to pay our existing and future lease obligations, build out new store space, purchase inventory, pay personnel, pay for the increased costs associated with operating as a public company and, if necessary, further invest in our infrastructure and facilities. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations
17
to fund these activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available from our existing or future credit facilities, we may need additional equity or debt financing. If such financing is not available to us on satisfactory terms, our ability to operate and expand our business or to respond to competitive pressures would be limited and we could be required to delay, curtail or eliminate planned store openings. Moreover, if we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, your ownership may be diluted. Any debt financing we may incur may impose covenants that restrict our operations, and will require interest payments that would create additional cash demands and financial risk for us.
We have expanded rapidly in recent years and have limited operating experience at our current size.
We have significantly expanded our operations in the last three years, increasing our locations from 86 stores in eight states as of March 31, 2012 to 158 stores in 24 states as of September 27, 2014. If our operations continue to grow, we will be required to expand our sales, marketing and support services and our administrative personnel, and we may decide to change our distribution model. This expansion could increase the strain on our existing resources, causing operational difficulties such as difficulties in hiring, obtaining adequate levels of merchandise, and delayed shipments and decreased levels of customer service. These difficulties could cause our brand image to deteriorate and lead to a decrease in our revenues and income and the price of our common stock.
Any significant change in our distribution model could initially have an adverse impact on our cash flows and results of operations.
During fiscal 2014, our suppliers shipped approximately 94% of our in-store merchandise units directly to our stores and approximately 46% of our e-commerce merchandise units directly to our e-commerce customers. In the future, as part of our long-term strategic planning, we may change our distribution model to increase the amount of merchandise that we self-distribute through a centralized distribution center. We recently hired a leading supply chain consulting firm to study our current network, supplier structure and likely sources of growth and to recommend an optimal distribution model for our future operations. Changing our distribution model to increase distributions from a centralized distribution center to our stores and customers would initially involve significant capital expenditures, which would increase our borrowings and interest expense or temporarily reduce the rate at which we open new stores. In addition, if we are unable to successfully integrate a new distribution model into our operations in a timely manner, our supply chain could experience significant disruptions, which could reduce our sales and adversely impact our results of operations.
If we fail to maintain good relationships with our suppliers or if our suppliers are unable or unwilling to provide us with sufficient quantities of merchandise at acceptable prices, our business and operations may be adversely affected.
Our business is largely dependent on continued good relationships with our suppliers, including suppliers for our third-party branded products and manufacturers for our private brand products. During fiscal 2014, merchandise purchased from our top three suppliers accounted for approximately 18%, 12% and 10% of our sales. We operate on a purchase order basis for our private brand and third-party branded merchandise and do not have long-term written agreements with our suppliers. Accordingly, our suppliers can refuse to sell us merchandise, limit the type or quantity of merchandise that they sell to us, enter into exclusivity arrangements with our competitors or raise prices at any time, which could have an adverse impact on our business. Deterioration in our relationships with our suppliers could have a material adverse impact on our business, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire desired
18
merchandise in sufficient quantities on terms acceptable to us in the future. Also, some of our suppliers sell products directly from their own retail stores or e-commerce websites, and therefore directly compete with us. These suppliers may decide at some point in the future to discontinue supplying their merchandise to us, supply us less desirable merchandise or raise prices on the products they do sell us. If we lose key suppliers and are unable to find alternative suppliers to provide us with substitute merchandise for lost products, our business may be adversely affected.
Our plans to improve and expand our exclusive product offerings may be unsuccessful, and implementing these plans may divert our operational, managerial, financial and administrative resources, which could harm our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.
In addition to our store expansion strategy, we currently plan to grow our business by improving and expanding our exclusive product offerings, which includes introducing new brands and growing and expanding our existing brands. The principal risks to our ability to successfully carry out our plans to improve and expand our product offering are that:
In addition, our ability to successfully improve and expand our exclusive product offerings may be affected by economic and competitive conditions, changes in consumer spending patterns and changes in consumer preferences. These plans could be abandoned, cost more than anticipated and divert resources from other areas of our business, any of which could impact our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.
Any inability to balance our private brand merchandise with the third-party branded merchandise that we sell may have an adverse effect on our net sales and gross margin.
Our private brand merchandise represented approximately seven percent of our net sales in fiscal 2014. Our private brand merchandise generally has a higher gross margin than the third-party branded merchandise that we offer. As a result, we intend to attempt to increase the penetration of our private brands in the future. However, carrying our private brands limits the amount of third-party branded merchandise we can carry and, therefore, there is a risk that our customers' perception that we offer many major brands will decline or that our suppliers of third-party branded merchandise may decide to discontinue supplying, or reduce the supply of, their merchandise. If this occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on net sales and profitability.
19
We purchase merchandise based on sales projections and our purchase of too much or too little inventory may adversely affect our overall profitability.
We must actively manage our purchase of inventory. We generally order our seasonal and private brand merchandise several months in advance of it being received and offered for sale. If there is a significant decrease in demand for these products or if we fail to accurately predict consumer demand, including by disproportionately increasing the penetration of our private brand merchandise, we may be forced to rely on markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of excess inventory. This could have an adverse effect on our margins and operating income. Conversely, if we fail to purchase a sufficient quantity of merchandise, we may not have an adequate supply of products to meet consumer demand, thereby causing us to lose sales or adversely affecting our customer relationships. Any failure on our part to anticipate, identify and respond effectively to changing consumer demand and consumer shopping preferences could adversely affect our results of operations.
A rise in the cost of fabrics and raw materials or the cost of labor and transportation could increase our cost of merchandise and cause our results of operations and margins to decline.
Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of fabrics and raw materials, such as cotton and leather, that our suppliers use to manufacture our products, as well as the cost of labor and transportation, could have adverse impacts on our cost of merchandise and our ability to meet our customers' demands. In particular, because key components of our products are cotton and leather, any increases in the cost of cotton or leather may significantly affect the cost of our products and could have an adverse impact on our cost of merchandise. We may be unable to pass all or any of these higher costs on to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.
Most of our merchandise is produced in foreign countries, making the price and availability of our merchandise susceptible to international trade risks and other international conditions.
Many of our private brand products are manufactured in foreign countries. In addition, we purchase most of our third-party branded merchandise from domestic suppliers that have a majority of their merchandise made in foreign countries. Some foreign countries can be, and have been, affected by political and economic instability, public health emergencies and natural disasters, negatively impacting trade. The countries in which our merchandise currently is manufactured or may be manufactured in the future could become subject to trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. or other foreign governments. Trade restrictions, including increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes and customs restrictions, against apparel items, as well as U.S. or foreign labor strikes, work stoppages or boycotts, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of apparel available to us and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our merchandise supply could be impacted if our suppliers' imports become subject to existing or future duties and quotas, or if our suppliers face increased competition from other companies for production facilities, import quota capacity or shipping capacity. Any increase in the cost of our merchandise or limitation on the amount of merchandise we are able to purchase could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, there is a risk that our suppliers could fail to comply with applicable regulations, which could lead to investigations by U.S. or foreign government agencies responsible for international trade compliance. Resulting penalties or enforcement actions could delay future imports or exports or otherwise negatively affect our business.
20
If our suppliers and manufacturers fail to use acceptable labor or other practices, our reputation may be harmed, which could negatively impact our business.
We purchase merchandise from independent third-party suppliers and manufacturers. If any of these suppliers have practices that are not legal or accepted in the U.S., consumers may develop a negative view of us, our brand image could be damaged and we could become the subject of boycotts by our customers or interest groups. Further, if the suppliers violate labor or other laws of their own country, these violations could cause disruptions or delays in their shipments of merchandise. For example, much of our merchandise is manufactured in China and Mexico, which have different labor practices than the U.S. We do not independently investigate whether our suppliers are operating in compliance with all applicable laws and therefore we rely upon the suppliers' representations set forth in our purchase orders and supplier agreements concerning the suppliers' compliance with such laws. If our goods are manufactured using illegal or unacceptable labor practices in these countries, or other countries from which our suppliers source the products we purchase, our ability to supply merchandise for our stores without interruption, our brand image and, consequently, our sales may be adversely affected.
If we lose key management personnel our operations could be negatively impacted.
We depend upon the leadership and experience of our executive management team. If we are unable to retain existing management personnel who are critical to our success, it could result in harm to our supplier and employee relationships, the loss of key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs. The loss of the services of any of our key management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, and could be viewed negatively by investors and analysts, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline. We may be unable to find qualified individuals to replace key management personnel on a timely basis, without incurring increased costs or at all. We do not intend to purchase key person life insurance covering any employee. If we lose the services of any of our key management personnel or we are unable to attract additional qualified personnel, we may be unable to successfully manage our business.
If we cannot attract, train and retain qualified employees, our business could be adversely affected.
Our success depends upon the quality of the employees we hire. We recruit people who are welcoming, friendly and service-oriented, and who often live the western lifestyle or have a genuine affinity for it. Employees in many positions must have knowledge of our merchandise and the skill necessary to excel in a customer service environment. The turnover rate in the retail industry is typically high and finding qualified candidates to fill positions may be difficult. Our planned growth will require us to hire and train even more personnel. If we cannot attract, train and retain corporate employees, district managers, store managers and store associates with the qualifications we deem necessary, our ability to effectively operate and expand may be adversely affected. In addition, we rely on temporary and seasonal personnel to staff our distribution center. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to find adequate temporary or seasonal personnel to staff our operations when needed, which may strain our existing personnel and negatively impact our operations.
The concentration of our stores and operations in certain geographic locations subjects us to regional economic conditions and natural disasters that could adversely affect our business.
Our corporate headquarters and distribution center are in a single location in Irvine, California. If we encounter any disruptions to our operations at this building or if it were to shut down for any reason, including due to fire or other natural disaster, then we may be prevented from effectively operating our stores and our e-commerce business. Furthermore, the risk of disruption or shutdown at this building is
21
greater than it might be if it were located in another region, as southern California is prone to natural disasters such as earthquakes and wildfires. Any disruption or shutdown at this location could significantly impact our operations and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, most of the 158 stores that we operated as of September 27, 2014 were concentrated in the western U.S., with 79 of those stores located in Arizona, California and Texas. The geographic concentration of our stores may expose us to economic downturns in those states where our stores are located. For example, a recession in any area where we own several stores could adversely affect our ability to generate or increase operating revenues. Any negative impact upon or disruption to the operations of stores in these states could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We are required to make significant lease payments for our stores, corporate headquarters and distribution center, which may strain our cash flow.
We do not own any real estate. Instead, we lease all of our retail store locations as well as our corporate headquarters and distribution center. The store leases generally have a base lease term of five or 10 years, with multiple renewal periods of five years, on average, exercisable at our option. Many of our leases have early cancelation clauses which permit us to terminate the lease if certain sales thresholds are not met in certain periods of time. Our costs under these leases are a significant amount of our expenses and are growing rapidly as we expand the number of locations and the cost of leasing existing locations rises. In fiscal 2014, our total operating lease expense was $25.0 million, and we expect this amount to continue to increase as we open more stores. We are required to pay additional rent under many of our lease agreements based upon achieving certain sales thresholds for each store location. We are generally responsible for the payment of property taxes and insurance, utilities and common area maintenance fees. Many of our lease agreements also contain provisions which increase the rent payments on a set time schedule, causing the cash rent paid for a location to escalate over the term of the lease. In addition, rent costs could escalate when multi-year leases are renewed at the expiration of their lease term. These costs are significant, recurring and increasing, which places a consistent strain on our cash flow.
We depend on cash flows from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under our existing revolving credit facility, future credit facilities or from other sources, we may be unable to service our operating lease expenses, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or to fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would harm our business.
Additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject to similar long-term leases. If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. We may fail to identify suitable store locations, the availability of which is beyond our control, to replace such closed stores. In addition, as our leases expire, we may fail to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us to close stores in desirable locations. As of September 27, 2014, 8 of our 158 store leases will reach their termination date during the remainder of fiscal 2015 and none of these leases contain an option to automatically extend the lease term. If we are unable to enter into new leases or renew existing leases on terms acceptable to us or be released from our obligations under leases for stores that we close, our business, profitability and results of operations may be harmed.
22
We may be unable to maintain same store sales or net sales per square foot, which may cause our results of operations to decline.
The investing public may use same store sales or net sales per square foot projections or results, over a certain period of time, such as on a quarterly or yearly basis, as an indicator of our profitability growth. See "Same store sales". Our same store sales can vary significantly from period to period for a variety of reasons, such as the age of stores, changing economic factors, unseasonable weather, pricing, the timing of the release of new merchandise and promotional events and increased competition. These factors could cause same store sales or net sales per square foot to decline period to period or fail to grow at expected rates, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to be volatile during such periods.
If our management information systems fail to operate or are unable to support our growth, our operations could be disrupted.
We rely upon our management information systems in almost every aspect of our daily business operations. For example, our management information systems serve an integral part in enabling us to order merchandise, process merchandise at our distribution center and retail stores, perform and track sales transactions, manage personnel, pay suppliers and employees, operate our e-commerce business and report financial and accounting information to management. In addition, we rely on our management information systems to enable us to leverage our costs as we grow. If our management information systems fail to operate or are unable to support our growth, our store operations and e-commerce business could be severely disrupted, and we could be required to make significant additional expenditures to remediate any such failure.
We rely on UPS and the United States Postal Service to deliver our e-commerce merchandise to our customers and our business could be negatively impacted by disruptions in the operations of these third-party service providers.
We rely on UPS and the United States Postal Service to deliver our e-commerce merchandise to our customers. Relying on these third-party delivery services puts us at risk from disruptions in their operations, such as employee strikes, inclement weather and their inability to meet our shipping demands. If we are forced to use other delivery services, our costs could increase and we may be unable to meet shipment deadlines. Moreover, we may be unable to obtain terms as favorable as those received from the transportation providers we currently use, which would further increase our costs. In addition, if our products are not delivered to our customers on time, our customers may cancel their orders or we may lose business from these customers in the future. These circumstances may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Use of social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.
There has been a substantial increase in the use of social media platforms, including blogs, social media websites and other forms of Internet-based communication, which allow individuals access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. Negative commentary regarding us or the brands that we sell may be posted on social media platforms or similar devices at any time and may harm our reputation or business. Consumers value readily available information concerning retailers and their goods and services and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. In addition, social media platforms provide users with access to such a broad audience that collective action against our stores, such as boycotts, can be more easily organized. If such actions were organized, we could suffer reputational damage as well as physical damage to our stores and merchandise.
23
We also use social medial platforms as marketing tools. For example, we maintain Facebook, Instagram and Twitter accounts. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.
Our e-commerce business subjects us to numerous risks that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
Our e-commerce business and its continued growth subject us to certain risks that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, including:
In addition, as we expand our e-commerce operations, we face the risk of increased losses from credit card fraud. We do not carry insurance against the risk of credit card fraud, so under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions even though the associated financial institution has approved payment of the orders. If we are unable to deter or control credit card fraud, or if credit card companies require more burdensome terms or refuse to accept credit card charges from us, our net income could be reduced.
A breach of our e-commerce security measures could also reduce demand for our services.
Our sales can significantly fluctuate based upon shopping seasons, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate disproportionately on a quarterly basis.
Because of a traditionally higher level of sales during the Christmas shopping season, our sales are typically higher in the third fiscal quarter than they are in the other fiscal quarters. We also incur significant additional costs and expenses during our third fiscal quarter due to increased staffing levels and higher purchase volumes. Accordingly, the results of a single fiscal quarter should not be relied on as an indication of our annual results or future performance. In addition, any factors that harm our third fiscal quarter operating results could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.
We buy and stock merchandise based upon seasonal weather patterns and therefore unseasonable or extreme weather could negatively impact our sales, financial condition and results of operations.
We buy and stock merchandise for sale based upon expected seasonal weather patterns. If we encounter unseasonable weather, such as warmer winters or cooler summers than would be considered typical, these weather variations could cause some of our merchandise to be inconsistent with what consumers wish to purchase, causing our sales to decline. In addition, weather conditions affect the demand for our products, which in turn has an impact on prices. In past years, weather conditions, including unseasonably warm weather in winter months, and extreme weather conditions, including snow and ice storms, flood and wind damage, hurricanes, tornadoes, extreme rain and droughts, have affected our sales and results of operations both positively and negatively. Furthermore, extended unseasonable weather conditions in the
24
western U.S., particularly in California, will likely have a greater impact on our sales because of our store concentration in that region. Our strategy is to remain flexible and to react to unseasonable and extreme weather conditions by adjusting our merchandise assortments and redirecting inventories to stores affected by the weather conditions. Should such a strategy not be effective, unseasonable or extreme weather may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
If we fail to obtain and retain high-visibility sponsorship or endorsement arrangements with celebrities, or if the reputation of any of the celebrities that we partner with is impaired, our business may suffer.
A principal component of our marketing program is to partner with well-known country music artists and other celebrities for sponsorship and endorsement arrangements. Although we have partnered with several well-known celebrities in this manner, some of these persons may not continue their endorsements, may not continue to succeed in their fields or may engage in activities which could bring disrepute on themselves and, in turn, on us and our brand image and products. We also may not be able to attract and partner with new celebrities that may emerge in the future. Competition for endorsers is significant and adverse publicity regarding us or our industry could make it more difficult to attract and retain endorsers. Any of these failures by us or the celebrities that we partner with could adversely affect our business and revenues.
Our internal operations or management information systems could be disrupted by system security failures or by the failure of, or lack of access to, our Enterprise Resource Planning system. These disruptions could negatively impact our sales, increase our expenses, harm our reputation and cause the price of our common stock to decline.
Hackers, computer programmers and internal users may be able to penetrate our network security and create system disruptions, cause shutdowns and misappropriate our confidential information or that of our employees and third parties, including our customers. Therefore, we could incur significant expenses addressing problems created by security breaches to our network. This risk is heightened because we collect and store customer information for marketing purposes, as well as debit and credit card information. We must, and do, take precautions to secure customer information and prevent unauthorized access to our database of confidential information. However, if unauthorized parties, including external hackers or computer programmers, gain access to our database, they may be able to steal this confidential information. Our failure to secure this information could result in costly litigation, adverse publicity or regulatory action, or result in customers discontinuing the use of debit or credit cards in our stores, or customers not shopping in our stores or on our e-commerce website altogether. These consequences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture that could unexpectedly interfere with our operations. The cost to alleviate security risks and defects in software and hardware and to address any problems that occur could negatively impact our sales, distribution and other critical functions, as well as our financial results.
We operate our Enterprise Resource Planning system on a software-as-a-service platform, and we use this system for integrated point-of-sale, merchandising, planning, sales audit, customer relationship management, inventory control, loss prevention, purchase order management and business intelligence. Accordingly, we depend on this system, and the third-party provider of this service, for many aspects of our operations. If this service provider or this system fails, or if we are unable to continue to have access to this system on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our operations would be severely disrupted
25
until an equivalent system could be identified, licensed or developed, and integrated into our operations. This disruption would have a material adverse effect on our business.
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our financial results may be negatively impacted.
Our success depends in large part on our brand image. Our name, logo, domain name and our private brands and other intellectual property are valuable assets that differentiate us from our competitors. We currently rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade dress and unfair competition laws to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, but the steps taken by us to protect our proprietary rights may be inadequate to prevent infringement of our trademarks and proprietary rights by others, including imitation and misappropriation of our brand. Additional obstacles may arise as we expand our product lines and geographic scope. Moreover, litigation may be necessary to protect or enforce these intellectual property rights, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, causing a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The unauthorized use or misappropriation of our intellectual property or our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could damage our brand image and the goodwill we have created, which could cause our sales to decline.
We have not registered any of our intellectual property outside of the U.S. and cannot prohibit other companies from using our trademarks in foreign countries. Use of our trademarks in foreign countries could negatively impact our identity in the U.S. and cause our sales to decline.
We may be subject to liability if we, or our suppliers, infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.
We may be subject to claims that our activities or the products that we sell infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. Any such claims can be time consuming and costly to defend, and may divert our management's attention and resources, even if the claims are meritless. If we were to be found liable for any such infringement, we could be required to enter into costly settlements or license agreements and could be subject to injunctions preventing further infringement. Such infringement claims could harm our brand image. In addition, any payments that we are required to make and any injunction with which we are required to comply as a result of such infringement actions could adversely affect our financial results.
We purchase merchandise from suppliers that may be subject to design copyrights or design patents, or otherwise may incorporate protected intellectual property. We are not involved in the manufacture of any of the merchandise we purchase from our suppliers for sale to our customers, and we do not independently investigate whether these suppliers legally hold intellectual property rights to merchandise that they are manufacturing or distributing. As a result, we rely upon the suppliers' representations set forth in our purchase orders and supplier agreements concerning their right to sell us the products that we purchase from them. If a third party claims to have licensing rights with respect to merchandise we purchased from a supplier, or if we acquire unlicensed merchandise, we could be obligated to remove such merchandise from our stores, incur costs associated with destruction of such merchandise if the distributor or supplier is unwilling or unable to reimburse us and be subject to liability under various civil and criminal causes of action, including actions to recover unpaid royalties and other damages and injunctions. Any of these results could harm our brand image and have a material adverse effect on our business and growth.
26
The terms of our credit facilities may restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.
Our credit facilities contain, and any additional debt financing we may incur would likely contain, covenants requiring us to maintain or adhere to certain financial ratios or limits and covenants that restrict our operations, which may include limitations on our ability to, among other things:
Complying with these covenants could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. In addition, these covenants could affect our ability to invest capital in our new stores and fund capital expenditures for existing stores. Our ability to comply with these covenants and other provisions in our credit facilities and any future credit facilities or debt instruments may be affected by changes in our operating and financial performance, changes in general business and economic conditions, adverse regulatory developments or other events beyond our control. A failure by us to comply with the financial ratios and restrictive covenants contained in our credit facilities and any future credit facilities or debt instruments could result in an event of default. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be due and payable and exercise other remedies as set forth in our credit facilities and any future credit facilities or debt instruments. In addition, if we are in default, we may be unable to borrow additional amounts under any such facilities to the extent that they would otherwise be available and our ability to obtain future financing may also be impacted negatively. If the indebtedness under our credit facilities and any future credit facilities or debt instruments were to be accelerated, it would have a material adverse effect on our future financial condition.
Litigation costs and the outcome of litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our business is characterized by a high volume of customer traffic and by transactions involving a wide variety of product selections, each of which exposes us to a higher risk of consumer litigation than companies operating in other industries. From time to time we may be subject to litigation claims through the ordinary course of our business operations regarding, but not limited to, employment matters, compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, footwear, apparel and accessory safety standards, security of customer and employee personal information, contractual relations with suppliers, marketing and infringement of trademarks and other intellectual property rights. Litigation to defend ourselves against claims by third parties, or to enforce any rights that we may have against third parties, may be necessary, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, causing a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
27
Union attempts to organize our employees could negatively affect our business.
Currently, none of our employees are represented by a union. However, if some or all of our workforce were to unionize and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could increase our costs and adversely impact our profitability. Moreover, participation in labor unions could put us at increased risk of labor strikes and disruption of our operations. Responding to unionization attempts may distract management and our workforce. Any of these changes could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Violations of or changes in laws, including employment laws and laws related to our merchandise, could make conducting our business more expensive or change the way we do business.
We are subject to numerous regulations, including labor and employment, customs, truth-in-advertising, consumer protection and zoning and occupancy laws and ordinances that regulate retailers generally, that govern the importation, promotion and sale of merchandise and that regulate the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. If these regulations were violated by our management, employees or suppliers, the costs of certain goods could increase, or we could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines or penalties or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our merchandise and hurt our business and results of operations.
Similarly, changes in laws could make operating our business more expensive or require us to change the way we do business. For example, changes in laws related to employee health care, hours, wages, job classifications and benefits could significantly increase operating costs. In addition, changes in product safety or other consumer protection laws could lead to increased costs for certain merchandise, or additional labor costs associated with readying merchandise for sale. It may be difficult for us to foresee regulatory changes impacting our business and our actions needed to respond to changes in the law could be costly and may negatively impact our operations.
Health care reform could adversely affect our business.
The enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as well as other health care reform legislation considered by Congress and state legislatures, could significantly impact our health care cost structure and increase our health care-related expenses. We expect that we will be required to modify our programs and operations in future fiscal years as a result of health care reform legislation. If we cannot effectively modify our programs and operations in response to the new legislation, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be adversely impacted.
We may engage in strategic transactions that could negatively impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.
We have made strategic acquisitions in the past and may in the future consider strategic transactions and business arrangements, including, but not limited to, acquisitions, asset purchases, partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures and investments. The success of such a transaction is based on our ability to make accurate assumptions regarding the valuation, operations, growth potential, integration and other factors relating to the respective business. Acquisitions may result in difficulties in assimilating acquired companies and may result in the diversion of our capital and our management's attention from other business issues and opportunities. We may be unable to successfully integrate operations that we acquire, including their personnel, financial systems, distribution, operations and general operating procedures. Any such transaction may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our
28
near and long-term expenditures and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could harm our operations and financial results.
Terrorism or civil unrest could negatively affect our business.
Terrorist attacks, threats of terrorist attacks or civil unrest involving public areas could cause people to avoid visiting some areas where our stores are located. Further, armed conflicts or acts of war throughout the world may create uncertainty, causing consumers to spend less on discretionary purchases, including on footwear, apparel and accessories, or disrupt our ability to obtain merchandise for our stores. Such decreases in consumer spending or disruptions in our ability to obtain merchandise would likely decrease our sales and materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
If our goodwill becomes impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.
We have a significant amount of goodwill. Our goodwill balance as of June 28, 2014 of $93.1 million was generated by the initial acquisition of Boot Barn Holding Corporation and the subsequent acquisitions of RCC and Baskins. We test goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. Goodwill is considered to be impaired when the net book value of an intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value. No impairment losses have been recorded in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions that we use to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses. However, an impairment of a significant portion of our goodwill could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock
The price of our common stock may be volatile and may decline in value.
The market for specialty retail stocks can be highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and investors may experience a decrease in the value of our common stock, which may be unrelated to our operations. The price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, as discussed elsewhere in this "Risk factors" section and such as those listed below:
29
Further, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management's attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation. The threat or filing of class action litigation could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
We intend to use all of the proceeds that we receive in this offering to pay down outstanding indebtedness, and no proceeds will be used to fund our operations or further our growth strategies.
We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of our existing term loan facility rather than to fund our existing operations or an expansion of our business. Approximately $30.8 million of the current borrowings under this facility was incurred to fund a portion of the dividend paid to our existing stockholders on April 17, 2014. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesFinancing activities". Amounts repaid under this facility will not subsequently be available for future borrowings. As a result, the net proceeds of this offering will not be used to improve our operating results, expand our business or otherwise increase the value of your investment.
We will initially be controlled by Freeman Spogli & Co., which may prevent other stockholders from influencing corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest that cause the price of our common stock to decline.
Upon the completion of this offering, Freeman Spogli & Co. will control approximately 71.2% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering. As a result, Freeman Spogli & Co. is in a position to dictate the outcome of any corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and mergers, acquisitions and other significant corporate transactions. Freeman Spogli & Co. may delay or prevent a change of control from occurring, even if the change of control would benefit our stockholders. It is also possible that the interests of Freeman Spogli & Co. may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our stockholders. This ownership
30
concentration may adversely impact the trading of our common stock because of a perceived conflict of interest that may exist, thereby depressing the value of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities identified by or presented to Freeman Spogli & Co.
Freeman Spogli & Co. and its affiliates are in the business of providing capital to growing companies, and they may acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. Our certificate of incorporation provides that Freeman Spogli & Co. and its affiliates will not have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging, directly or indirectly, in our line of business or (2) doing business with any of our customers or suppliers. In the event that Freeman Spogli & Co. or its affiliates (other than in the capacity as one of our officers or directors) acquires knowledge of a potential business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for us, then Freeman Spogli & Co. does not have any duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to us and may take any such opportunity for itself or offer it to another person. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that Freeman Spogli & Co. and its officers, directors and employees will not be liable to us or to any of our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by engaging in any such activity and we will waive and renounce any claim based on such activity. This provision applies even if the business opportunity is one that we might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive business opportunities are allocated by Freeman Spogli & Co. to itself or its other affiliates instead of to us. The terms of our certificate of incorporation are more fully described in "Description of capital stockCorporate opportunity".
We will initially be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE rules, and, as a result, we may rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protection afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to these corporate governance requirements.
As long as Freeman Spogli & Co. continues to control more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, we will be considered a "controlled company" under the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. As a controlled company, we will be exempt from the obligation to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the following:
Although we generally intend to comply with these listing requirements even though we will be a controlled company, we will take advantage of some of these exemptions for a limited time following this offering and may take advantage of these or other exemptions in the future. Accordingly, our stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.
31
There has been no public market for our common stock and an active trading market for our common stock may never develop following the offering.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock and we cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your common stock at a favorable price or at all. We cannot predict the future value of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be based upon negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price of our common stock after this offering. As a result, the value of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, based upon the market for our common stock or changes in our financial condition or results of operations, and you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.
Future sales of our common stock by existing stockholders could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
The market price for our common stock may decline as a result of sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales might occur. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 24,929,350 shares of common stock outstanding, excluding shares of common stock issued to our non-executive employees and one of our directors immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. Each of our executive officers and directors and our existing stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to be bound by a lock-up agreement that prevents us and them from selling or transferring shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following this offering. However, these shares will be freely tradable, subject to the limitations of Rule 144, in the public markets after the expiration of the lock-up period, which could depress the value of our common stock. Moreover, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC may, in their sole discretion, release any of the shares held by our executive officers or directors or other current stockholders from the restrictions of the lock-up agreement at any time without notice, which would allow the immediate sale of these shares in the market, subject to the limitations of Rule 144. See "Underwriting".
Anti-takeover provisions in our corporate organizational documents and credit facilities and under Delaware law may delay, deter or prevent a takeover of us and the replacement or removal of our management, even if such a change of control would benefit our stockholders.
The anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, as well as the provisions contained in our corporate organizational documents, may make an acquisition of us more difficult. For example:
32
Our debt instruments also contain provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult or less attractive for a third party to acquire control of us. Specifically under our term loan facility a fee is payable in connection with a mandatory prepayment on a change of control. In addition, each of our credit facilities provides that a change of control constitutes an event of default under that credit facility and would permit the lenders under such credit facility to declare the indebtedness to be immediately due. Our future debt agreements may contain similar provisions. The need to repay all of this indebtedness may deter potential third parties from acquiring us.
Under these various provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and credit facilities, a takeover attempt or third-party acquisition of us, including a takeover attempt that may result in a premium over the market price for shares of our common stock, could be delayed, deterred or prevented. In addition, these provisions may prevent the market price of our common stock from increasing in response to actual or rumored takeover attempts and may also prevent changes in our management. As a result, these anti-takeover and change of control provisions may limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
Our failure to maintain adequate internal controls over our financial and management systems may cause errors in our financial reporting. These errors may cause a loss of investor confidence and result in a decline in the price of our common stock.
Our public company reporting obligations and our anticipated growth will likely strain our financial and management systems, internal controls and employees. In addition, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which we refer to as Section 404, we are required to finish documenting and testing our internal controls so that our management can certify the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting by the time our annual report for fiscal 2016 is due and annually thereafter.
We are currently taking the necessary steps to comply with Section 404. However, this process is time consuming and costly. If, during this process, we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls, it is possible that our management may be unable to certify that our internal controls are effective by the certification deadline. We cannot be certain we will be able to successfully complete the implementation and certification requirements of Section 404 within the time period allowed.
Moreover, if we identify any material weaknesses or deficiencies that aggregate to a material weakness in our internal controls, we will have to implement appropriate changes to these controls, which may require specific compliance training for our directors, officers and employees, require the hiring of additional finance, accounting, legal and other personnel, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting
33
systems and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to prevent fraud. As a result, our failure to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 on a timely basis could result in us being subject to regulatory action and a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, both of which in turn could cause the market value of our common stock to decline and affect our ability to raise capital.
We will incur significant expenses as a result of being a publicly traded company, which would negatively impact our earnings.
As a public company we expect to incur significant incremental legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses. Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules implemented by the SEC and the stock exchanges requires changes to our corporate governance practices that did not apply to us before becoming a public company. In addition, the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act will require, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Our compliance with these laws, rules and regulations has increased, and will continue to increase, our expenses, including legal and accounting costs, and has made, and will continue to make, some of our operations more costly and time consuming. In addition, it may also be more difficult for us to find and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. Further, any additional expenses in legal, accounting, insurance and other related expenses could reduce our earnings and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research and reports or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research and reports about our business, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us following this offering, the trading price for our common stock would likely be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause the price of our common stock and trading volume to decline.
We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock, which may make our common stock less desirable to investors and decrease its value.
We intend to retain all of our available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, legal requirements and restrictions that may be imposed by the terms of our credit facilities and in any future financing instruments. Therefore, you may only receive a return on your investment in our
34
common stock if the market price increases above the price at which you purchased it, which may never occur. See "Dividend policy".
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $16.74 per share based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our net tangible book deficit immediately after this offering. This dilution arises because purchasers of our common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that is substantially higher than the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. See "Dilution".
We will take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to "emerging growth companies", which may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
The JOBS Act provides that, so long as a company qualifies as an "emerging growth company", it will, among other things:
If we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of these exemptions. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock. Also, as a result of our intention to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us as long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that fully comply with regulatory and reporting requirements upon the public company effective dates.
35
Special note regarding forward-looking statements
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical or current fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements refer to our current expectations and projections relating to, by way of example and without limitation, our financial condition, liquidity, profitability, results of operations, margins, plans, objectives, strategies, future performance, business and industry. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as "anticipate", "estimate", "expect", "project", "plan", "intend", "believe", "may", "might", "will", "could", "should", "can have", "likely" and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events, but not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, revenues, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward-looking statements. We believe the risks attending any forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those described under "Risk factors" and include, among other things:
36
We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our current operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. For these reasons, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.
See "Risk factors" for a more complete discussion of the risks and uncertainties mentioned above and for a discussion of other risks and uncertainties. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as others made in this prospectus and hereafter in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made by us in the context of these risks and uncertainties.
We caution you that the risks and uncertainties identified by us may not be all of the factors that are important to you. Furthermore, the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments that we may make. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.
37
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering of approximately $66.9 million (or $77.3 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $4.7 million (or $5.3 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of our existing term loan facility, including applicable prepayment penalties and fees, in the amount of approximately $66.9 million. Our term loan facility matures on May 31, 2019 and bears interest at LIBOR or at a base rate, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin rate is 5.75% with respect to a LIBOR loan and 4.75% with respect to a base rate loan. On April 14, 2014, we amended our term loan facility to, among other things, increase our borrowings under that facility by approximately $30.8 million. We used the net proceeds from those additional borrowings to fund a portion of the $39.9 million dividend that was paid to our stockholders on April 17, 2014. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesFinancing activities". As of June 28, 2014, there were $130.0 million in borrowings under this facility. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesDebt and other obligationsOur credit facilities".
38
On April 17, 2014, we paid a special pro rata cash dividend of approximately $39.9 million in the aggregate to record holders of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the record date of April 14, 2014. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesFinancing activities". However, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our available funds to repay existing indebtedness and for use in the operation and expansion of our business.
Any future determination as to the payment of cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion, legal requirements and other factors that our board of directors considers to be relevant. In addition, financial and other covenants in our credit facilities and in any credit facilities, debt instruments or other agreements that we enter into in the future may restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesDebt and other obligationsOur credit facilities". As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain from your purchase of our common stock for the foreseeable future.
39
The table below sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 28, 2014, after giving effect to the 25-for-1 stock split of our common stock that will be effective prior to this offering, as follows:
You should read the information in this table together with "Use of proceeds", "Selected consolidated financial data" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and our consolidated financial statements, condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
As of June 28, 2014 | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands)
|
Actual
|
As adjusted
(1)
|
|||||
|
(unaudited)
|
(unaudited)
|
|||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,115 | $ | 2,529 | |||
Debt: |
|||||||
Revolving credit facility (2) |
42,594 | 42,594 | |||||
Term loan facility |
130,000 | 63,607 | |||||
Total debt |
172,594 | 106,201 | |||||
Stockholders' equity: |
|
|
|||||
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 19,929,350 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 24,929,350 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted |
2 | 2 | |||||
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding |
| | |||||
Additional paid-in capital |
43,719 | 110,570 | |||||
Retained earnings |
1,409 | 302 | |||||
Total stockholders' equity |
45,130 | 110,874 | |||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 217,724 | $ | 217,075 | |||
(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our additional paid-in capital and total stockholders' equity, and decrease or increase, as applicable, our total debt, by approximately $4.7 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our additional paid-in capital and total stockholders' equity, and decrease or increase, as applicable, our total debt, by approximately $14.0 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) As of September 27, 2014, a total of $51.9 million was outstanding under our revolving credit facility.
40
Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common stock in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per share or deficit per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering. Net tangible book value or deficit per share of our common stock is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from our total assets less our intangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of our common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.
If you invest in our common stock, your investment will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value or deficit per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering.
Our net tangible book deficit as of June 28, 2014 was $(111.8) million, or $(5.61) per share (based on 19,929,350 shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering). After giving effect to (i) the sale of the 5,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions of $5.3 million and estimated net offering expenses of $2.9 million payable by us and (ii) the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of proceeds", our net tangible book deficit, as adjusted, as of June 28, 2014, would have been approximately $(43.3) million, or $(1.74) per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $3.87 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $(16.74) per share to new investors.
The following table illustrates this dilution.
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | 15.00 | |||||
| | | | | | | |
Net tangible book deficit per share as of June 28, 2014 |
$ | (5.61 | ) | ||||
| | | | | | | |
Increase in net tangible book value per existing share attributable to this offering |
3.87 | ||||||
| | | | | | | |
Net tangible book deficit per share as of June 28, 2014, as adjusted |
(1.74 | ) | |||||
| | | | | | | |
Dilution per share to new investors |
$ | (16.74 | ) | ||||
The following table summarizes, as of June 28, 2014, and as adjusted for this offering, the difference between our existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock issued in this offering, and the total consideration paid and the average price paid per share. The table assumes an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
|
Shares purchased | Total consideration |
|
|||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Average price
per share |
|||||||||||||||
|
Number
|
Percent
|
Amount
|
Percent
|
||||||||||||
Existing stockholders |
19,929,350 | 79.9% | 43,721,000 | 36.8% | $ | 2.19 | ||||||||||
New investors in this offering |
5,000,000 | 20.1% | 75,000,000 | 63.2% | $ | 15.00 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total |
24,929,350 | 100.0% | 118,721,000 | 100.0% | ||||||||||||
The foregoing discussion and tables do not give effect to shares of our common stock that we will sell if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares.
41
Assuming no change in the number of shares of common stock offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would (decrease) increase our as adjusted net tangible book deficit by approximately $4.7 million, or $0.19 per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $0.81 per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We may also increase or decrease the number of shares of common stock we are offering. A 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would (decrease) increase our as adjusted net tangible book deficit by approximately $14.0 million, or $0.60 per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $0.60 per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by new investors would increase to 5,750,000, or approximately 22.4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the percentage of shares held by our existing stockholders would decrease to approximately 77.6% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only.
42
Selected consolidated financial data
The following tables present our selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated, as well as certain "as adjusted" financial data. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 28, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, such financial statements reflect all adjustments that are of a normal and recurring nature necessary to fairly present our financial position and results of operations in all material respects as of the dates and for the periods presented. The results of operations presented in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year or in any future period.
The as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of June 28, 2014 is presented after giving effect to the offering contemplated by this prospectus and the application of the net proceeds received by us in the offering to repay outstanding indebtedness as described under "Use of proceeds", as though this offering and the application of net proceeds had occurred as of such date. The unaudited as adjusted financial data does not purport to represent what our results will be in future periods.
The consolidated statement of operations data and consolidated balance sheet data include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of RCC and Baskins since their respective dates of acquisition in August 2012 and May 2013.
You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data together with the sections of this prospectus titled "Use of proceeds", "Capitalization" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and the consolidated financial statements, condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
43
|
Fiscal year ended (1) | Period (1) | Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||||||||||
Consolidated statement of operations data: |
|||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 345,868 | $ | 233,203 | $ | 58,267 | $ | 110,429 | $ | 82,497 | $ | 64,574 | |||||||
Cost of goods sold |
231,796 | 151,357 | 37,313 | 72,129 | 55,607 | 42,146 | |||||||||||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment |
867 | 9,199 | 9,369 | | | 145 | |||||||||||||
Total cost of goods sold |
232,663 | 160,556 | 46,682 | 72,129 | 55,607 | 42,291 | |||||||||||||
Gross profit |
113,205 | 72,647 | 11,585 | 38,300 | 26,890 | 22,283 | |||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
91,998 | 62,609 | 12,769 | 28,145 | 21,497 | 18,845 | |||||||||||||
Acquisition-related expenses (2) |
671 | 1,138 | 3,027 | 7,336 | | 671 | |||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
92,669 | 63,747 | 15,796 | 35,481 | 21,497 | 19,516 | |||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
20,536 | 8,900 | (4,211 | ) | 2,819 | 5,393 | 2,767 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
11,594 | 7,415 | 1,442 | 3,684 | 2,757 | 5,078 | |||||||||||||
Other income, net |
39 | 21 | 5 | 70 | 18 | 8 | |||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
8,981 | 1,506 | (5,648 | ) | (795 | ) | 2,654 | (2,303 | ) | ||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
3,321 | 826 | (1,047 | ) | (135 | ) | 1,241 | (858 | ) | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
5,660 | 680 | (4,601 | ) | (660 | ) | 1,413 | (1,445 | ) | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributed to non-controlling interest |
283 | 34 | (230 | ) | | 4 | (72 | ) | |||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributed to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. |
$ | 5,377 | $ | 646 | $ | (4,371 | ) | $ | (660 | ) | $ | 1,409 | $ | (1,373 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) per share: (3)(5) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic shares |
$ | 0.28 | $ | 0.03 | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (3.82 | ) | $ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.07 | ) | |||
Diluted shares |
$ | 0.28 | $ | 0.03 | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (3.82 | ) | $ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.07 | ) | |||
Weighted average shares outstanding: (5) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic shares |
18,929 | 18,757 | 18,633 | 173 | 19,149 | 18,929 | |||||||||||||
Diluted shares |
19,175 | 18,757 | 18,633 | 173 | 19,149 | 18,929 | |||||||||||||
As adjusted net income (loss) per share: (4)(5) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic shares |
$ | (0.06 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Diluted shares |
$ | (0.06 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
As adjusted weighted average shares outstanding: (5) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic shares |
19,204 | ||||||||||||||||||
Diluted shares |
19,204 | ||||||||||||||||||
44
|
Fiscal year ended (1) | Period (1) | Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands, except selected store data)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||||||||||
Other financial data (unaudited): |
|||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA (6) |
$ | 28,704 | $ | 14,509 | $ | (3,111 | ) | $ | 4,107 | $ | 7,469 | $ | 4,355 | ||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (6) |
$ | 40,271 | $ | 28,933 | $ | 9,785 | $ | 11,917 | $ | 7,789 | $ | 5,900 | |||||||
Capital expenditures |
$ | 11,400 | $ | 3,848 | $ | 698 | $ | 2,055 | $ | 1,803 | $ | 1,909 | |||||||
Selected store data (unaudited): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Same store sales growth |
6.7% | 11.9% | 17.5% | 17.5% | 7.7% | 8.2% | |||||||||||||
Stores operating at end of period |
152 | 117 | 86 | 85 | 155 | 149 | |||||||||||||
Total retail store square footage, end of period (in thousands) |
1,642 | 1,082 | 814 | 804 | 1,676 | 1,591 | |||||||||||||
Average store square footage, end of period |
10,801 | 9,251 | 9,466 | 9,456 | 10,811 | 10,676 | |||||||||||||
Average net sales per store (in thousands) (7) |
$ | 2,162 | $ | 1,861 | $ | 644 | $ | 1,210 | $ | 511 | $ | 419 | |||||||
|
As of | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
June 28,
2014 |
As adjusted
June 28, 2014 (8) |
|||||||||
Consolidated balance sheet data: |
|||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,118 | $ | 1,190 | $ | 1,115 | $ | 2,529 | |||||
Working capital |
56,786 | 37,174 | 61,814 | 60,835 | |||||||||
Total assets |
291,863 | 224,282 | 301,339 | 299,951 | |||||||||
Total debt |
128,124 | 88,410 | 172,594 | 106,201 | |||||||||
Stockholders' equity |
84,575 | 77,624 | 45,130 | 110,874 | |||||||||
(1) We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to March 31. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes 13 weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include 13 weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes 14 weeks of operations. The data presented contains references to fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, which represent our fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, and our fiscal periods from December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 and from April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011, respectively. Fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were each 52-week periods, the Successor Period consisted of approximately 16 weeks and the Predecessor Period consisted of approximately 36 weeks. Same store sales growth presented for each of the Predecessor Period and the Successor Period was calculated by comparing same store sales for such period against same store sales for the corresponding period in fiscal 2011. The data includes the activities of RCC from August 2012 and Baskins from May 2013, their respective dates of acquisition.
(2) Represents costs incurred in connection with the acquisitions of RCC and Baskins, as well as the Recapitalization.
(3) Net loss per share for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 reflects the deduction from net income, for purposes of determining the net income available to common stockholders, of the cash payment of $1.4 million made in April 2014 to holders of vested stock options. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesFinancing activities".
(4) As adjusted per share data gives effect to (i) the sale by us of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under "Use of proceeds", in each case assuming such events occurred on June 28, 2014. Basic and diluted as adjusted net income per share consists of as adjusted net income divided by the basic and diluted as adjusted weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. As adjusted net income per share reflects the increase in interest expense, net of income taxes, of $1.1 million resulting from the incurrence of prepayment penalties and fees and the write-off of prepaid loan fees in connection with our intended repayment of debt under our credit facilities as described in "Use of proceeds".
(5) The indicated data, other than data for the Predecessor Period, gives effect to the 25-for-1 stock split of our common stock that will be effective prior to this offering.
(6) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted to exclude income tax expense (benefit), net interest expense and depreciation and intangible asset amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted to exclude non-cash stock-based compensation, the non-cash accrual for future award redemptions, recapitalization expenses, acquisition expenses, acquisition-related integration and reorganization costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and other unusual or non-recurring expenses. We include EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus
45
because they are important financial measures which our management, board of directors and lenders use to assess our operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to net income or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Given that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are measures not deemed to be in accordance with GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations, our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, including companies in our industry, because other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in a different manner than we calculate these measures. See "Non-GAAP financial measures" at the beginning of this prospectus. The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to our net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
|
Fiscal year ended (1) | Period (1) | Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||||||||||
EBITDA reconciliation: |
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 5,660 | $ | 680 | $ | (4,601 | ) | $ | (660 | ) | $ | 1,413 | $ | (1,445 | ) | ||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
3,321 | 826 | (1,047 | ) | (135 | ) | 1,241 | (858 | ) | ||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
11,594 | 7,415 | 1,442 | 3,684 | 2,757 | 5,078 | |||||||||||||
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization |
8,129 | 5,588 | 1,095 | 1,218 | 2,058 | 1,580 | |||||||||||||
EBITDA |
28,704 | 14,509 | (3,111 | ) | 4,107 | 7,469 | 4,355 | ||||||||||||
Non-cash stock-based compensation (a) |
1,291 | 787 | 99 | | 442 | 210 | |||||||||||||
Non-cash accrual for future award redemptions (b) |
591 | 219 | 384 | 470 | (184 | ) | 180 | ||||||||||||
Recapitalization expenses (c) |
| | 3,027 | 7,336 | | | |||||||||||||
Acquisition expenses (d) |
671 | 1,138 | | | | 667 | |||||||||||||
Acquisition-related integration and reorganization costs (e) |
6,167 | 2,061 | | | | 343 | |||||||||||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment (f) |
867 | 9,199 | 9,369 | | | 145 | |||||||||||||
Loss on disposal of assets (g) |
1,980 | 322 | 17 | 4 | 62 | | |||||||||||||
Other unusual or non-recurring expenses (h) |
| 698 | | | | | |||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 40,271 | $ | 28,933 | $ | 9,785 | $ | 11,917 | $ | 7,789 | $ | 5,900 | |||||||
(a) Represents non-cash compensation expenses related to stock options granted to certain of our employees.
(b) Represents non-cash accrual for future award redemptions in connection with our customer loyalty program.
(c) Represents non-capitalized costs associated with the Recapitalization.
(d) Represents direct costs and fees related to the acquisitions of RCC and Baskins, which we acquired in August 2012 and May 2013, respectively.
(e) Represents certain store integration, remerchandising and corporate consolidation costs incurred in connection with the integrations of RCC and Baskins, which we acquired in August 2012 and May 2013, respectively.
(f) Represents the amortization of purchase-accounting adjustments that increased the value of inventory acquired to its fair value.
(g) Represents loss on disposal of assets in connection with the rebranding of RCC and Baskins acquired stores and store closures, as well as other costs.
(h) Represents professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with other acquisition activity.
(7) Average net sales per store is calculated by dividing net sales for the applicable period by the number of stores operating at the end of the period. For the purpose of calculating net sales per store, e-commerce sales and certain other revenues are excluded from net sales.
(8) As adjusted balance sheet data as of June 28, 2014 gives effect to (i) the sale by us of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under "Use of proceeds". The as adjusted June 28, 2014 cash and cash equivalents balance adjusts for $1.4 million of offering expenses previously paid by us.
46
Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, condensed consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information presented under "Selected consolidated financial data". The statements in the following discussion and analysis regarding expectations about our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and any other non-historical statements in this discussion and analysis are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described under "Risk factors" and "Special note regarding forward looking statements" elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results could differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.
Overview
We are the largest and fastest-growing lifestyle retail chain devoted to western and work-related footwear, apparel and accessories in the U.S. As of September 27, 2014, we operated 158 stores in 24 states, as well as a growing e-commerce website, bootbarn.com. Our stores feature a comprehensive assortment of approximately 200 brands and more than 1,500 styles on average, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. Our product offering is anchored by an extensive selection of western and work boots and is complemented by a wide assortment of coordinating apparel and accessories. Many of the items that we offer are basics or necessities for our customers' daily lives and typically represent enduring styles that are not impacted by changing fashion trends.
We strive to offer an authentic, one-stop shopping experience that fulfills the everyday lifestyle needs of our customers, and as a result, many of our customers make purchases in both the western and work wear sections of our stores. We target a broad and growing demographic, ranging from passionate western and country enthusiasts, to workers seeking dependable, high-quality footwear and clothing. Our broad geographic footprint, which comprises more than twice as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear, provides us with significant economies of scale, enhanced supplier relationships, the ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates and the ability to reinvest in our business at levels that we believe exceed those of our competition.
Growth strategies and outlook
We plan to continue to expand our business, increase our sales growth and profitability and enhance our competitive position by executing the following strategies:
Since the founding of Boot Barn in 1978, we have grown both organically and through successful strategic acquisitions of competing chains. We have rebranded and remerchandised the acquired chains under the Boot Barn banner, resulting in sales and profit increases over their original concepts. We believe that our business model and scale provide us with competitive advantages that have contributed to our consistent and strong financial performance, generating sufficient cash flow to support national growth.
47
Factors affecting comparability of results of operations
Recapitalization
On December 12, 2011, we consummated a recapitalization with Freeman Spogli & Co., which we refer to as the Recapitalization, to provide liquidity for certain existing stockholders, to repay existing indebtedness and to help us achieve our long-term growth objectives by partnering with a private equity firm with expertise in assisting retail companies in executing their growth strategies. Funds affiliated with Freeman Spogli & Co. purchased shares of our common stock representing a 90.4% equity interest in our subsidiary, Boot Barn Holding Corporation. In connection with the Recapitalization, management and other investors purchased shares of our common stock and common stock of Boot Barn Holding Corporation, collectively representing a 9.6% equity interest in Boot Barn Holding Corporation. In addition, on December 12, 2011, we entered into an amended and restated revolving credit facility and term loan facility and issued $25.0 million in mezzanine notes. The purchase price associated with the Recapitalization has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the date of the Recapitalization, which has resulted in the recognition of goodwill.
RCC Acquisition
On August 31, 2012, we acquired RCC, a western and work-related retail chain of 29 stores located in 12 states. We refer to our acquisition of RCC as the RCC Acquisition. In connection with the RCC Acquisition, we amended our revolving credit facility and our then-existing term loan facility to increase the size of both facilities. We also raised an additional $25.5 million by issuing new mezzanine notes and issued 296,725 shares of our common stock to one of our mezzanine lenders, which represented a 1.5% equity interest in Boot Barn Holding Corporation immediately following the RCC Acquisition. Upon the closing of the RCC Acquisition, we used borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our then-existing term loan facility, as well as the new mezzanine notes, to, among other things, pay the cash portion of the acquisition consideration, as well as related fees and expenses incurred in connection with the RCC Acquisition. Commencing on August 31, 2012, our consolidated financial statements and condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of RCC. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the closing date of the RCC Acquisition, which has resulted in the recognition of goodwill.
Through the RCC Acquisition, we increased our store base by 33% and expanded our geographic footprint into the Midwest and Southeast. In addition, we have achieved significant benefits from the RCC Acquisition as a result of improved purchasing efficiencies from suppliers and corporate support efficiencies. All of the RCC stores have been rebranded under the Boot Barn banner.
Baskins Acquisition
As of May 25, 2013, we acquired Baskins, a western and work-related retail chain of 30 stores located in Texas and Louisiana. We refer to our acquisition of Baskins as the Baskins Acquisition. In connection with the Baskins Acquisition, we amended our revolving credit facility to increase the size of the facility to $60.0 million and entered into our term loan facility. Upon the closing of the Baskins Acquisition, we used borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our term loan facility, to, among other things, pay the cash portion of the acquisition consideration, repay our then-existing term loan facility and mezzanine notes, including prepayment penalties, and pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Baskins Acquisition. Commencing on May 25, 2013, our consolidated financial statements and condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Baskins. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their
48
fair values as of the closing date of the Baskins Acquisition, which has resulted in the recognition of goodwill.
Through the Baskins Acquisition, we entered the attractive Texas market, which is the number one market for western boots, apparel and accessories. In addition, both Texas and Louisiana have benefited from increased output and employment in the oil and gas industries, which have positively impacted the demand for the work-related products that we offer. All of the Baskins stores have been rebranded under the Boot Barn banner and have been merchandised to be consistent with our existing stores. We have seen an increase in both sales and profitability since rebranding and remerchandising the stores acquired in the Baskins Acquisition.
Reorganization
As of June 8, 2014, WW Top Investment Corporation held all of the outstanding shares of common stock of WW Holding Corporation, which held 95.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Boot Barn Holding Corporation. Boot Barn Holding Corporation held all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Boot Barn, Inc., which is our primary operating subsidiary. To simplify our organizational structure, we completed a reorganization on June 9, 2014, whereby WW Holding Corporation was merged with and into WW Top Investment Corporation and then Boot Barn Holding Corporation was merged with and into WW Top Investment Corporation. As a result of this reorganization, Boot Barn, Inc. became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of WW Top Investment Corporation, and the minority stockholders that formerly held 5.0% of Boot Barn Holding Corporation became holders of 5.0% of WW Top Investment Corporation. The legal name of WW Top Investment Corporation was subsequently changed to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
How we assess the performance of our business
In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key indicators we use to evaluate the financial condition and operating performance of our business are net sales and gross profit. In addition, we also review other important metrics, such as same store sales, new store openings, SG&A expenses, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. See "Non-GAAP financial measures" at the beginning of this prospectus for our definition of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and why we present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, and see "Prospectus summarySummary consolidated financial and other data" for a reconciliation of our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
Net sales
Net sales reflect revenue from the sale of our merchandise at retail locations, as well as sales of merchandise through our e-commerce website. We recognize revenue upon the purchase of merchandise by customers at our stores and upon delivery of the product in the case of our e-commerce website. Net sales also include shipping and handling fees for e-commerce shipments that have been delivered to the customer. Net sales are net of returns on sales during the period as well as an estimate of returns and award redemptions expected in the future stemming from current period sales. Revenue from the sale of gift cards is deferred until the gift cards are used to purchase merchandise.
Our business is moderately seasonal and as a result our revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. In addition, our revenues in any given quarter can be affected by a number of factors including the timing of holidays and weather patterns. The third quarter of our fiscal year, which includes the Christmas shopping season, has historically produced stronger sales and disproportionately stronger operating results than the other quarters of our fiscal year.
49
Same store sales
Same store sales generally consist of net sales from stores that have been open at least 13 full fiscal months as of the end of the current reporting period, which is when we believe comparability is achieved. For a complete description of the manner in which we calculate same store sales see "Same store sales" at the beginning of this prospectus.
Retail store sales, e-commerce sales, e-commerce shipping and handling revenue and actual sales returns are included in same store sales. Measuring the change in year-over-year same store sales allows us to evaluate how our store base is performing. Numerous factors affect our same store sales, including:
Opening new stores is an important part of our growth strategy and we anticipate that a significant percentage of our net sales in the near future will come from stores not included in our same store sales calculation. Accordingly, same store sales are only one measure we use to assess the success of our business and growth strategy. Some of our competitors and other retailers may calculate "same" or "comparable" store sales differently than we do. As a result, data in this prospectus regarding our same store sales may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers.
New store openings
New store openings reflect the number of stores, excluding acquired stores, that are opened during a particular reporting period. In connection with opening new stores, we incur pre-opening costs. Pre-opening costs consist of costs incurred prior to opening a new store and primarily consist of manager and other employee payroll, travel and training costs, marketing expenses, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial inventory and certain fixtures to store locations, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time that we take possession of a store site to the opening of that store. Occupancy costs are included in cost of goods sold and the other pre-opening costs are included in SG&A expenses. All of these costs are expensed as incurred.
New stores often open with a period of high sales levels, which subsequently decrease to normalized sales volumes. In addition, we experience typical inefficiencies in the form of higher labor, advertising and other direct operating expenses, and as a result, store-level profit margins at our new stores are generally lower during the start-up period of operation. The number and timing of store openings has had, and is expected to continue to have, a significant impact on our results of operations. In assessing the performance of a new store, we review its actual sales against the sales that we projected that store to achieve at the time we initially approved its opening. We also review the actual number of stores opened in a fiscal year against the number of store openings that we included in our budget at the beginning of that fiscal year.
Gross profit
Gross profit is equal to our net sales less our cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, obsolescence and shrinkage provisions, store and warehouse occupancy costs (including rent,
50
depreciation and utilities), inbound and outbound freight, supplier allowances, occupancy-related taxes, compensation costs for merchandise purchasing and warehouse personnel, and other inventory acquisition-related costs. These costs are significant and can be expected to continue to increase as we grow. The components of our reported cost of goods sold may not be comparable to those of other retail companies, including our competitors. As a result, data in this prospectus regarding our gross profit may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers.
Our gross profit is variable in nature and generally follows changes in net sales. We regularly analyze the components of gross profit, as well as gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Specifically, we examine the initial markup on purchases, markdowns and reserves, shrinkage, buying costs, distribution costs and occupancy costs. Any inability to obtain acceptable levels of initial markups, or a significant increase in our use of markdowns or in inventory shrinkage, or a significant increase in freight and other inventory acquisition costs could have an adverse impact on our gross profit and results of operations.
Gross profit is also impacted by shifts in the proportion of sales of our private brand products compared to third-party brand products, as well as by sales mix shifts within and between brands and between major product categories such as footwear, apparel or accessories.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Our selling, general and administrative expenses, or SG&A expenses, are composed of labor and related expenses, other operating expenses and general and administrative expenses not included in cost of goods sold. Specifically, our SG&A expenses include the following:
The components of our SG&A expenses may not be comparable to those of our competitors and other retailers. We expect that our SG&A expenses will increase in future periods due to our store growth strategy and, in part, due to additional legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we expect to incur as a result of being a public company. In addition, we expect that compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations could result in significant incremental legal, accounting and other overhead costs after we cease to be an emerging growth company.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are important financial measures used by our management, board of directors and lenders to assess our operating performance. We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as key performance measures because we believe that they facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences primarily caused by the impact of variations from period to period in tax positions, interest expense and depreciation and amortization, as well as, in the
51
case of Adjusted EBITDA, excluding non-cash expenses, such as stock-based compensation and the non-cash accrual for future award redemptions, and unusual or non-recurring costs and expenses that are not directly related to our operations, including recapitalization expenses, acquisition expenses, acquisition-related integration and reorganization costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and other unusual or non-recurring expenses. Because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA facilitate internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis, we also use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (or some variations thereof) for business planning purposes, in calculating covenant compliance for our credit facilities, in determining incentive compensation for members of our management and in evaluating acquisition opportunities. In addition, we believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt-service capabilities.
Results of operations
We operate on a fiscal calendar which results in a 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to March 31. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes 13 weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include 13 weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes 14 weeks of operations. For ease of reference, we identify our fiscal years by reference to the calendar year in which the fiscal year ends.
The following table summarizes key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated, both in dollars and as a percentage of our net sales. The following discussion contains references to fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, which represent our fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, and our fiscal periods from December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 and from April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011, respectively. Fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were each 52-week periods, the Successor Period consisted of approximately 16 weeks and the Predecessor Period consisted of approximately 36 weeks. The data include the activities of RCC from August 2012 and Baskins from May 2013, their respective dates of acquisition.
52
|
Fiscal year ended | Period | Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||||||||||
Consolidated statements of operations data: |
|||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 345,868 | $ | 233,203 | $ | 58,267 | $ | 110,429 | $ | 82,497 | $ | 64,574 | |||||||
Cost of goods sold |
231,796 | 151,357 | 37,313 | 72,129 | 55,607 | 42,146 | |||||||||||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment |
867 | 9,199 | 9,369 | | | 145 | |||||||||||||
Total cost of goods sold |
232,663 | 160,556 | 46,682 | 72,129 | 55,607 | 42,291 | |||||||||||||
Gross profit |
113,205 | 72,647 | 11,585 | 38,300 | 26,890 | 22,283 | |||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
91,998 | 62,609 | 12,769 | 28,145 | 21,497 | 18,845 | |||||||||||||
Acquisition-related expenses |
671 | 1,138 | 3,027 | 7,336 | | 671 | |||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
92,669 | 63,747 | 15,796 | 35,481 | 21,497 | 19,516 | |||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
20,536 | 8,900 | (4,211 | ) | 2,819 | 5,393 | 2,767 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
11,594 | 7,415 | 1,442 | 3,684 | 2,757 | 5,078 | |||||||||||||
Other income, net |
39 | 21 | 5 | 70 | 18 | 8 | |||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
8,981 | 1,506 | (5,648 | ) | (795 | ) | 2,654 | (2,303 | ) | ||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
3,321 | 826 | (1,047 | ) | (135 | ) | 1,241 | (858 | ) | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
5,660 | 680 | (4,601 | ) | (660 | ) | 1,413 | (1,445 | ) | ||||||||||
Percentage of net sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net sales |
100.0% | 100.0% | 100.0% | 100.0% | 100.0% | 100.0% | |||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
67.0% | 64.9% | 64.0% | 65.3% | 67.4% | 65.3% | |||||||||||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment |
0.3% | 3.9% | 16.1% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.2% | |||||||||||||
Total cost of goods sold |
67.3% | 68.8% | 80.1% | 65.3% | 67.4% | 65.5% | |||||||||||||
Gross profit |
32.7% | 31.2% | 19.9% | 34.7% | 32.6% | 34.5% | |||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
26.6% | 26.8% | 21.9% | 25.5% | 26.1% | 29.2% | |||||||||||||
Acquisition-related expenses |
0.2% | 0.5% | 5.2% | 6.6% | 0.0% | 1.0% | |||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
26.8% | 27.3% | 27.1% | 32.1% | 26.1% | 30.2% | |||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
5.9% | 3.8% | (7.2% | ) | 2.6% | 6.5% | 4.3% | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
3.4% | 3.2% | 2.5% | 3.3% | 3.3% | 7.9% | |||||||||||||
Other expense (income), net |
0.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.1% | 0.0% | 0.0% | |||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
2.6% | 0.6% | (9.7% | ) | (0.7% | ) | 3.2% | (3.6% | ) | ||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
1.0% | 0.4% | (1.8% | ) | (0.1% | ) | 1.5% | (1.4% | ) | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
1.6% | 0.3% | (7.9% | ) | (0.6% | ) | 1.7% | (2.2% | ) | ||||||||||
Thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 compared to thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013
Net sales. Net sales increased by $17.9 million, or 27.8%, to $82.5 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 compared to $64.6 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. The increase in net sales was due to an increase in same store sales of $5.5 million, or 7.7%, and partially due to contributions from nine new store openings. We opened three stores during the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and nine stores in fiscal 2014 (including two in the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013). Same store sales during the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 included $14.5 million in net sales realized from the 30 stores that we acquired in the Baskins Acquisition in fiscal 2013.
Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $4.6 million, or 20.7%, to $26.9 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 from $22.3 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. The increase in gross profit was primarily the result of increased overall net sales and a decrease in the amortization of acquisition-related inventory fair value adjustments, which are recorded in cost of goods sold. The stores
53
acquired in the Baskins Acquisition contributed $4.1 million and $1.2 million of gross profit for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. There was no amortization of these adjustments for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was 32.6% and 34.5% for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. This decrease was largely driven by competitive pressures in certain markets resulting in lower merchandise margins earned, as well as an increase in other cost of goods sold-related expenses.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses increased by $2.7 million, or 14.1%, to $21.5 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 from $18.8 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 26.1% and 29.2% for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. Labor and related expenses, operating expenses and general and administrative expenses all increased as a result of the Baskins Acquisition, additional investment in our corporate organization to support our planned growth for fiscal 2014 as well as the net addition of six new stores since the end of the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013.
Acquisition-related expenses. Acquisition-related expenses for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013 were $0.7 million, which related to the Baskins Acquisition. There were no acquisition-related expenses during the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014.
Income from operations. Income from operations increased by $2.6 million, or 94.9%, to $5.4 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 from $2.8 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations was 6.5% and 4.3% for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. The change in income from operations was attributable to the factors noted above.
Interest expense. Interest expense decreased by $2.3 million, or 45.7%, to $2.8 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 from $5.1 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a $2.0 million write-off of deferred loan costs and loan termination costs in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 in connection with our refinancing our debt.
Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax expense increased to $1.2 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 from an income tax benefit of $0.9 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. The increase in our income tax expense was due to our achieving income before taxes in the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 as opposed to a net loss before taxes for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. Our effective tax rate was 46.8% for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 compared to 37.3% for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. The increase in the effective tax rate for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 was due to an increase in the overall federal tax rate from 34% to 35% and the corresponding deferred tax liability as a result of our increased earnings projections.
Net income (loss). Net income was $1.4 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014, compared to a net loss of $1.4 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. The change in net income was attributable to the factors noted above.
Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA increased by $1.9 million, or 32.0%, to $7.8 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 from $5.9 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. This increase was primarily due to the increase in net income noted above, together with increases in the following non-cash adjustments, which are added to net income to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA: increased income tax expense offset by lower interest expense, as discussed above, plus additional depreciation and amortization expense resulting from the assets acquired in the Baskins Acquisition and the net addition of six new stores. These increases in non-cash expenses were offset in part by a reduction in the amortization of
54
inventory fair value adjustment, acquisition expenses and acquisition-related integration and reorganization costs. See "Prospectus summarySummary consolidated financial and other data" for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.
Fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013
Net sales. Net sales in fiscal 2014 increased by $112.7 million, or 48.3%, to $345.9 million compared to $233.2 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in net sales was partially due to an increase in same store sales of $19.7 million, or 6.7%, during fiscal 2014 and partially due to contributions from nine new store openings during fiscal 2014. Same store sales in fiscal 2014 included $63.4 million in net sales realized from the 30 stores that we acquired in the Baskins Acquisition during the ten full fiscal months in fiscal 2014 in which we owned those stores, but only to the extent that those stores had been opened for 13 full fiscal months. The percentage increase in same store sales was lower in fiscal 2014 than in previous years because of the high growth in same store sales in prior fiscal years and maturation of our store base. We closed four stores in fiscal 2014. Three of those stores were acquired in the RCC Acquisition and were consolidated into one new store located in the same market. The fourth store reached the end of its lease and was consolidated into a store operating in the same market. On an as adjusted basis, giving effect to the net sales of Baskins and RCC in each period as though those entities were acquired on the first day of such period, net sales in fiscal 2014 increased $41.4 million, or 13.2%, to $354.2 million compared to $312.8 million in fiscal 2013 (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).
Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $40.6 million, or 55.9%, to $113.2 million in fiscal 2014 from $72.6 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in gross profit was primarily the result of increased overall net sales, increased sales of higher margin merchandise including our private brands, and a decrease in the amortization of acquisition-related inventory fair value adjustments, which are recorded in cost of goods sold. The stores acquired in the Baskins Acquisition contributed $16.4 million of gross profit in fiscal 2014. Amortization of acquisition-related inventory fair value adjustments recorded in cost of goods sold was $0.9 million in fiscal 2014 compared to $9.2 million in fiscal 2013. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 32.7% in fiscal 2014 from 31.2% in fiscal 2013. However, gross profit as a percentage of net sales, exclusive of amortization of acquisition related inventory fair value, decreased 2.0% from fiscal 2013. The decrease was largely driven by larger markdowns and liquidation of inventory acquired in the Baskins Acquisition. The larger markdowns reduced gross profit by $0.9 million and a reserve for the liquidation of remaining unsold acquired inventory as of March 29, 2014 reduced gross profit by $1.4 million. The unsold acquired inventory was subsequently sold to a broker in April 2014. These events are directly related to the Baskins Acquisition and the remerchandising of the Baskins stores and are non-recurring. The impact to gross profit in fiscal 2013 related to the acquired inventory in the RCC Acquisition was immaterial.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses increased by $29.4 million, or 47.0%, to $92.0 million in fiscal 2014 from $62.6 million in fiscal 2013. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 26.6% for fiscal 2014 compared to 26.8% for fiscal 2013. Labor and related expenses, operating expenses and general and administrative expenses all increased as a result of the Baskins Acquisition and the related integration of the Baskins stores, the cost to consolidate the corporate offices as well as the net addition of five new stores during the fiscal year. During fiscal 2014, we invested in our corporate organization to support the larger number of stores. In addition, we incurred one-time expenses associated with the closure of Baskins' corporate headquarters, the termination of certain contracts, severance and retention payments, and fees and expenses to integrate the Baskins' store operations under our management. The total cost associated with these additional one-time expenses was $3.5 million. Additionally, the Baskins Acquisition agreement included an earn out provision. The fair value of the
55
earn-out as of the acquisition date was $1.7 million. Subsequent to the acquisition date the fair value of the earn out increased $0.4 million. This non-recurring expense is included in SG&A expenses in fiscal 2014. As a result of these actions, we expect to realize ongoing efficiencies from the consolidation of the Baskins operations that may reduce some future SG&A expenses.
Acquisition-related expenses. Acquisition-related expenses in fiscal 2014 were $0.7 million compared to $1.1 million in fiscal 2013. We completed the Baskins Acquisition and RCC Acquisition in May 2013 and August 2012, respectively. Costs associated with these acquisitions have been reflected in their respective fiscal years.
Income (loss) from operations. Income from operations increased by $11.6 million, or 130.3%, to $20.5 million in fiscal 2014 from $8.9 million in fiscal 2013. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations was 5.9% and 3.8% during fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively. The change in income from operations was attributable to the factors noted above.
Interest expense. Interest expense increased by $4.2 million, or 56.8%, to $11.6 million in fiscal 2014 from $7.4 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in interest expense was primarily a result of the additional debt incurred in connection with the RCC Acquisition and the Baskins Acquisition, which was partially offset by more favorable borrowing rates on our credit facilities. Also included in interest expense are deferred loan costs that were expensed at the time of the refinancing of our debt in fiscal 2014.
Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax expense was $3.3 million in fiscal 2014 compared to $0.8 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in our income tax expense was due primarily to an increase in our income before taxes to $9.0 million in fiscal year 2014 from $1.5 million in fiscal 2013. Our effective tax rate was 37.0% in fiscal 2014, compared to 54.8% in fiscal 2013. The high effective tax rate in fiscal 2013 was mainly due to acquisition costs.
Net income (loss). Net income increased to $5.7 million in fiscal 2014 from a net income of $0.7 million in fiscal 2013. The change in net income was attributable to the factors noted above.
Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA increased by $11.3 million, or 39.2%, to $40.3 million in fiscal 2014 from $28.9 million in fiscal 2013. This increase was primarily due to the increase in net income noted above, together with increases in the following non-cash expenses, which are added to net income to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA: increased income tax expense and additional interest expense, as discussed above, plus additional depreciation and amortization expense resulting from the RCC Acquisition and Baskins Acquisition and the net addition of five new stores, additional acquisition-related integration and reorganization costs for the Baskins Acquisition, and additional loss on disposal of assets in connection with the rebranding of RCC and Baskins acquired stores. These increases in non-cash expenses were offset in part by a reduction in the amortization of inventory fair value adjustment. See "Prospectus summarySummary consolidated financial and other data" for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.
Fiscal 2013
Net sales. Net sales in fiscal 2013 were $233.2 million. Same store sales increased $22.9 million, or 11.9%, during fiscal 2013, and there were additional sales due to the opening of four new stores during fiscal 2013. Net sales in fiscal 2013 included $35.5 million in net sales realized from the 29 stores that we acquired in the RCC Acquisition during the seven full months in fiscal 2013 in which we owned those stores. We closed two stores in fiscal 2013, one of which was acquired in the RCC Acquisition. Both stores reached the end of their respective leases and were consolidated with other stores operating in the same
56
markets. On an as adjusted basis, giving effect to the net sales of Baskins and RCC in each period as though those entities were acquired on the first day of such period, net sales in fiscal 2013 were $312.8 million (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).
Gross profit. Gross profit in fiscal 2013 was $72.6 million. The stores acquired in the RCC Acquisition contributed $12.1 million of gross profit in fiscal 2013. Amortization of acquisition-related inventory fair value adjustments recorded in cost of goods sold was $9.2 million in fiscal 2013. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 31.2% in fiscal 2013.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses in fiscal 2013 were $62.6 million. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 26.8%. Labor and related expenses, operating expenses and general and administrative expenses all include expenses resulting from the RCC Acquisition and the related integration of the RCC stores and consolidation of corporate offices, as well as the net addition of two new stores during the fiscal year. During fiscal 2013, we invested in our corporate organization to support the operations of the stores acquired in the RCC Acquisition. In addition, we incurred one-time expenses associated with the closure of RCC's corporate headquarters, the termination of certain contracts, severance and retention payments, and fees and expenses to integrate the RCC store operations under our management. The total costs associated with these additional one-time expenses related to the RCC Acquisition were $2.1 million. In addition, we incurred $0.7 million in professional fees and expenses related to other acquisition activity.
Acquisition-related expenses. Acquisition-related expenses in fiscal 2013 were $1.1 million. We completed the RCC Acquisition in August 2012. As a result, costs associated with the RCC Acquisition have been reflected in fiscal 2013.
Income (loss) from operations. Income from operations in fiscal 2013 was $8.9 million. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations was 3.8% in fiscal 2013.
Interest expense, net. Interest expense in fiscal 2013 was $7.4 million. We incurred additional debt in connection with the RCC Acquisition during fiscal 2013. Included in interest expense are deferred loan costs that were expensed at the time of the refinancing of our debt in fiscal 2013.
Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax expense was $0.8 million in fiscal 2013. Our effective tax rate was 54.8% in fiscal 2013. The high effective tax rate was primarily due to costs related to the RCC Acquisition.
Net income (loss). Net income in fiscal 2013 was $0.7 million.
Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA in fiscal 2013 was $28.9 million, and was primarily impacted by $3.2 million of RCC Acquisition expenses in fiscal 2013 and $9.2 million of amortization of the inventory fair value adjustment resulting from the Recapitalization. See "Prospectus SummarySummary consolidated financial and other data" for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 (Successor Period)
Net sales. Net sales were $58.3 million during the Successor Period. Same stores sales increased $8.5 million, or 17.5%, during the Successor Period as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2011, and there were additional sales due to the opening of one new store during the Successor Period.
Gross profit. Gross profit was $11.6 million during the Successor Period. Amortization of acquisition-related inventory fair value adjustments recorded in cost of goods sold relating to the Recapitalization was
57
$9.4 million during the Successor Period. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 19.9% during the Successor Period, which was low primarily due to the aforementioned amortization of the inventory fair value adjustment.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses were $12.8 million in the Successor Period. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 21.9%, which was low primarily due to the Successor Period including the Christmas shopping season.
Acquisition-related expenses. Acquisition-related expenses were $3.0 million during the Successor Period. These costs were related to the Recapitalization on December 12, 2011.
Income (loss) from operations. Loss from operations was $4.2 million during the Successor Period. As a percentage of net sales, loss from operations was 7.2% during the Successor Period.
Interest expense, net. Interest expense was $1.4 million during the Successor Period. We incurred additional debt in connection with the Recapitalization on December 12, 2011.
Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax benefit was $1.0 million during the Successor Period. Our effective tax rate was 18.5% during the Successor Period. The lower effective tax rate was primarily due to acquisitions costs relating to the Recapitalization that were incurred during the period.
Net income (loss). Net loss was $4.6 million during the Successor Period.
Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA was $9.8 million during the Successor Period. Adjusted EBITDA was primarily impacted by $3.0 million of Recapitalization expenses and $9.4 million of amortization of the inventory fair value adjustment during the period. See "Prospectus SummarySummary consolidated financial and other data" for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 (Predecessor Period)
Net sales. Net sales were $110.4 million during the Predecessor Period. Same stores sales increased $15.4 million, or 17.5%, during the Predecessor Period as compared to the corresponding period in fiscal 2011, and there were additional sales due to the opening of four new stores during the Predecessor Period.
Gross profit. Gross profit was $38.3 million during the Predecessor Period. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 34.7% during the Predecessor Period.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses were $28.1 million in the Predecessor Period. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 25.5%.
Acquisition-related expenses. Acquisition-related expenses were $7.3 million during the Predecessor Period. These costs primarily related to the Recapitalization on December 12, 2011.
Income (loss) from operations. Income from operations was $2.8 million during the Predecessor Period. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations was 2.6% during the Predecessor Period.
Interest expense, net. Interest expense was $3.7 million during the Predecessor Period.
Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax benefit was $0.1 million during the Predecessor Period. Our effective tax rate was 17.0% during the Predecessor Period. The lower effective tax rate was primarily due to acquisition costs relating to the Recapitalization that were incurred during the period.
Net income (loss). Net loss was $0.7 million during the Predecessor Period.
Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA was $11.9 million during the Predecessor Period. Adjusted EBITDA was primarily impacted by $7.3 million of Recapitalization expenses incurred during the period. See "Prospectus SummarySummary consolidated financial and other data" for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.
58
Quarterly financial data
The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations and other data for each of our most recent nine fiscal quarters. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements included elsewhere herein. In our opinion, such financial statements reflect all adjustments that are of a normal and recurring nature necessary to fairly present our results of operations in all material respects for the periods presented.
In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes 13 weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include 13 weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes 14 weeks of operations. Each quarter ends on the last Saturday of the 13-week period (or the 14-week period in a 53-week fiscal year). Fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 are all 52-week periods.
This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results for any fiscal quarter are not indicative of the operating results for a full fiscal year or for any future period and there can be no assurance that any trend reflected in such results will continue in the future.
|
Fiscal 2015 | Fiscal 2014 | Fiscal 2013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands, except selected store data)
|
First
quarter |
Fourth
quarter |
Third
quarter |
Second
quarter |
First
quarter |
Fourth
quarter |
Third
quarter |
Second
quarter |
First
quarter |
|||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 82,497 | $ | 88,486 | $ | 115,438 | $ | 77,370 | $ | 64,574 | $ | 58,329 | $ | 83,895 | $ | 49,020 | $ | 41,959 | ||||||||||
Gross profit |
26,890 | 27,517 | 39,676 | 23,729 | 22,283 | 19,742 | 28,211 | 15,903 | 8,791 | |||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
5,393 | 4,829 | 13,072 | (132 | ) | 2,767 | 2,409 | 8,068 | 868 | (2,445 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
1,413 | 1,892 | 6,673 | (1,460 | ) | (1,445 | ) | (131 | ) | 3,501 | (439 | ) | (2,251 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Percentage of annual results: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
25.6% | 33.4% | 22.4% | 18.7% | 25.0% | 36.0% | 21.0% | 18.0% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
24.3% | 35.0% | 21.0% | 19.7% | 27.2% | 38.8% | 21.9% | 12.1% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
23.5% | 63.7% | (0.6% | ) | 13.5% | 27.1% | 90.7% | 9.8% | (27.5% | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
33.4% | 117.9% | (25.8% | ) | (25.5% | ) | (19.3% | ) | 514.9% | (64.6% | ) | (331.0% | ) | |||||||||||||||
Percentage of net sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
32.6% | 31.1% | 34.4% | 30.7% | 34.5% | 33.8% | 33.6% | 32.4% | 21.0% | |||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
6.5% | 5.5% | 11.3% | (0.2% | ) | 4.3% | 4.1% | 9.6% | 1.8% | (5.8% | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
1.7% | 2.1% | 5.8% | (1.9% | ) | (2.2% | ) | (0.2% | ) | 4.2% | (0.9% | ) | (5.4% | ) | ||||||||||||||
Selected store data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Stores operating at end of quarter |
155 | 152 | 155 | 151 | 149 | 117 | 116 | 116 | 87 | |||||||||||||||||||
Same store sales growth |
7.7% | 8.9% | 3.8% | 7.1% | 8.2% | 7.5% | 10.7% | 14.3% | 17.8% | |||||||||||||||||||
Liquidity and capital resources
We rely on cash flows from operating activities and our revolving credit facility as our primary sources of liquidity. Our primary cash needs have been for inventories, operating expenses, capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and remodeling or refurbishing existing stores, improvements to our distribution facilities, marketing and information technology expenditures, debt service and taxes. We have also used cash for the RCC Acquisition and the Baskins Acquisition, the subsequent rebranding and integration of the stores acquired in those acquisitions and costs to consolidate the corporate offices. In addition to cash and cash equivalents, the most significant components of our working capital are accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities. We believe that cash flows from operating activities and the availability of cash under our revolving credit facility or
59
other financing arrangements will be sufficient to cover working capital requirements, anticipated capital expenditures and other anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months.
Our liquidity is moderately seasonal. Our cash requirements generally increase in our third fiscal quarter as we incur additional marketing expenses and increase our inventory in advance of the Christmas shopping season. Our cash flows from operations increased in fiscal 2014 as a result of efficiencies realized upon our integration of the operations of stores that we acquired in the RCC Acquisition and the Baskins Acquisition, and from an increase in our private brand products as a percentage of our overall product mix, which has incrementally increased our margins, in addition to our general growth.
Although we did not have any material capital expenditure commitments as of the end of fiscal 2014, we are planning to open new stores, remodel and refurbish our existing stores at a greater rate than we have typically done in the past, and make improvements to our information technology infrastructure, which will result in increased capital expenditures. We estimate that our capital expenditures in fiscal 2015 will be between approximately $13.0 million and $15.0 million (of which $1.8 million has been spent through June 28, 2014), and we anticipate that we will use cash flows from operations to fund these expenditures.
Following the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under "Use of proceeds", our outstanding indebtedness (assuming debt balances as of June 28, 2014 and a per share offering price equal to $15.00, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) will be reduced by approximately $66.4 million, or 38.5%, and our annualized interest expense will decline by approximately $4.6 million (all relating to our term loan facility), which would have represented a reduction of approximately 40.1% of our $11.6 million of interest expense for fiscal 2014.
As of June 28, 2014, a total of $42.6 million was outstanding under our revolving credit facility (including letters of credit) and there was $25.4 million of unused availability under the borrowing base formula.
Cash and cash equivalents were $1.1 million as of June 28, 2014 compared to $1.1 million as of March 29, 2014 and $1.2 million as of March 30, 2013.
The following table present summary cash flow information for the periods indicated:
|
Fiscal year ended | Period | Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
(unaudited)
|
|||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in): |
|||||||||||||||||||
Operating activities |
$ | 12,780 | $ | 11,924 | $ | (4,037 | ) | $ | 6,122 | $ | (669 | ) | $ | (7,911 | ) | ||||
Investing activities |
(27,272 | ) | (45,699 | ) | (86,272 | ) | (2,051 | ) | (1,803 | ) | (15,693 | ) | |||||||
Financing activities |
14,420 | 34,373 | 90,901 | (2,103 | ) | 2,469 | 24,747 | ||||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
$ | (72 | ) | $ | 598 | $ | 592 | $ | 1,968 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 1,143 | |||||
Operating activities
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items that include depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation, plus the effect on cash of changes during the year in our assets and liabilities.
60
Net cash used in operating activities decreased $7.2 million in the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 as compared to the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. The significant components of cash flows used in operating activities were net income of $1.4 million, the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $2.1 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million, amortization of deferred loan fees of $0.2 million and an increase in deferred taxes of $0.4 million. Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities decreased by a total of $10.6 million due to the timing of payments and the Baskins Acquisition in the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. The above was offset by an increase in inventories of $7.6 million due to the growth of the Company.
Net cash provided by operating activities increased $0.9 million in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013. The significant components of cash flows from operating activities were net income of $5.7 million, the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $8.1 million, amortization of deferred loan fees of $2.5 million and loss on disposal of assets of $2.0 million. Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities increased by a total of $9.1 million due to the growth of the Company. The above were offset by an increase in inventories of $14.1 million in fiscal 2014 as compared to $4.8 million in fiscal 2013 due primarily to the Baskins Acquisition, and increases in deferred taxes and prepaid expenses and other current assets of $2.7 million in fiscal 2014 as compared to $3.1 million in fiscal 2013 due primarily to increases in deferred taxes and prepaid rent as the Company's income and store count grew.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.9 million in fiscal 2013. The significant components of cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2013 were net income of $0.7 million, the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $5.6 million and amortization of the fair value inventory adjustment of $9.2 million. Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities increased in fiscal 2013 by a total of $7.4 million due to the growth of the Company. The above were offset by an increase in inventories of $4.8 million in fiscal 2013 due primarily to the RCC Acquisition and an increase in deferred taxes and prepaid expenses and other current assets of $3.1 million due to the growth of the Company.
Net cash used in operating activities was $4.0 million during the Successor Period. The significant components of cash used in operating activities during the Successor Period were a net loss of $4.6 million, an increase in non-cash deferred taxes of $2.4 million and a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities totaling $11.5 million due to the timing of payments. The above were offset by the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $1.1 million and amortization of the fair value inventory adjustment of $9.4 million. Inventories decreased $3.5 million during the Successor Period as a result of increased sales of merchandise during the Christmas shopping season.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $6.1 million during the Predecessor Period. The significant components of cash provided by operating activities during the Predecessor Period were the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $1.2 million and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $15.1 million due to the growth of the Company and an increase in inventory in preparation for the Christmas shopping season. The above were offset by a net loss for the Predecessor Period of $0.7 million, an increase in inventories of $9.4 million and an increase in accounts receivable of $0.9 million.
Investing activities
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities consists primarily of purchases of property and equipment but also includes funds used to effect the Recapitalization, the RCC Acquisition and the Baskins Acquisition.
61
Net cash used in investing activities decreased $13.9 million in the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 as compared to the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to the $13.8 million investment related to the Baskins Acquisition which occurred during the first quarter of fiscal 2013.
Net cash used in investing activities decreased $18.4 million in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to the $15.7 million investment related to the Baskins Acquisition, including subsequent fixed asset purchases, in fiscal 2014 compared to the $41.9 million investment related to the RCC Acquisition in fiscal 2013. This was largely offset by purchases of property and equipment of $11.4 million in fiscal 2014 compared to $3.8 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in purchases of property and equipment was primarily related to rebranding stores acquired in the Baskins and RCC Acquisitions in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively, integrating Baskins and RCC stores onto our management systems, opening new stores and remodeling existing stores.
Net cash used in investing activities was $45.7 million in fiscal 2013, primarily due to the $41.9 million investment related to the RCC Acquisition. In addition, cash paid for purchases of property and equipment totaled $3.8 million in fiscal 2013.
Net cash used in investing activities was $86.3 million during the Successor Period, primarily due to the $85.6 million investment related to the Recapitalization which occurred on December 11, 2011. In addition, cash paid for purchases of property and equipment totaled $0.7 million during the Successor Period.
Net cash used in investing activities was $2.1 million during the Predecessor Period, entirely due to cash paid for purchases of property and equipment totaling $2.1 million.
Financing activities
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities consists primarily of advances and repayments on our credit facilities, payment of assumed contingent consideration and debt from acquisitions and issuance of stock.
On April 17, 2014, we paid a pro rata cash dividend of approximately $39.9 million in the aggregate to record holders of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the record date of April 14, 2014. We also made a payment to holders of our outstanding vested stock options with exercise prices below the value of our common stock, for an aggregate payment to those option holders of approximately $1.4 million. These dividend and other payments were funded entirely from additional borrowings under our credit facilities. In addition, we reduced the per-share exercise price of each of our unvested stock options outstanding as of the record date by the per-share dividend amount. Those stock options will, upon vesting, be exercisable for 1,918,550 shares of our common stock. The payments made in respect of, and the decrease in the exercise price of, options were mandated by the antidilution provisions of our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $22.3 million in the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 as compared to the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. During the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013, we obtained $100.0 million from our credit facility with Golub Capital LLC and repaid $69.5 million in debt and capital lease obligations, as well as repaying debt in connection with the Baskins Acquisition totaling $20.1 million. We also incurred net borrowings under our revolving credit facility of $17.6 million. During the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014, we obtained $30.8 million of additional financing under our term loan facility with Golub Capital LLC and had net borrowings of $14.0 million under our revolving credit facility. The new debt was used to fund the dividend to stockholders and related payment to option holders noted above.
62
Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $20.0 million in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to the payment of contingent consideration and assumed debt of $21.8 million in fiscal 2014 compared to $5.4 million in fiscal 2013 related to the Baskins and RCC Acquisitions, respectively. This was partially offset by a net increase in debt of $39.6 million in fiscal 2014 compared to $38.9 million in fiscal 2013. The Company received $2.0 million from the issuance of common stock in fiscal 2013, and no common stock was issued in 2014.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $34.4 million in fiscal 2013. Net proceeds from loan borrowings and drawings on our revolving credit facility totaled $38.9 million, including $25.5 million of related party borrowings during the year. The Company also received proceeds of $2.0 million for the issuance of common stock. These increases were offset by debt issuance fees of $1.2 million and the payment of assumed consideration and debt of $5.4 million related to the RCC Acquisition.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $90.9 million during the Successor Period, which included the issuance of $76.0 million of common stock related to the Recapitalization. Net proceeds from loan borrowings and drawings on our revolving credit facility totaled $16.3 million. These increases were offset by debt issuance fees of $1.4 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was $2.1 million during the Predecessor Period, which was primarily due to $2.2 million of repayments on debt. This was offset by $0.1 million of net drawings on our revolving credit facility.
Debt and other obligations
Our credit facilities. As of June 28, 2014, the terms of our revolving credit facility are set forth in a Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement with PNC Bank, N.A., as amended, which we refer to as the revolving credit agreement, and the terms of our term loan facility are set forth in a Term Loan and Security Agreement with Golub Capital LLC, as amended, which we refer to as the term loan agreement. Our primary operating subsidiary, Boot Barn, Inc., is the borrower under both of our credit facilities.
The revolving credit agreement currently provides for a $70.0 million revolving credit facility, including a $5.0 million sub-limit for letters of credit. Subject to certain terms and conditions, PNC is committed to increase the facility by an additional $10.0 million at our request. Borrowings under the revolving credit agreement are subject to a borrowing base tied to specified percentages of eligible inventory and credit card receivables. Interest on borrowings is payable, at our election, at a rate based on an alternative base rate (the rate equal to the highest of (1) PNC's publicly announced commercial lending rate, (2) the daily federal funds open rate plus 0.50% or (3) the LIBOR rate for a period of one month plus 1.00%) or LIBOR (for one, two, three or six month periods at our election), plus applicable margins of 0.75% or 1.00% for alternative base rate loans and 1.75% or 2.00% for LIBOR advances, in each case determined by reference to availability under the borrowing base formula. In addition, we pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility equal to (1) 0.375% if our average utilization of the revolving facility over the preceding calender quarter was equal to or less than 60% of borrowing base availability or (2) 0.25% if average utilization exceeded 60% of borrowing base availability. The revolving credit agreement matures on May 31, 2018. As of June 28, 2014, a total of $42.6 million was outstanding under the revolving credit agreement (including letters of credit) and there was $25.4 million of unused availability under the borrowing base formula.
The term loan agreement currently provides for a $130.0 million term loan that matures on May 31, 2019, and bears interest, at our election, at a base rate (the rate equal to the greater of (1) the higher of the
63
"prime rate" as published by the Wall Street Journal or the overnight Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (2) the one month LIBOR rate (but not less than 1.25%) plus 1.00%) or at LIBOR for a period of one, two, three, six or, if available to all lenders, nine or 12 months, at our election (with a floor of 1.25%), plus applicable margins of 4.75% for base rate advances and 5.75% for LIBOR advances. The term loan agreement requires amortization of $0.3 million per fiscal quarter, with the remaining balance due at maturity, as well as certain customary mandatory prepayments including a specified portion of annual "excess cash flow". As of June 28, 2014, there were $130.0 million in borrowings under our term loan facility. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of our term loan facility, including applicable prepayment penalties and fees. See "Use of proceeds". Amounts repaid under this facility will no longer be available for future borrowings.
The revolving credit agreement and the term loan agreement were amended in April 2014 to, among other things, permit the payment of a dividend to our stockholders in that month and to increase the amount of borrowings permitted under each of those agreements. An additional $30.8 million in term loans provided under the amendment to the term loan agreement was used to fund a portion of the dividend paid to our stockholders. See "Financing activities" for more information about the dividend and certain related payments and adjustments.
The obligations of Boot Barn, Inc. under the revolving credit agreement and the term loan agreement are guaranteed by Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and each of its current and future domestic subsidiaries. All obligations of Boot Barn, Inc. and the guarantors under the revolving credit agreement and the term loan agreement are secured by a lien on all of the assets (subject to customary exclusions) of Boot Barn, Inc. and the guarantors (including equity interests), provided that under the terms of a customary intercreditor agreement, the revolving credit agreement has a senior lien in our accounts receivable, inventory and certain other current assets and the term loan agreement has a senior lien in all of our other assets.
Our credit facilities contain a number of covenants that restrict, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:
In addition, the term loan agreement requires us to maintain a specified minimum interest coverage ratio and not to exceed a specified maximum total leverage ratio during each specified measurement period. The term loan agreement also limits the amount we can spend on capital expenditures per year. Under the revolving credit agreement, we will become subject to a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio if our "excess availability" falls below specified floor levels. As of the date of this prospectus, our excess availability exceeded the triggers specified in the revolving credit agreement and we were in compliance with the financial covenants in the term loan agreement. The revolving credit agreement and term loan agreement contain customary events of default (subject to an "equity cure" provision in the case of financial covenant defaults), including a change of control. As of June 28, 2014, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.
64
Contractual obligations. We enter into long-term contractual obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily non-cancelable capital and operating leases.
As of March 29, 2014, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods are set forth below.
|
Payments due by period | |||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(In thousands)
|
Total
|
Less than
1 year |
1 - 2
years |
3 - 5
years |
More than
5 years |
|||||||||||
Capital lease obligations |
$ | 88 | $ | 61 | $ | 27 | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Operating lease obligations |
96,402 | 19,632 | 31,108 | 21,691 | 23,971 | |||||||||||
Debt and line of credit |
128,124 | 1,000 | 2,000 | 30,624 | 94,500 | |||||||||||
Interest expense on debt |
37,960 | 7,735 | 15,278 | 13,829 | 1,118 | |||||||||||
Total |
$ | 262,574 | $ | 28,428 | $ | 48,413 | $ | 66,144 | $ | 119,589 | ||||||
Capital lease obligations relate to equipment leases that expire at various dates through fiscal 2017. We lease our stores, facilities and certain other equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. These operating leases expire at various dates through fiscal 2025 and contain various provisions for rental adjustments, including, in certain cases, adjustments based on increases in the Consumer Price Index. They also generally contain renewal provisions for varying periods. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we were to exercise these renewal provisions or if we were willing to enter into additional operating leases.
Debt consists of $130.0 million outstanding under our term loan facility and $42.6 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility as of June 28, 2014. Our term loan facility provides for regularly scheduled principal payments. Payments with respect to our revolving credit facility are due on May 31, 2018, which is the maturity date of that facility. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of our existing term loan facility. See "Use of proceeds".
Interest expense on debt consists of scheduled interest payments under our term loan facility and our revolving credit facility. As of June 28, 2014, the interest expense relating to our term loan facility is calculated using a 7.0% interest rate for $99.3 million of the term loan balance and an 8.0% interest rate for the remaining $30.7 million balance. The interest expense relating to our revolving credit facility is calculated using the current 4.0% interest rate applicable to base rate loans, which applies to approximately 4% of the amounts outstanding under this facility, and the current 1.9% interest rate applicable to LIBOR loans, which applies to approximately 96% of the amounts outstanding under this facility.
Off-balance sheet arrangements. We are not a party to any off-balance sheet arrangements, except for the operating leases discussed above.
Quantitative and qualitative disclosure of market risks
Interest rate risk
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our term loan facility, which bear interest at variable rates. As of June 28, 2014, we had $42.6 million in outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $130.0 million under our term loan facility. On January 30, 2012, we entered into an interest rate cap transaction pursuant to which we will receive from the counterparty to that transaction an amount equal to a notional principal amount of $5.0 million multiplied by any amount by which LIBOR exceeds 3.0% in periods prior to February 1, 2015. We do not
65
currently engage in any other interest rate hedging activity and have no plans to do so in the foreseeable future. Based on the amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility and term loan facility as of June 28, 2014, a hypothetical change in the respective blended interest rates applicable to these facilities of 1.0% would result in a change in interest expense of $1.7 million, disregarding the LIBOR floor of 1.25% under our term loan facility.
Foreign exchange rate risk
We currently purchase all of our merchandise through domestic and international suppliers on a U.S. dollar-denominated basis. We do not hedge using any derivative instruments and historically have not been impacted by changes in exchange rates.
Impact of inflation
Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe that the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial.
Critical accounting policies and estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the appropriate application of certain accounting policies, some of which require us to make estimates and assumptions about future events and their impact on amounts reported in our financial statements. Since future events and their impact cannot be determined with absolute certainty, our actual results will inevitably differ from our estimates.
We believe that the application of our accounting policies, and the estimates inherently required therein, are reasonable. Our accounting policies and estimates are reevaluated on an ongoing basis and adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change.
The policies and estimates discussed below involve the selection or application of alternative accounting policies that are material to our financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. However, our historical results for the periods presented in our financial statements have not been materially impacted by such variances. Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements and Note 2 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and estimates with our board of directors.
We have certain accounting policies that require more significant management judgment and estimates than others. These include our accounting policies with respect to revenue recognition, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long-lived assets, stock-based compensation, stock option re-pricing and income taxes, which are more fully described below.
Revenue recognition
Sales are recognized at the time of purchase by customers at our retail store locations. Sales are recorded net of taxes collected from customers. For e-commerce sales, revenue is recognized at the estimated time that the customer takes title of the merchandise and assumes the risk of loss, collection of the relevant
66
receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sales price is fixed or determinable, which generally occurs upon receipt by the customer of the goods. On average, customers receive goods within approximately five days of being ordered. The estimate of the transit times for these shipments is based on shipping terms and historical delivery times. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers for online sales are included in net sales and the related shipping and handling costs are classified as cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.
We reserve for projected merchandise returns based upon historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. Customers can return merchandise purchased in-store within 30 days of the original purchase date, and can return merchandise purchased online within 45 days of the original purchase date. Merchandise returns are often resalable merchandise and the purchase price is generally refunded by issuing the same tender used in the original purchase. Merchandise exchanges of the same product and price are not considered merchandise returns and, therefore, are not included in the population when calculating our sales returns reserve. We record the impact of adjustments to our sales return reserve quarterly within total net sales. Should the returns rate as a percentage of net sales significantly change in future periods, it could have a material impact on our results of operations.
We maintain a customer loyalty program. Under the program, customers accumulate points based on purchase activity. For customers to maintain their active point balance, they must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise at least once in a 365-day period. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain point level, the member earns awards that may be redeemed for credits on merchandise purchases. To redeem awards, the member must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise within 60 days of the date the award was granted. Unredeemed awards and accumulated partial points are accrued as unearned revenue and as an adjustment to net sales. If actual redemptions ultimately differ from accrued redemption levels, or if we further modify the terms of the program in a way that affects expected redemption value and levels, we could record adjustments to the unearned revenue accrual, which would affect net sales.
We recognize the sales from gift cards, gift certificates and store credits as they are redeemed for merchandise. Prior to redemption, we maintain an unearned revenue liability for gift cards, gift certificates and store credits until we are released from such liability, including potential obligations arising under state escheatment laws. Our gift cards, gift certificates and store credits do not have expiration dates, and unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits are subject to state escheatment laws. We retain the percentage of the value of such unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits not escheated and recognize these amounts in net sales.
Inventories
Inventories, which consist primarily of general consumer merchandise held for sale, are valued at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out method and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions.
During each accounting period, we record adjustments to our inventories, which are reflected in cost of goods sold, if the cost of specific inventory items on hand exceeds the amount that we expect to realize from the ultimate sale or disposal of the inventory. A periodic review of inventory is performed in order to determine if inventory is properly stated at the lower of cost or market value. This adjustment calculation requires us to make assumptions and estimates, which are based on factors such as average selling cycle and seasonality of merchandise, the historical rate at which merchandise has sold below cost during the average selling cycle, and the value and nature of merchandise currently priced below original cost. A
67
provision is recorded to reduce the cost of inventories to the estimated net realizable values, if appropriate.
To the extent that management's estimates differ from actual results, additional markdowns may be required that could reduce our gross margin, operating income and the carrying value of inventories.
We also record an inventory shrinkage reserve calculated as a percentage of net sales for estimated merchandise losses for the period between the last physical inventory count and the balance sheet date. These estimates are based on historical percentages and can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in shrinkage trends. We perform periodic physical inventory counts for our entire chain of stores and our distribution center and adjust the inventory shrinkage reserve accordingly. If actual physical inventory losses differ significantly from the estimate, our results of operations could be adversely impacted. The inventory shrinkage reserve reduces the value of total inventory and is a component of inventories on the consolidated balance sheets.
Goodwill, intangible and long-lived assets
Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets. Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Intangible assets with indefinite lives include the Boot Barn trademark that was acquired as part of the Recapitalization. We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. The annual impairment test is performed as of the first day of our fourth fiscal quarter. We evaluate the fair value of the reporting unit by using market-based analysis to review market capitalization and by reviewing a discounted cash flow analysis using management's assumptions. We conduct a two-step goodwill impairment test. The first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. Our entire operations represent one reporting unit. We determine the fair value of our reporting unit using the income approach and market approach to valuation, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount, by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, will be recognized as an impairment loss.
Definite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets. Definite-lived intangible assets consist of certain trademarks, customer lists, non-compete agreements, and below-market leases. Definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at their fair value as of the acquisition date with amortization computed utilizing the straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for trademarks is six months, non-compete agreements is four to five years, customer lists is five years, and below-market leases is two to 17 years.
Long-lived assets consist of leasehold improvements, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures and vehicles. Long-lived assets are subject to depreciation and amortization. We assess potential impairment of our definite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset's carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long-lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic
68
trend. This evaluation is performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the assets, with such estimated fair values determined using the best information available and in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements ("ASC 820").
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, our operating results could be adversely affected.
Stock-based compensation
We account for employee stock options in accordance with relevant authoritative literature. We employ a reputable independent third party to help us assess the grant date fair value of our stock price. Stock options are granted with exercise prices equal to or greater than the estimated fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant as authorized by our board of directors. Stock options granted have five year vesting provisions. Stock option grants are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to vesting. We have selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the grant date fair value of stock option awards granted. We have considered the retirement and forfeiture provisions of the options and utilized the simplified method to estimate the expected life of the options. We base the risk-free interest rate on the yield of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury security with a maturity equal to the expected life of the option from the date of the grant. We estimate the volatility of the share price of our common stock by considering the historical volatility of the stock of similar public entities. In determining the appropriateness of the public entities included in the volatility assumption, we considered a number of factors, including the entity's life cycle stage, growth profile, size, financial leverage and products offered. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period based on the number of years for which the requisite service is expected to be rendered.
To value our common stock, we utilized a discounted cash flow analysis, a market approach of comparable companies in our industry and a comparable acquisitions analysis in order to determine our enterprise value. The discounted cash flow method involves cash flow projections that are discounted at an appropriate rate. The market approach involves companies in our industry that we determine to be comparable. Comparable acquisitions analysis involves analyzing sales of controlling interests in companies that we determine are comparable. In conducting this valuation, we also took into consideration recent valuation reports of third-party valuation specialists prepared for us, as well as any significant internal and external events occurring subsequent to those reports that may have caused the value of our common stock to increase or decrease since the dates of those reports. Estimates used in our valuation of share-based compensation are highly complex and subjective. Valuations and estimates of our common stock value will no longer be necessary once we are a publicly traded company, at which point we will rely on market price to determine the market value of our common stock.
Income taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes ("ASC 740"), which requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowances, represent the future tax return consequences of those differences and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which will be
69
deductible when the assets are recovered. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Such changes in recognition or measurement might result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.
We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying statement of operations. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements and Note 7 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information regarding our tax disclosures.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-11, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit when a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)" . The amendments in this ASU provide guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. An unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward with certain exceptions, in which case such an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability. The amendments in this ASU do not require new recurring disclosures. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Companies may choose to apply this guidance retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented. We adopted this ASU on March 30, 2014, and the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2014, the FASB issued amended guidance on the presentation of financial statements and reporting discontinued operations and disclosures of disposals of components of an entity within property, plant and equipment. This guidance amends the definition of a discontinued operation and requires entities to disclose additional information about disposal transactions that do not meet the discontinued-operations criteria. The effective date is for disposals that occur in annual periods (and interim periods therein) beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted, and we intend to early adopt.
In May 2014, the FASB and the IASB jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard will allow for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is effective for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning
70
after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted under GAAP. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2014, the FASB issued a new accounting standard which requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern for each annual and interim reporting period. If substantial doubt exists, additional disclosure is required. This new standard will be effective for us for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. We expect to adopt this new standard for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018 and we will continue to assess the impact on our financial statements.
71
Our company
We are the largest and fastest-growing lifestyle retail chain devoted to western and work-related footwear, apparel and accessories in the U.S. With 158 stores in 24 states as of September 27, 2014, we have over twice as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear, and believe we have the potential to grow our store base to at least 400 domestic locations. Our stores, which are typically freestanding or located in strip centers, average 10,800 square feet and feature a comprehensive assortment of approximately 200 brands and more than 1,500 styles on average, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. We target a broad and growing demographic, ranging from passionate western and country enthusiasts to workers seeking dependable, high-quality footwear and clothing. We strive to offer an authentic, one-stop shopping experience that fulfills the everyday lifestyle needs of our customers and, as a result, many of our customers make purchases in both the western and work wear sections of our stores. Our store environment, product offering and marketing materials represent the aesthetics of the true American West, country music and rugged, outdoor work. These threads are woven together in our motto, "Be True", which communicates the genuine and enduring spirit of the Boot Barn brand.
Our product offering is anchored by an extensive selection of western and work boots and is complemented by a wide assortment of coordinating apparel and accessories. Many of the items that we offer are basics or necessities for our customers' daily lives and typically represent enduring styles that are not impacted by changing fashion trends. Accordingly, approximately 70% of our inventory is kept in-stock through automated replenishment programs. The majority of our merchandise is sold at full price and is not subject to typical inventory markdowns. Our boot selection, which comprises approximately one-third of each store's selling square footage space, is merchandised on self-service fixtures with western boots arranged by size and work boots arranged by brand. This allows us to display the full breadth of our inventory and deliver a convenient shopping experience. We also carry market-leading assortments of denim, western shirts, cowboy hats, belts and belt buckles, western-style jewelry and accessories. Our western assortment includes many of the industry's most sought-after brands, such as Ariat , Dan Post , Justin , Levi Strauss , Lucchese , Miss Me , Montana Silversmiths , Resistol and Wrangler . Our work assortment includes rugged footwear, outerwear, overalls, denim and shirts for the most physically demanding jobs where durability, performance and protection matter, including safety-toe boots and flame-resistant and high-visibility clothing. Among the top work brands sold in our stores are Carhartt , Dickies , Timberland Pro and Wolverine . Our merchandise is also available on our e-commerce website, www.bootbarn.com.
Boot Barn was founded in 1978 and, over the past 36 years, has grown both organically and through successful strategic acquisitions of competing chains. We have rebranded and remerchandised the acquired chains under the Boot Barn banner, resulting in sales and profit increases over their original concepts. We believe that our business model and scale provide us with competitive advantages that have contributed to our consistent and strong financial performance, generating sufficient cash flow to support national growth, as evidenced by:
72
Our competitive strengths
We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and provide a solid foundation for future growth:
Powerful lifestyle brand. The Boot Barn brand is built on western lifestyle values that are core to American culture. Our deep understanding of this lifestyle enables us to create long-lasting relationships with our customers who embody these ideals. Our brand is highly visible through our sponsorship of rodeos, stock shows, concerts and country music artists. In fiscal 2014, we sponsored 257 local community rodeos, 9 national rodeos and 89 other country and western events. We sell our products through pop-up shops at several of the largest events that we sponsor. We believe these grassroots marketing efforts make our brand synonymous with the western lifestyle, validate our brand's authenticity and establish Boot Barn as the trusted specialty retailer for all of our customers' everyday needs.
Largest and fastest growing specialty retailer of western and work wear in the U.S. Our broad geographic footprint, which currently spans 24 states and is comprised of more than twice as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear, provides us with significant economies of scale, enhanced supplier relationships, the ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates and the ability to reinvest in our business at levels that we believe exceed those of our competition. Over the past two fiscal years, we have grown our stores at a 32.9% CAGR.
Attractive, loyal customer base. Our customers come to us for many aspects of their everyday footwear and clothing needs because of the breadth and availability of our product offering. In fiscal 2011 we implemented our customer loyalty program, B Rewarded, to enhance our connection and relationship with our customers. Our loyalty program has grown rapidly since inception and includes approximately 2.2 million members who have purchased merchandise from us as of September 27, 2014. Approximately 90% of our sales in fiscal 2014 were generated by customers who were already in our loyalty program or signed up to participate in our loyalty program at the time of their purchase. We leverage this database, which provides useful information about our customers, to enhance our marketing activities across our channels, refine our merchandising and planning efforts and assist in our selection of sites for new stores.
Differentiated shopping experience. We deliver a one-stop shopping experience that engages our customers and, we believe, fulfills their lifestyle needs. Our stores are designed to create an inviting and engaging experience and include prominent storefront signage, a simple and easy-to-shop layout and a large and conveniently arranged self-service selection of boots. We offer significant inventory breadth and depth across a range of boots, apparel and accessories. We believe that our strong, long-lasting supplier relationships enhance our ability to provide a compelling merchandise assortment with a strong in-stock position both in-store and online. Our knowledgeable store associates are passionate about our merchandise and deliver a high level of service to our customers. These elements help promote customer loyalty and drive repeat visits.
Compelling merchandise assortment and strategy. We believe we offer a diverse merchandise assortment that features the most sought-after western and work wear brands, well-regarded niche brands
73
and exclusive private brands across a range of boots, apparel and accessories. We have a core assortment of styles that serves as a foundation for our merchandising strategy and we augment and tailor that assortment by region to cater to local preferences. In fiscal 2014, the vast majority of our merchandise sales were at full price, which, we believe, demonstrates the strength of our brand and the less discretionary nature of our product offering.
Portfolio of exclusive private brands. We have leveraged our scale, merchandising experience and customer knowledge to launch a portfolio of private brands exclusive to us, including Shyanne , Cody James , American Worker and BB Ranch . Our private brands offer high-quality western and work boots as well as apparel and accessories for men, ladies and kids. Each of our private brands, which address product and price segments that we believe are underserved by third-party brands, offers exclusive products to our customers and achieves better merchandise margins. Customer receptivity and demand for our private brands has been strong, demonstrated by the private brands' increasing penetration and significant sales momentum across our store base and online.
Versatile store model with compelling unit economics. We have successfully opened and currently operate stores that generate strong cash flow, consistent store-level financial results and an attractive return on investment across a variety of geographies, markets, store sizes and location types. As of the end of fiscal 2014, all of our stores included in same store sales were profitable. We successfully operate stores in markets characterized as agribusiness centers, ranch regions, oil and gas markets, as well as in various geographies in the U.S., such as California, the Southwest, the Midwest and the South. Our stores are successful in small, rural towns as well as major metropolitan areas, such as Houston, Los Angeles, Nashville and Phoenix.
Our new store model requires an average net cash investment of approximately $670,000 and targets an average payback period of less than three years. Our lean operating structure, coupled with our strong supplier relationships, has allowed us to grow with minimal supply chain investments as most of our products ship directly from our suppliers to our stores. We believe that our proven retail model and attractive unit economics support our ability to grow our store footprint in both new and existing markets across the U.S.
Highly experienced management team and passionate organization. Our senior management team has extensive experience across all key retail disciplines. With an average of approximately 25 years of experience in their respective functional areas, our senior management team has been instrumental in developing a robust and scalable infrastructure to support our growth. In addition to playing an important role in developing our long-term growth initiatives, our senior management team embraces the genuine and enduring qualities of the western lifestyle and has created a positive culture of enthusiasm and entrepreneurial spirit which is shared by team members throughout our entire organization. Our strong company culture is exemplified by the long tenure of our employees at all levels. For example, our district and regional managers have an average of eight years of service with us and our store managers have an average of more than five years of service with us, including the companies acquired by us.
Our growth strategies
We are pursuing several strategies to continue our profitable growth, including:
Expanding our store base. Driven by our compelling store economics, we believe that there is a significant opportunity to expand our store base in the U.S. Based on an extensive internal analysis, we believe that we have the potential to grow our domestic store base from 158 stores as of September 27,
74
2014 to at least 400 domestic locations. We currently plan to target new store openings in both existing markets and new, adjacent and underserved markets that we believe will be receptive to our concept. Over the past several years, we have made significant investments in personnel, information technology, warehouse infrastructure and an e-commerce platform to support the expansion of our operations. We believe that we can grow our store base in the U.S. by at least 10% annually for the next several years.
Driving same store sales growth. We have delivered 19 consecutive quarters of positive same store sales growth and averaged same store sales growth of 6.6% during the last 12 full fiscal years. We believe that we can continue to grow our same store sales by increasing our brand awareness, driving additional traffic to our stores and increasing the amount of merchandise purchased by customers while visiting our stores. Our management team has launched several initiatives to accelerate growth, enhance our store associates' selling skills, drive store-level productivity and increase customer engagement through our loyalty program.
Enhancing brand awareness. We intend to enhance our brand awareness and customer loyalty in a number of ways, such as continuing to grow our store base and our online and social media initiatives. We use broadcast media such as radio, television and outdoor advertisements to reach customers in new and existing markets. We also maintain our strong market position through our grassroots marketing efforts, including sponsorship of rodeos, stock shows and other western industry events as well as our association with country music and partnerships with up-and-coming country musicians. We have an effective social media strategy with high customer engagement, as evidenced by our Facebook fan base. According to Internet Retailer, we were ranked number one for having the fastest growing fan base of all merchants covered by their survey released in January 2014. (2) As of September 27, 2014, our Facebook fan base eclipsed 2.1 million fans.
Growing our e-commerce business. Our growing national footprint, expansive Facebook following and broader marketing efforts drive traffic to our e-commerce website. We continue to make investments aimed at increasing traffic to our e-commerce website, which reached over 7.5 million visits in fiscal 2014, and increasing the amount of merchandise purchased by customers who visit our website, while improving the shopping experience for our customers. Since re-launching our e-commerce website with a new platform in fiscal 2011, our e-commerce sales have grown at a 38.2% CAGR. Although our e-commerce sales accounted for only 4.1% of our net sales in fiscal 2014, our e-commerce business allows us to reach customers outside our geographic footprint, with 32.7% of our domestic e-commerce sales during fiscal 2014 being made to customers in states where we do not operate stores. We recently added an e-commerce portal to each of our store locations, offering our in-store customers an "endless aisle" with additional styles, colors and sizes not carried in stores or not currently in stock.
Increasing profitability. We believe that we have a variety of opportunities to increase the profitability of our business over time. Our ability to leverage our infrastructure and drive store-level productivity due to economies of scale is expected to be a primary driver of our improvement in profitability. We intend to continually refine our merchandise mix and increase the penetration of our private brands to help differentiate us from our competitors and achieve higher merchandise margins. We also expect to capitalize on additional economies of scale in purchasing and sourcing as we grow our geographic footprint and online presence.
(2) Source: Stefany Moore, How Boot Barn uses Facebook to build a national brand , Internet Retailer (January 9, 2014), http://www.internetretailer.com/2014/01/09/how-boot-barn-uses-facebook-build-national-brand.
75
Our market opportunity
We participate in the large, growing and highly fragmented western and work wear markets of the broader apparel and footwear industry. We offer a variety of boots, apparel and accessories that are basics or necessities for our customers' daily lives. Many of our customers are employed in the agriculture, oil and gas, manufacturing and construction industries, and are often country and western enthusiasts.
The following data regarding these markets is derived from the Mōd study referenced at the beginning of this prospectus. See "Industry and market data". The U.S. western and work wear markets represented approximately $8 billion and $12 billion in retail sales, respectively, in calendar year 2013. The western wear market is composed of footwear, apparel and accessories, which in 2013 represented approximately $3.0 billion, $3.5 billion and $1.5 billion in retail sales, respectively. The work wear market is composed of footwear and apparel, which in 2013 represented approximately $3.0 billion and $9.0 billion in retail sales, respectively. Between 2009 and 2013, the western and work wear markets experienced estimated annual retail sales growth of approximately 6% to 8% and 1% to 3%, respectively. Over the next three to five years, Mōd estimates that retail sales in the western and work wear markets will grow annually at approximately 3% to 5% and 2% to 4%, respectively. We believe that growth in the western wear market has been and will continue to be driven by the growth of western events, such as rodeos, the popularity of country music and the continued strength and endurance of the western lifestyle. We believe that growth in the work wear market has been and will continue to be driven by increased output and employment in the oil and gas industries, increasing activity in the construction sector and the return of domestic manufacturing. Additionally, government regulations for workplace safety have driven and, we believe, will continue to drive, sales in specific categories, such as safety-toe boots and flame-resistant and high-visibility clothing for various industrial and outdoor occupations.
Our sales channels
Our stores
As a lifestyle retail concept, our stores offer a broad array of merchandise to outfit an entire family, while working during the week, relaxing on the weekend, or dressing up for an evening out. Our stores are easy to navigate with clear sight lines to all major product categories. Our preferred store layout has ladies' and children's apparel on the right side of the store and men's western and men's work apparel on the left side. Our basic denim is usually merchandised on shelving placed on the exterior walls, while our premium-priced, more stylized denim and clothing are prominently displayed on floor fixtures and mannequins. We utilize the space in the front of the store for accessories such as hats, belts, jewelry, handbags, home merchandise, gifts and various impulse purchase items.
Boots, our signature category, anchor the rear of the store with an expansive assortment displayed on fixtures up to six shelves in height. We offer virtually all of our boots in pairs out on the sales floor. To reflect the typical purchasing decision process of each of our customer segments, we arrange all western boots by size and all work boots by brand. While our knowledgeable and friendly store associates are readily available to assist our customers, the store design facilitates a self-service shopping experience.
Our stores are generally located in or near power and large neighborhood shopping centers with trade areas of five or more miles, and we have also successfully opened stores in malls and outlet center locations. Our stores generally average 10,800 square feet and feature a comprehensive assortment of approximately 200 brands and more than 1,500 styles on average, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. On average, each of our stores typically has 10 full- and part-time employees, with our larger stores having over 20 employees and smaller stores having as few as five employees. Our stores are
76
designed and managed to drive profitability and, we believe, create a compelling customer shopping experience.
As of September 27, 2014, our retail footprint included 158 stores in the U.S. Two of our stores are operated under the "American Worker" name. Our American Worker stores primarily feature work-related footwear, apparel and accessories. We do not currently intend to open additional American Worker stores.
The below map shows our store footprint as of September 27, 2014:
77
The following table shows the number of stores in each of the 24 states in which we operated as of September 27, 2014:
State
|
Number of stores
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Arizona |
14 | |||
California |
37 | |||
Colorado |
8 | |||
Florida |
4 | |||
Georgia |
1 | |||
Idaho |
3 | |||
Illinois |
1 | |||
Indiana |
1 | |||
Iowa |
3 | |||
Louisiana |
5 | |||
Minnesota |
2 | |||
Missouri |
1 | |||
Montana |
3 | |||
Nevada |
8 | |||
New Mexico |
7 | |||
North Carolina |
2 | |||
North Dakota |
6 | |||
Oregon |
3 | |||
South Dakota |
3 | |||
Tennessee |
5 | |||
Texas |
28 | |||
Utah |
1 | |||
Wisconsin |
1 | |||
Wyoming |
11 | |||
Total |
158 | |||
bootbarn.com
Our e-commerce website is a natural extension of our brand and in-store experience, allowing us to further build awareness in our current markets and to reach customers not served by our current geographic footprint. Our e-commerce platform is highly scalable and has exhibited strong growth with e-commerce sales growing at a 38.2% CAGR from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2014. During fiscal 2014, we had over 7.5 million visits to our website and we sold merchandise to customers in all 50 states. During the same fiscal year, 32.7% of our domestic e-commerce sales were from customers in states where we do not operate any stores, with another 11.9% coming from states where we have only one store.
Our growing national footprint and broader marketing efforts drive traffic to our e-commerce website, which in turn also drives traffic to our stores. We believe that many customers, especially those shopping for boots, browse online and then visit our stores to make their purchases to ensure a proper fit. As a multi-channel retailer, we are implementing technology initiatives that integrate in-store and e-commerce platforms into one seamless customer experience. As an example, we recently added an e-commerce portal to each of our store locations, offering our in-store customers an "endless aisle" with additional styles, colors and sizes not carried in the store. In fiscal 2015, we expect to enhance customer service by improving real-time inventory sharing among our stores and e-commerce business.
78
We also communicate information on current promotions and upcoming events on our e-commerce website, which helps drive purchases online and traffic to our stores. We are working toward making our B Rewarded loyalty program multi-channel, allowing our members who currently earn points, check balances and redeem awards in our stores to also do so online.
Store expansion opportunities and site selection
We have substantial experience in opening stores in new geographic markets and as of September 27, 2014 have successfully added, on a net basis, 72 new stores through a combination of organic growth and strategic acquisitions since March 31, 2012. We evaluate potential new locations in light of a variety of criteria, including local demographics and population, the area's industrial base, the existing competitive landscape, occupancy costs, store visibility, traffic, co-tenancy and accessibility. We also consider a region's total store potential to help ensure efficiencies in store management and media spending. Most of our stores are in high-traffic and highly visible locations and many have freeway signage. Stores located in metropolitan areas are typically established in high-density neighborhoods, and stores located in rural areas are established near highways or major thoroughfares.
Based on an extensive internal analysis of our current customer base, store performance drivers and competitor penetration, we believe that the U.S. market can support at least 400 locations. We utilized multiple methods for measuring market size, including a review of demographic and psychographic factors on a state-by-state basis. We supplemented that data by analyzing our share of the geographic markets in which we currently operate and extrapolating that share to new geographic markets. Based on our market analysis, we have created a regional and state-by-state development plan to strategically extend our store portfolio. Careful consideration was given to operational constraints and merchandising differences in new and existing markets, while balancing the relevant risks associated with opening stores in those markets.
Over the past several years, we have invested in real estate and construction resources, information technology and warehouse infrastructure to support the expansion of our operations. In addition, we have developed a model for new stores that assumes a leased 8,000 to 12,000 square foot space, requires an average net cash investment of approximately $670,000 and targets an average payback period of less than three years. We believe that under this model we can grow our store base by at least 10% annually over the next several years without substantially modifying our current resources and infrastructure.
Store management and training
We have a strong culture focused on providing superior customer service. We believe that our store associates and managers form the foundation of the Boot Barn brand. We recruit people who are welcoming, friendly and service-oriented, and who often live the western lifestyle or have a genuine affinity for it. We have a positive culture of enthusiasm and entrepreneurial spirit throughout the Company, which is particularly strong in our stores. Given the lifestyle nature of the Boot Barn brand, we have developed a natural connection between our customers and our store associates.
The strength of our culture results in a store management team with more longevity and lower turnover than traditional specialty retail industry standards. On average, our store managers have an average of more than five years of service with the Company and our voluntary turnover of full-time store associates is only 10% annually.
Given the importance of both fit and function in selling much of our product, we utilize a well-developed sales, service and product training program. We provide over 20 hours of training for new store associates,
79
as well as ongoing product, sales and leadership training. Additionally, we provide home office and supplier-led workshops on products, selling skills and leadership at our annual three-day store manager meeting. Our store management training programs emphasize building skills that lead to effective store management and overall leadership. Our store managers are responsible for hiring and staffing our stores and are empowered with the sales, customer service and operational tools necessary to monitor employee and store performance. We believe that our continued investments in training our employees help drive loyalty from our store associates and, in turn, our customers.
We are committed to providing the right merchandise solution for each of our customers based on the ultimate end use of our products. Our goal is to train each of our store associates to be able to guide a customer throughout a store and provide helpful knowledge on product fit, functions and features across our departments. Rather than rely heavily on sales commissions and supplier-specific incentive programs, we utilize a system under which the vast majority of a store associate's compensation is based on an hourly wage. We believe that this produces a team-oriented culture, creates a less pressured selling environment and helps ensure that our store associates are focused on the specific needs of our customers.
Merchandising
Strategy
We seek to establish our stores as a one-stop destination for western and work-related footwear, apparel and accessories, with approximately 200 brands and more than 1,500 styles on average. Our merchandising strategy is to offer a core assortment of products, brands and styles by store, department and price point. We augment and tailor this assortment by region to cater to local preferences such as toe profiles for western boots, styling for western apparel, and functions and features for work apparel and work boots depending on climate and the local industries served. In addition, we actively maintain a balance between third party brands and our own brands that, we believe, offers our customers a compelling mix between selection, product and value.
We believe that our sales throughout the year are more consistent than most other specialty retail chains. As a result of the dispersion of various western events throughout the year, we rely less on Christmas results, which impact our third fiscal quarter, than other specialty retail chains. Over the last three fiscal years we have generated approximately 33.6% of our net sales during our third fiscal quarter, on average.
Historically, neither the western nor the work component of our business has been meaningfully impacted by fashion trends or seasonality. We believe that many of our customers are driven primarily by utility and brand, and our best-selling styles tend to be items that carry over from year to year with only minor updates. We have a minimal amount of seasonal merchandise that could necessitate significant markdowns. This allows us to implement automated replenishment systems for approximately 70% of our merchandise, meaning that, as sales are captured in a store's POS system, recommended purchase orders are systematically generated for approval by our merchandising group, ensuring our strong in-stock inventory position. As a result, demand and margins for the majority of our products are fairly predictable which reduces our inventory risk.
Our products
During fiscal 2014, our products contributed to overall sales in the following manner:
80
Throughout our long history we have maintained collaborative relationships with our key suppliers. These relationships, coupled with our scale, have allowed us to carry a wide selection of popular and niche brands, including Ariat , Carhartt Workwear , Cinch , Corral , Dan Post , Georgia Boot , Harley-Davidson , Justin Boots , Levi Strauss & Co. , Lucchese , Old Gringo , Rocky , Stetson , Timberland , Tony Lama , Wolverine and Wrangler. In many cases, we are one of the largest accounts of our suppliers and have become important as the largest specialty retailer of western and work wear in the U.S. As a result, we have several advantages relative to our competitors, including increased buying power and access to first-to-market or limited edition products. This provides us with competitive differentiation and greater merchandise margins.
Our scale has also allowed us to introduce our own proprietary western wear brands, Shyanne and Cody James, which offer high-quality western boots, shirts, jackets and hats for women and men, respectively. We also develop private brand merchandise for our work wear business under the name American Worker , and for our home and gift category under the name BB Ranch . We created these brands to address segments that we believe are underserved by third-party brands. We have a dedicated product development team that designs and sources merchandise from suppliers around the world. These product assortments are exclusive to Boot Barn and are merchandised and marketed as if they were third-party brands both in our stores and on our e-commerce website. In fiscal 2014, sales from our private brand products accounted for approximately 7% of our overall sales. These private brands differentiate us from our competitors and produce higher incremental merchandise margins than the third-party brands that we carry.
Planning and allocation
We believe that we have assembled a talented and experienced team in both the buying and merchandise planning functions. The experience of our team is critical to understanding the technical requirements of our merchandise based on region and use, such as the appropriate safety toe regulations for work boots in a particular industry. The team is constantly managing our replenishment model to ensure a high in-stock position by stock keeping unit, or SKU, on a store-by-store basis. Our merchandising team optimizes the product selection, mix and depth across our stores by analyzing demand on a market-by-market basis, continuously reviewing our sell-through results, communicating with our suppliers about local market preferences and new products, shopping our competitors' stores, and immersing themselves in trade and western lifestyle events including rodeos, country music concerts and other industry-specific activities. Our merchandising team also makes frequent visits to our stores and partners with our regional, district and store managers to refine the merchandise assortment by region. Our team has demonstrated the ability to effectively manage merchandising, pricing and promotional strategies across our store base.
To keep the product assortment fresh, we reposition a small portion of our merchandise on the sales floor every four to six weeks. To drive traffic to our stores and create in-store energy and excitement, we execute a promotional calendar that showcases select brands or merchandise categories throughout the year and rotates on a monthly cadence. Our promotional activity also enables us to consistently engage with our customers both online and in-store, as well as through our various marketing media. While our promotional activity is important for customer engagement, the vast majority of our merchandise sales are
81
at full price. In addition, we have the ability to optimize the price for each merchandise category on a market-by-market basis, which helps us to maximize profitability while remaining price competitive.
Marketing and advertising
Our marketing strategy is designed to build brand awareness, acquire new customers, enhance customer loyalty and drive in-store and online transactions. We customize our marketing mix for each of our markets and purposes. For example, for store grand openings we engage in additional local community outreach and advertise in local print media in select markets. We primarily use the following forms of media:
Radio and television We purchase spots on regional radio stations, primarily country music channels, to draw customers to nearby locations. We also maintain relationships with several country music artists in order to capitalize on the popularity of country music, using our stores and marketing communications to promote their album sales or concerts. In return, these country music artists often make in-store appearances or mention us on social media and occasionally give private performances. We have also started purchasing television spots to create awareness in new markets and occasionally help support grand openings of new stores.
Direct mail We conduct several direct mail campaigns, sending out approximately 4.5 million mailers during fiscal 2014, which range in size from postcards to catalogs of nearly 70 pages.
E-mail We e-mail our e-commerce customers and members of our B Rewarded loyalty program as part of our cross-channel effort to drive traffic to our stores and website. We currently plan to send 350 million e-mails in fiscal 2015.
Social media We also have a marketing strategy that has produced a fast-growing social media presence. As of September 27, 2014, we had 2.1 million fans on Facebook and often have more than 15,000 fans per day actively engaged in conversation. Our posts celebrate country and western life and humor, and routinely get thousands of likes, hundreds of shares and dozens of comments each. We maintain a social media presence in other key channels, including Instagram and Twitter.
Event sponsorship We typically sponsor over 300 community-based, western events each year within the regional footprint of our store locations. Houston Livestock Show and Rodeo, a well-known 20-day celebration of western heritage, is one of our most prominent sponsorships and attracts more than two million visitors to Houston, Texas, where we operate nine stores. Other prominent sponsorships include Cheyenne Frontier Days, the largest outdoor rodeo in the U.S., the Professional Rodeo Cowboys Association and related National Finals Rodeo in Las Vegas, Nevada, Professional Bull Riders and the National High School Rodeo Association, which supports rodeos for competitors in high school and junior high school. At more prominent events, we often set up pop-up shops as large as 9,000 square feet, which allows participants to purchase our merchandise.
Distribution
During fiscal 2014, our suppliers shipped approximately 94% of our in-store merchandise units directly to our stores and approximately 46% of our e-commerce merchandise units directly to our e-commerce customers. The remaining units were shipped from our 43,646 square foot distribution center that is co-located with our corporate headquarters in Irvine, California. Our distribution center is used to fulfill e-commerce orders and to distribute our private brand purchases and bulk purchases to our stores. In addition, our distribution center also helps to provide inventory for sponsored events and new store openings. In accordance with our automated replenishment programs, third-party suppliers typically deliver
82
merchandise to our stores daily, ensuring in-stock merchandise availability and a steady flow of new inventory for our customers.
Competition
The retail industry for western and work wear is highly fragmented and characterized by primarily regional competitors. We estimate that there are thousands of independent specialty stores scattered across the country. We believe that we compete primarily with smaller regional chains and independents on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, price, customer service and the ability to identify and satisfy consumer demand. However, we also compete with farm supply stores, online retailers and, to a lesser degree, mass merchants, some of which are significantly larger than us, but most of which realize only a small percentage of their total revenues from the sale of western and work wear. We have more than twice as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear and we believe that our nationally recognized lifestyle brand, economies of scale, breadth and depth of inventory across a variety of categories, strong in-stock position, portfolio of authentic private brands, enhanced supplier partnerships, exclusive offerings and ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates favorably differentiate us from our competitors.
Properties
Our e-commerce operations, corporate offices and distribution center are housed in three buildings in Irvine, California, which we have leased through October 2015. Of the largest of these buildings, our corporate offices account for 27,076 square feet and our distribution center accounts for the remaining 43,646 square feet. We have 49,905 square feet of additional warehouse space and 13,442 square feet of additional office space located in our other two buildings. Our distribution center and additional warehouse space contain inventory to support our e-commerce operations, and provides staging and storage space to support our private brand initiatives, bulk purchasing programs, event sales and new store openings. All of our stores are occupied under operating leases. The store leases generally have a base lease term of five or 10 years, with multiple renewal periods of five years, on average, exercisable at our option. As of September 27, 2014, 8 of our 158 store leases will reach their termination date during the remainder of fiscal 2015 and none of these leases contain an option to automatically extend the lease term. We are generally responsible for the payment of property taxes and insurance, utilities and common area maintenance fees.
Information technology
We have made significant investments to create a scalable information technology platform to support growth in our retail and e-commerce sales without further near-term investments in our information technology infrastructure. In 2008, we installed a new Enterprise Resource Planning system, which we refer to as Epicor Retail. We use this system for integrated point-of-sale, merchandising, planning, sales audit, customer relationship management, inventory control, loss prevention, purchase order management and business intelligence. We operate Epicor Retail on a software-as-a-service platform. This approach allows us to regularly upgrade to the most recent software release with minimal operational disruption, nominal systems infrastructure investment and with a relatively small in-house information technology department. Epicor Retail also interfaces with our accounting system, Microsoft Dynamics.
83
Intellectual property
We regard our trademarks as having value and as being important to our marketing efforts. We have registered our trademarks in the U.S., including our brand name "Boot Barn" and our private label brands. We have not sought foreign trademark protection because we do not actively conduct business outside of the U.S. We also own the domain name for our website, www.bootbarn.com. Our policy is to pursue registration of our trademarks and to oppose their infringement by third parties.
Our employees
As of September 27, 2014, we employed approximately 725 full-time and 1,075 part-time employees, of which approximately 175 were employed at our corporate office and distribution center and approximately 1,625 were employed at our stores. The number of employees, especially part-time employees, fluctuates depending upon our seasonal needs and, in fiscal 2014 after the Baskins Acquisition, which added approximately 150 full-time and 200 part-time employees, varied between approximately 1,500 and 1,825 employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good. We have never experienced a strike or significant work stoppage.
Regulation and legislation
We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing truth-in-advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws at the federal, state and local level, including consumer protection regulations, such as the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, that regulate retailers and govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with all applicable laws.
We source many of our private brand products from outside the U.S. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies and our supplier compliance agreements mandate compliance with applicable law, including these laws and regulations.
Legal proceedings
We are occasionally a party to legal actions arising in the ordinary course of our business, including employment-related claims and actions relating to intellectual property. None of these legal actions, many of which are covered by insurance, has had a material effect on us. Although, as of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any material pending legal proceedings and are not aware of any claims, litigation is inherently unpredictable. Therefore, we could incur judgments or enter into settlements that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
84
Executive officers and directors
The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of September 27, 2014:
Name
|
Age
|
Position(s)
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
James G. Conroy |
44 | President, Chief Executive Officer and Director | |||
Paul Iacono |
53 | Chief Financial Officer and Secretary | |||
Laurie Grijalva |
56 | Chief Merchandising Officer | |||
Peter Starrett |
66 | Chairman of the Board | |||
Greg Bettinelli |
42 | Director | |||
Brad J. Brutocao |
40 | Director | |||
Christian B. Johnson |
34 | Director | |||
Brenda I. Morris |
49 | Director | |||
J. Frederick Simmons |
59 | Director | |||
Executive officers
James G. Conroy. Mr. Conroy has been a director and our President and Chief Executive Officer since 2012. Prior to joining Boot Barn, Mr. Conroy was with Claire's Stores, Inc. from 2007 to 2012 where Mr. Conroy served as Chief Operating Officer and Interim Co-Chief Executive Officer in 2012, President from 2009 to 2012 and Executive Vice President from 2007 to 2009. Before joining Claire's Stores, Inc., Mr. Conroy was also employed by Blockbuster Entertainment Group from 1996 to 1998, Kurt Salmon Associates from 2003 to 2005 and Deloitte Consulting in various key capacities. Mr. Conroy received a bachelor's degree in business management and marketing and a master's degree in business administration from Cornell University. We believe Mr. Conroy is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his expertise in the strategic and operational aspects of the retail industry, which he has gained during his 22 years working in the industry.
Paul Iacono. Mr. Iacono has been our Chief Financial Officer since 2009 and our Secretary since 2012. From 2006 to 2009, Mr. Iacono was a CFO partner with Tatum LLC where he provided interim CFO services to companies in transition including Logistics Express, Big Train and Kate Somerville. From 2000 to 2006, Mr. Iacono was the Chief Financial Officer of Pinecreek Capital, a small business investment company (SBIC). Prior to 2000, Mr. Iacono held various financial executive and director level positions primarily with plastics manufacturing businesses. Mr. Iacono received his bachelor's degree in business administration from California State University, Fullerton and an executive master's degree in business administration from Pepperdine University.
Laurie Grijalva. Ms. Grijalva has been our Chief Merchandising Officer since July 2014. From 2004 through July 2014, she was our Vice President of Buying and Merchandising. Ms. Grijalva joined Boot Barn in 1993 as Senior Merchant and has served in a variety of capacities since that time. Prior to joining Boot Barn, Ms. Grijalva was employed by LeRoy Knitted Sportswear, Grunewald Marx Apparel and Shelley's Tall Girl Shops.
85
Directors
Biographical information for Mr. Conroy is provided above under "Executive officers". Certain biographical information for our other directors is set forth below.
Peter Starrett. Mr. Starrett has served as Chairman of the Board since 2012 and as a member of our board of directors since 2011. From May to November of 2012, Mr. Starrett served as our interim Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Starrett has over 30 years of experience in the retail industry. In 1998, Mr. Starrett founded Peter Starrett Associates, a retail advisory firm, and has served as its President since that time. From 1990 to 1998, Mr. Starrett served as the President of Warner Bros. Studio Stores Worldwide, a specialty retailer. Previously, he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer at The Children's Place, a specialty clothing retailer. Prior to that, he held senior executive positions at both Federated Department Stores and May Department Stores, each a department store retailer. Mr. Starrett also serves as Chairman of the board of directors of Pacific Sunwear, Inc., a clothing retailer, and serves on the boards of directors of Floor & Decor, Inc., a retailer of hard surface flooring, hhgregg, Inc., a retailer of appliances and consumer electronics, and PETCO Animal Supplies, Inc., a retailer of pet food and supplies. Mr. Starrett also has served on the board of directors of Guitar Center, a retailer of musical instruments. Mr. Starrett received a bachelor's degree from the University of Denver and received a master's degree in business administration from Harvard University. We believe that Mr. Starrett is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience as an officer and director of both public and private companies in the retail industry.
Greg Bettinelli. Mr. Bettinelli has served as a member of our board of directors since 2012. Mr. Bettinelli has over 15 years of experience in the Internet and e-commerce industries. Since January 2014, Mr. Bettinelli has been a Venture Partner with Upfront Ventures, a venture capital firm. From 2009 to 2013, Mr. Bettinelli was the Chief Marketing Officer for HauteLook, a leading online flash-sale retailer. From 2008 to 2009, Mr. Bettinelli was Executive Vice President of Business Development and Strategy at Live Nation, a ticketing business. From 2003 to 2008, Mr. Bettinelli held a number of leadership positions at eBay, including Senior Director of Business Development at StubHub and Director of Event Tickets and Media. Mr. Bettinelli also serves on the board of directors of hhgregg, Inc., a retailer of appliances and consumer electronics. Mr. Bettinelli received a bachelor's degree from the University of San Diego and a master's degree in business administration from Pepperdine University. We believe that Mr. Bettinelli is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in online retail marketing and e-commerce.
Brad J. Brutocao. Mr. Brutocao has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. In 1997, Mr. Brutocao joined Freeman Spogli & Co., a private equity investment firm and our controlling stockholder, and, in 2008, became a partner. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Brutocao was employed by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated in the Mergers and Acquisitions Group and Corporate Finance Department. Mr. Brutocao currently serves on the boards of directors of the parent entities of Arhaus LLC, a home furnishings retailer, Floor & Decor, Inc., a retailer of hard surface flooring, and Paradies Holdings LLC, an operator of retail stores and restaurants in airports. Mr. Brutocao received his bachelor's degree from the University of California, Los Angeles. We believe that Mr. Brutocao is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience managing investments in, and serving on the boards of, companies operating in the retail and consumer industries.
Christian B. Johnson. Mr. Johnson has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. In 2006, Mr. Johnson joined Freeman Spogli & Co., a private equity investment firm and our controlling stockholder, and, in December 2011, became a principal. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Johnson was employed by Wachovia
86
Securities (now Wells Fargo Securities) in the Leveraged Finance Group. Mr. Johnson currently serves on the board of directors of the parent entity of First Watch Restaurants, Inc., a breakfast, brunch and lunch restaurant chain. Mr. Johnson received his bachelor's degree from Colgate University. We believe that Mr. Johnson is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience and insights into strategic expansion opportunities, transactional structuring and debt and equity financing.
Brenda I. Morris. Ms. Morris was appointed to our board of directors in September 2014. Ms. Morris has over 30 years of experience in finance, accounting and operations roles, with over 20 years in the consumer products, retail and wholesale sectors. Since August 2014, Ms. Morris has worked as an independent consultant. From 2013 to August 2014, Ms. Morris served as Chief Financial Officer for 5.11 Tactical, a tactical gear and apparel wholesaler and retailer. From 2011 to 2013, Ms. Morris was the Chief Financial Officer for Love Culture, a young women's fashion retailer. From 2009 to 2011 Ms. Morris was the Chief Financial Officer for Icicle Seafoods, a premium seafood processor and distributor. Ms. Morris was also Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of iFloor.com from 2007 to 2009, Chief Financial Officer at Zumiez Inc. from 2003 to 2007, Director of Finance and then Vice President/Chief Financial Officer at K2 Corporation from 1999 to 2003, Controller at Unionbay Sportswear from 1995 to 1999, Controller at Bowers Machine from 1992 to 1995 and held various senior accounting roles at UtilX Corporation from 1987 to 1992 and Wilcox Family Farms from 1984 to 1987. Ms. Morris is a graduate of Pacific Lutheran University, where she earned a bachelor's degree in business administration with a concentration in accounting, and she earned her master's degree in business administration from Seattle University. Ms. Morris has served on the Pacific Lutheran University Board of Regents from May 2011 to present and is the current Vice-Chair of that board. Ms. Morris has served on several non-profit boards in various capacities, including Treasurer, and on an audit committee and a compensation committee. Ms. Morris is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive), Certified Management Accountant (inactive) and Certified Global Management Accountant. We believe that Ms. Morris is qualified to serve on our board of directors because her extensive experience in accounting and executive management provides her with the ability to share valuable insights into financial reporting, corporate finance, transactional knowledge and operations.
J. Frederick Simmons. Mr. Simmons has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. In 1986, Mr. Simmons joined Freeman Spogli & Co., a private equity investment firm and our controlling stockholder, and became a partner in 1991. Prior to joining Freeman Spogli & Co., Mr. Simmons was a Vice President at Bankers Trust Company, specializing in lending to leveraged buyouts. From 1978 to 1984, he held other key positions with Bankers Trust, including responsibility for middle-market lending in Southern California and serving in the Commercial Banking Group in New York City. Mr. Simmons also serves on the board of directors of the parent entities of PETCO Animal Supplies, a retailer of pet food and supplies, Smile Brands Group, a provider of support services to dental practices, and totes Isotoner Holdings Corp., a designer, marketer and distributor of high quality branded rain products, cold weather products, footwear and related accessories. Mr. Simmons received his bachelor's degree from Williams College and his master's degree in business administration from New York University. We believe that Mr. Simmons is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience as a board member of numerous retail and consumer businesses and his extensive experience and insight into strategic expansion opportunities, capital markets and capitalization strategies.
Composition of the board of directors after this offering
Currently our board of directors consists of seven directors. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors will consist of the number of directors that our board of directors may
87
determine from time to time, up to a maximum of nine directors. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Bettinelli and Ms. Morris are currently independent for the purpose of serving on our board of directors under the independence standards promulgated by the NYSE. Mr. Starrett will be independent for this purpose under those standards beginning in December 2014, and Messrs. Brutocao, Johnson and Simmons will be independent for this purpose under those standards beginning in March 2015. Until that time, we intend to rely on the NYSE's transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering.
Upon the completion of this offering, Freeman Spogli & Co. will control approximately 71.2% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering. As a result, we will be considered a "controlled company" under the corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE. As a controlled company, we will be exempt from the obligation to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the following:
These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules with respect to our audit committee within the applicable time frame. Except as specifically noted in this prospectus, we also intend to comply with all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, regardless of any exemption from those requirements available to us as a controlled company.
Board committees
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee. The initial composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.
Audit committee
Our audit committee will provide oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process, the audit of our financial statements and our internal control function. Among other matters, the audit committee will be responsible for the following:
88
The initial members of our audit committee will be Brenda I. Morris, who will be the chair of the committee, Peter Starrett and Greg Bettinelli. All members of our audit committee will meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Morris is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE. Ms. Morris and Mr. Bettinelli will be independent directors of our audit committee as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Starrett will not be independent for purposes of serving on the audit committee until December 2014, and until that time we intend to rely on the NYSE's transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering. Our audit committee will have a written charter that sets forth our audit committee's purpose and responsibilities.
Compensation committee
Our compensation committee will adopt, administer and review the compensation policies, plans and benefit programs for our executive officers and all other members of our executive team. Our compensation committee will also be responsible for the duties set forth in its written charter, including:
89
The initial members of our compensation committee will be Brad J. Brutocao, who will be the chair of the committee, Peter Starrett and J. Frederick Simmons. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Starrett will not be independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE for the purpose of serving on the compensation committee until December 2014, and Messrs. Brutocao and Simmons will not be independent under those rules and regulations for this purpose until March 2015, and until that time we intend to rely on the NYSE's controlled company exemption. The members of our compensation committee, other than Mr. Starrett, will be "non-employee directors" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code.
Corporate governance and nominating committee
Our corporate governance and nominating committee will be responsible for, among other things, making recommendations regarding corporate governance, the composition of our board of directors, identification, evaluation and nomination of director candidates and the structure and composition of committees of our board of directors. In addition, our corporate governance and nominating committee will be responsible for:
The initial members of our corporate governance and nominating committee will be Christian B. Johnson, who will be the chair of the committee, Brad J. Brutocao and Brenda I. Morris. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Morris is currently independent for the purpose of serving on our governance and nominating committee under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE, and Messrs. Brutocao and Johnson will be independent under those rules and regulations for this purpose beginning in March 2015, and until that time we intend to rely on the NYSE's controlled company exemption. Our corporate governance and nominating committee will have a written charter that sets forth the committee's purpose and responsibilities.
Code of business conduct and ethics
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our executive officers and directors, and those employees responsible for financial reporting. As required under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE, our code of business conduct and ethics addresses, among other things, conflicts of interest, public disclosure, corporate opportunities, confidentiality, fair dealing, protection and proper use of listed company assets, compliance with laws, rules and regulations, whistleblowing and enforcement provisions. Any waiver of our code of business conducts and ethics with regard to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions may only be authorized by our audit committee. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website.
90
Executive and director compensation
All share, per share and related data included in the tables and narratives below reflect the 25-for-1 stock split of our common stock that will be effective prior to this offering.
Summary compensation table
The following table presents information regarding the total compensation of our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers for services rendered during fiscal 2014. We refer to these executive officers as our "named executive officers".
Name & principal position
|
Year
|
Salary
($) |
Non-equity
incentive plan compensation ($) (1) |
All other
compensation ($) (2) |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
James G. Conroy
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director |
2014 | $ | 600,000 | $ | 419,368 | $ | | $ | 1,019,368 | |||||||
Paul Iacono Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
|
|
2014 |
|
$ |
259,020 |
|
$ |
161,038 |
|
$ |
10,200 |
|
$ |
430,258 |
|
Laurie Grijalva Chief Merchandising Officer |
|
|
2014 |
|
$ |
229,615 |
|
$ |
75,033 |
|
$ |
27,585 |
|
$ |
332,233 |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Amounts shown represent the annual cash performance-based bonus earned by the named executive officer for fiscal 2014 pursuant to the achievement of certain company and, in the case of Ms. Grijalva, individual performance objectives.
(2) Amounts shown represent matching contributions to our 401(k) plan for the named executive officers and, in the case of Ms. Grijalva, the cash-out of accrued vacation time.
Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table
Salaries and non-equity incentive awards
Our board of directors assesses salary recommendations made by our senior management after reviewing those recommendations alongside our performance and financial condition for the fiscal year and carefully evaluating each executive officer's performance during the fiscal year, subject to the requirements set forth in any applicable employment agreement. Our board of directors also establishes an annual incentive bonus program designed to reward our senior executives for achieving targeted amounts of a variation of Adjusted EBITDA set at the beginning of the fiscal year, as well as additional individual performance goals in the case of one of our senior executives. Regardless of any bonus criteria set forth in their employment agreements, our board of directors, with the consent of Messrs. Conroy and Iacono, determined that the annual incentive bonus for fiscal 2014 for Messrs. Conroy and Iacono would be based entirely on the achievement of the variation of Adjusted EBITDA target set by our board of directors at the beginning of the fiscal year. If that target was achieved, Mr. Conroy and Mr. Iacono would be awarded bonuses equal to 60% and 50%, respectively, of their base salaries, and if that target were exceeded, then their bonuses would be increased, as a percentage of their base salary, on a sliding scale based on the amount by which the target was exceeded, up to 120% and 100%, respectively, of their base salaries. The annual incentive bonus for fiscal 2014 for Ms. Grijalva was based on the achievement of targets more closely related to individual performance, which consisted of a merchandise margin target and sales targets for our private brands, in addition to that variation of Adjusted EBITDA target, in each case set by our board of directors at the beginning of fiscal 2014. Each of these three bonus components was weighted equally with respect
91
to the determination of Ms. Grijalva's total target bonus amount of 30% of her base salary. In addition, if the Adjusted EBITDA target or the merchandise margin target was exceeded, then the portion of her bonus based on that target, in each case consisting of 10% of her base salary if the target was met, would be increased on a sliding scale based on the amount by which the target was exceeded, up to a maximum amount in each case of 20% of her base salary. No corresponding additional bonus was possible with respect to the bonus component based on sales targets set for our private brands, and therefore the maximum aggregate bonus available to Ms. Grijalva for fiscal 2014 was 50% of her base salary. See "Non-GAAP financial measures" at the beginning of this prospectus.
Employment agreements
The following descriptions of the employment agreements that we have entered into with Messrs. Conroy and Iacono are summaries only. They do not contain complete descriptions of all provisions of those employment agreements and we encourage you to read in their entirety the copies of these agreements that are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
James G. Conroy
We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Conroy on November 12, 2012 pursuant to which Mr. Conroy serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Conroy's employment agreement has a term of three years, after which it will automatically renew each year for successive one-year terms unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal or his employment is otherwise terminated, in each case pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement.
Mr. Conroy's employment agreement provides him with a base salary of $600,000 per year. He is also eligible to receive a bonus of 60% of his base salary each year if we achieve our budget, with the opportunity to receive a maximum aggregate bonus of up to 120% of his base salary if we achieve additional performance targets established by our board of directors. For fiscal 2014, his performance target was based on achieving a budgeted variation of Adjusted EBITDA, with the opportunity to earn an additional bonus based on any amount by which that budget was exceeded, as described above. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Conroy participates in our health and welfare benefit plans that are generally available to our executives.
If we terminate Mr. Conroy's employment without "Cause" or if he resigns for "Good Reason" (as those terms are defined in his employment agreement), or if we fail to renew his employment agreement, he is entitled to receive, subject to his execution of a valid release of claims, severance pay equal to his base salary for a period of 12 months. If Mr. Conroy's employment is terminated without Cause within one year following a "Change of Control" (as defined in his employment agreement), then in addition to the foregoing payments, he is entitled to receive a bonus equal to 60% of his base salary.
Paul Iacono
We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Iacono on November 23, 2011 pursuant to which Mr. Iacono served as our Chief Financial Officer. This agreement was terminated and replaced by a new employment agreement in January 2, 2014.
Prior employment agreement. Mr. Iacono's prior employment agreement provided him with a base salary of $250,000 per year. He was also eligible to participate in our bonus plan and to receive a bonus of up to 50% of his base salary each year if we achieved performance goals (including revenue and EBITDA targets) established by our board of directors.
92
Current employment agreement. Mr. Iacono's current employment agreement provides him with a base salary of $261,363 per year. He is also eligible to participate in our bonus plan upon achieving certain revenue targets and other goals established by our board of directors from time to time. Mr. Iacono is eligible to earn a target bonus of 50% of his base salary. For fiscal 2014, his performance target was based on achieving a budgeted variation of Adjusted EBITDA, with the opportunity to earn an additional bonus based on any amount by which that budget was exceeded, as described above. Mr. Iacono is eligible to participate in our benefit plans and programs that are generally available to our executives.
If we terminate Mr. Iacono's employment without "Cause" or if he resigns for "Good Reason" (as those terms are defined in his employment agreement), he is entitled to receive, subject to his execution of a valid release of claims, severance pay equal to his base salary for a period of nine months and a prorated bonus payment. If Mr. Iacono's employment terminates due to his death or Disability (as defined in his employment agreement), he or his personal representatives or heirs are entitled to receive, subject to execution of a valid release of claims, severance pay equal to his base salary for three months and a prorated bonus payment.
Restrictive covenants
Each of our named executive officers are subject to certain non-solicitation restrictions while employed and after termination of employment. In addition, each of our named executive officers is subject to confidentiality and non-disparagement restrictions.
Laurie Grijalva
Ms. Grijalva was not party to a written employment agreement in fiscal 2014, but her compensation arrangements for that fiscal year were formalized in an employment agreement, effective May 11, 2014, pursuant to which Ms. Grijalva serves as our Vice President of Buying and Merchandising. The following description of the Ms. Grijalva's employment agreement is a summary only. It does not contain a complete description of all provisions of her employment agreement and we encourage you to read in its entirety the copies of this agreement that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
That employment agreement provides her with a base salary of $245,000 per year. She is eligible to participate in our bonus plan, and her potential target bonus compensation is 30% of her base salary each year, based upon meeting goals (including targets based on individual performance and a budgeted variation of Adjusted EBITDA) established by us, with the opportunity to earn an additional bonus based on any amount by which certain targets are exceeded, as described above. Ms. Grijalva is eligible to participate in our sponsored health and welfare benefit plans available to other similarly situated officers of the Company. Ms. Grijalva receives reimbursement for reasonable business expenses of the type authorized by the Company.
If we terminate Ms. Grijalva's employment without "Cause" (as defined in her employment agreement), then she is entitled to receive, subject to her execution of a valid release of claims, severance pay equal to her base salary for a period of six months.
93
Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year end
The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of March 29, 2014.
(1) All of the options reflected in this table were granted pursuant to our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, except for 16,125 options granted to Ms. Grijalva under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, there is no automatic acceleration of vesting upon a change of control. All options granted under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan are fully vested. Our right to repurchase shares of common stock issued upon exercise of options upon termination of employment will terminate upon consummation of this offering.
(2) Reflects the exercise price as applicable to the options as of March 29, 2014. In connection with the special dividend that was paid to our stockholders on April 17, 2014, the exercise price of these options was reduced by $2.00 per share, which was the amount of the dividend paid to our stockholders. No modifications were made to any other terms of the previously issued stock options in connection with the special dividend. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesFinancing activities".
(3) Stock options granted to Mr. Conroy vested or vest in five equal annual installments beginning December 21, 2013, subject to his continued employment with us.
(4) Except as otherwise indicated, stock options granted to Mr. Iacono and Ms. Grijalva vested or vest in five equal annual installments beginning January 27, 2013, subject to his or her continued employment with us.
(5) Stock options granted to Ms. Grijalva were fully vested on December 12, 2011.
401(k) plan
We currently maintain, and following the offering will continue to maintain, a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Under the 401(k) plan, we make matching contributions to participants equal to 100% of the participant's elective deferrals, up to a maximum of 3% of the participant's annual compensation, and 50% of the participant's additional elective deferrals, up to a maximum of 5% of the participant's annual compensation. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.
Severance benefits
See "Executive and director compensationNarrative disclosure to summary compensation tableEmployment agreements" for a description of payments that may be made to our named executive officers in connection with their termination of employment.
2011 Equity Incentive Plan and 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
None of our named executive officers received grants of equity awards in fiscal 2014. We maintain our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to which there were 2,482,750 non-qualified stock options outstanding
94
as of March 29, 2014 after giving effect to our 25-for-1 stock split described above, and our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, pursuant to which there were 32,250 non-qualified stock options outstanding as of March 29, 2014 after giving effect to that 25-for-1 stock split. The options outstanding under these plans were granted to our or our subsidiaries' employees, consultants and non-employee directors, and include the option awards granted to our named executive officers prior to fiscal 2014 and described in the immediately preceding table. We intend to cease granting awards under each of these plans upon the implementation of our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan described below.
2014 Equity Incentive Plan
The following is a summary of the material terms of our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be in effect following our 25-for-1 stock split and prior to the completion of this offering.
Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock unit awards, performance units, stock grants, qualified performance-based awards and other stock or stock-based awards, which we collectively refer to as "awards", in connection with our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. Directors, officers and other employees of the Company and our subsidiaries and commonly controlled affiliates, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, are eligible for grants under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The purpose of our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate highly competent directors, officers, employees and consultants to promote the success of our business.
Administration
Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan is expected to be administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors. The board of directors itself may also exercise any of the powers and responsibilities under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the plan administrator will select the recipients of awards and determine, among other things:
All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the compensation committee with respect to our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and the terms and conditions of or operation of any award are final and binding on all participants, beneficiaries, heirs, assigns or other persons holding or claiming rights under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan or any award.
Available shares
The aggregate number of shares of our common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan or with respect to which awards may be granted, may not exceed 1,600,000 shares. These shares may be either authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or shares of common stock held in or acquired for our treasury. In general, if awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan are for any reason canceled, or expire or terminate unexercised, the number of shares covered by such awards will again be available for the grant of awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive
95
Plan. In addition, (i) shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock option and (ii) shares delivered to or withheld by us to pay the withholding taxes related to an award do not count as issued under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and will therefore again be available for the grant of future awards. The maximum number of shares of common stock (or, in the case of cash-settled awards, the stock equivalent based on the fair market value at the grant date) that may be subject to awards granted to any one participant during a calendar year shall be 500,000 or, in the case of a director, 10,000.
Adjustment for corporate actions
In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock as a result of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar distribution with respect to the shares of common stock, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (i) the maximum numbers and kinds of shares subject to our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) the numbers and kinds of shares or other securities subject to then outstanding awards, (iii) the exercise price for each share or other unit of any other securities subject to then outstanding stock options or SARs (without change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such stock options or SARs remain exercisable) and (iv) the repurchase price of each share of restricted stock then subject to a risk of forfeiture in the form of a Company repurchase right. Any such adjustment in awards will be determined and made by the compensation committee in its sole discretion.
Eligibility for participation
Members of our board of directors, as well as employees of, and consultants to, us or any of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The selection of participants is within the sole discretion of the compensation committee.
Awards
The following sections briefly describe the principal features of the various awards that may be granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
Incentive stock options. Incentive stock options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, and will be granted pursuant to incentive stock option agreements. The plan administrator will determine the exercise price for an incentive stock option, which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant. In addition, incentive stock options granted to participants who own, or are deemed to own, more than 10% of our voting stock, must have an exercise price not less than 110% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant. No incentive option may be exercised on or after the tenth anniversary of the grant date (or after the fifth anniversary with respect to a participant who owns, or is deemed to own, more than 10% of our voting stock).
Nonstatutory stock options. Nonstatutory stock options are not intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and will be granted pursuant to nonstatutory stock option agreements. The plan administrator will determine the exercise price for a nonstatutory stock option.
Stock appreciation rights. A stock appreciation right, or a SAR, entitles a participant to receive a payment equal in value to the difference between the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the grant price of the SAR. SARs may be granted in tandem with a stock option, such that the recipient has the opportunity to exercise either the stock option or the SAR, but not both. The exercise price (above which any appreciation is measured) will not be less than 50% of the fair market value of the
96
common stock on the date of grant of the SAR or, in the case of a SAR granted in tandem with a stock option, the exercise price of the related stock option. In addition, SARS related to options which can only be exercised following a change of control may entitle the participant to receive an amount based upon the highest price paid for stock in the change of control or paid during the 30 days prior to the change of control. The SAR may be settled in cash, in shares of our common stock, or a combination. The terms, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR will be determined by the administrator at the time of the grant of award and will be reflected in the award agreement.
Restricted stock and stock units. A restricted stock award or restricted stock unit award is the grant of shares of our common stock either currently (in the case of restricted stock) or at a future date (in the case of restricted stock units) at a price determined by the administrator (including zero), that is nontransferable and is subject to substantial risk of forfeiture until specific conditions or goals are met. Conditions are typically based on continuing employment. During the period of restriction, participants holding shares of restricted stock shall, except as otherwise provided in an individual award agreement, have full voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares which dividends may be required to be deferred until the close of the applicable restriction period or reinvested in additional shares of restricted stock, as determined by the plan administrator. Participants holding restricted stock units may be entitled to receive payments equivalent to any dividends declared with respect to the common stock referenced in the grant of the restricted stock units, but only following the close of the applicable restriction period and then only if the underlying common stock has been earned. The restrictions will lapse in accordance with a schedule or other conditions determined by the administrator.
Performance units. A performance unit award is a contingent right to receive a predetermined number of shares of our common stock if certain performance goals are met. The value of performance units will depend on the degree to which the specified performance goals are achieved. The administrator may, in its discretion, pay earned performance shares in cash, or stock, or a combination of both. Furthermore, based on the level of performance, the number of shares issued upon achievement of specified levels of performance could be more than the number of performance units. At the discretion of the compensation committee, participants may be entitled to receive any dividends declared with respect to stock that has been earned in connection with the grants of performance units but not yet distributed to participants.
The compensation committee has discretion to select the length of any applicable restriction or performance period, the kind and/or level of the applicable performance goal, and whether the performance goal is to apply to us, one of our subsidiaries or any division or business unit, or to the recipient, provided, that any performance goals with respect to qualified performance-based awards be objective and otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. Generally, a recipient will be eligible to receive payment under a qualified performance-based award only if the applicable performance goal or goals are achieved within the applicable performance period, as determined by the compensation committee.
Stock grants. A stock grant is an award of shares of common stock without restriction. Stock grants may only be made in limited circumstances, such as in lieu of other earned compensation or as inducement grants or achievement awards. Stock grants are made without any forfeiture conditions.
Qualified performance-based awards. Qualified performance-based awards include performance criteria intended to satisfy Section 162(m) of the Code. Section 162(m) of the Code limits our federal income tax deduction for compensation to certain specified senior executives to $1.0 million dollars, but excludes from that limit "performance-based compensation". Any form of award permitted under our 2014 Equity
97
Incentive Plan other than stock grants, may be granted as a qualified performance-based award, but in each case will be subject to satisfaction of performance goals or (in the case of stock options) based on continued service. The performance criteria used to establish performance goals are limited to the following: (i) cash flow (before or after dividends), (ii) earnings per share (including, without limitation, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), (iii) stock price, (iv) return on equity, (v) stockholder return or total stockholder return, (vi) return on capital (including, without limitation, return on total capital or return on invested capital), (vii) return on investment, (viii) return on assets or net assets, (ix) market capitalization, (x) economic value added, (xi) debt leverage (debt to capital), (xii) revenue, (xiii) sales or net sales, (xiv) backlog, (xv) income, pre-tax income or net income, (xvi) operating income or pre-tax profit, (xvii) operating profit, net operating profit or economic profit, (xviii) gross margin, operating margin or profit margin, (xix) return on operating revenue or return on operating assets, (xx) cash from operations, (xxi) operating ratio, (xxii) operating revenue, (xxiii) market share improvement, (xxiv) general and administrative expenses and (xxv) customer service. No adjustments to any qualified performance-based awards may be made if such adjustment would cause such award to provide other than "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
Other Stock Unit Award. An other stock unit award is an award of stock or other award that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is otherwise based on, stock or other property. Such other stock unit awards may be granted either alone or in addition to any other award under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. Other stock unit awards may be paid in stock, cash or any other form of property as the compensation committee shall determine. Other stock unit awards granted to employees subject only to continued employment conditions will have a vesting period of not less than three years. Other stock unit awards may be subject to restrictions on transfer as set forth in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and the applicable award agreement.
Transferability
Awards granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), except that the compensation committee may provide for the transferability of nonstatutory stock options at the time of grant or thereafter to certain family members.
Transactions
In the event of a transaction involving (i) any merger or consolidation of the Company, (ii) any sale or exchange of all of the common stock of the Company, (iii) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, or (iv) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the compensation committee may, with respect to all or any outstanding stock options and SARs, (1) provide that such awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent rights shall be provided in substitution therefore by the acquiring or succeeding entity, (2) provide that the recipient's unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised within a specified period following written notice to the recipient, (3) provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable in whole or in part prior to or upon the occurrence of the transaction, (4) provide for cash payments generally equal to the amount (if positive) of the spread on such awards based on the applicable acquisition price (with any awards whose exercise price is greater than such acquisition price being canceled without consideration), net of applicable tax withholdings, to be made to the recipients, (5) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds net of the exercise price of the awards and any applicable tax withholdings, or (6) any combination of the foregoing. With respect to outstanding awards other than stock options or SARs, upon the occurrence of a transaction other than a liquidation or dissolution of the
98
Company that is not part of another form of transaction, the repurchase and other rights of the Company under each such award will transfer to the Company's successor. Upon the occurrence of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company that is not part of another form of transaction, all risks of forfeiture and performance goals applicable to such other awards will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless specifically provided to the contrary in the award agreement or other applicable agreement between the Company and the holder. Any determinations required to carry out any of the foregoing will be made by the compensation committee in its sole discretion.
Change of control
Subject to any contrary provisions in any applicable award agreement, upon the occurrence of a change of control:
Under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, a change of control is defined as the occurrence of any of the following: (1) a transaction, as described above, unless securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the resulting entity or ultimate parent entity are held by one or more persons who held securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company immediately prior to the transaction; (2) any person or group of persons, excluding the Company and certain other related entities, directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company, unless pursuant to a tender or exchange offer that the Company's board of directors recommends stockholders accept; (3) over a period of no more than 36 consecutive months there is a change in the composition of the Company's board such that a majority of the board members ceases to be composed of individuals who either (i) have been board members continuously since the beginning of that period, or (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as board members during such period by at least a majority of the remaining board members who
99
have been board members continuously since the beginning of that period; or (4) a majority of the board members vote in favor of a decision that a change of control has occurred.
Amendment and termination
Our board of directors may at any time amend any or all of the provisions of our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise, subject to stockholder approval of certain amendments as required by the plan or applicable law or stock exchange requirement. Unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the rights of a participant under awards granted prior to any amendment, suspension or termination may not be adversely affected without the consent of the participant. Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan expires after 10 years.
Allocation of awards; plan benefits
Our compensation committee has approved the grant to James G. Conroy, our Chief Executive Officer, under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, effective immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, of an option to purchase 99,650 shares of our common stock. This option will vest and become exerciseable with respect to one-sixth or one-third of such shares on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the effective date of grant subject to both our continued employment of Mr. Conroy and the achievement of performance goals based on the trading price of our common stock prior to the third anniversary of the effective date of grant. Our compensation committee has also approved the grant under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, effective immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, of 3,333 shares of our common stock to Brenda I. Morris, one of our non-employee directors, and an aggregate of 29,000 shares of our common stock to a number of our employees other than our executive officers, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The shares granted to Ms. Morris are subject to forfeiture provisions that lapse on the first anniversary of the effective date of grant subject to her continued service as a member of our board of directors. The shares granted to our non-executive employees are also subject to forfeiture provisions, which lapse with respect to 25% of the shares on each anniversary of the effective date of grant subject to their continued employment. It is not presently possible to determine the dollar value of other award payments that may be made or the number of other options, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other awards that may be granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan in the future, or the individuals who may be selected for such awards because awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan are granted at the discretion of the compensation committee.
Limitation on liability and indemnification matters
Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.
As permitted by Section 102 of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Pursuant to Delaware law, such protection would be unavailable for liability:
100
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.
In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.
We have entered into customary indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, would require us to indemnify each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws for expenses such as, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, arising out of the person's services as our director or executive officer or as the director or executive officer of any subsidiary of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. In addition, our indemnification agreements also provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the indemnification agreements are not exclusive. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.
The SEC has taken the position that personal liability of directors for violation of the federal securities laws cannot be limited and that indemnification by us for any such violation is unenforceable. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.
101
Director compensation for fiscal 2014
Other than as set forth in the table below, directors who are also our employees or who beneficially own, or are employees of entities that beneficially own, our common stock did not receive in fiscal 2014, and do not currently receive, any compensation for their service as a member of our board of directors or any committee of our board of directors other than the reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with that service. Our other directors received only the following compensation in fiscal 2014 for these services:
Name
|
Fees earned
or paid in cash (1) ($) |
All other
compensation ($) |
Total
($) |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Greg Bettinelli | $30,000 | $ | $30,000 | |||
Peter Starrett | $40,000 | $ | $40,000 | |||
(1) Consists of annual retainer fees
Our board of directors has approved a compensation policy for our directors who are not our employees and who are not affiliated with Freeman Spogli & Co. to be effective following this offering. Under this policy, each of these directors will receive an annual retainer fee of $40,000 in cash for serving on our board of directors, and such a director serving as the chairman of our board of directors will receive an additional annual retainer fee of $25,000 in cash. The chairman of our audit committee, if such a director, will also receive an additional annual retainer fee of $15,000 in cash. Each of these retainer fees will be paid in quarterly installments at the beginning of each of our fiscal quarters. The first quarterly payment of retainer fees under this policy will be made at the beginning of the first full fiscal quarter following the completion of this offering and will include, in addition to the full quarterly payment for that full fiscal quarter, a pro rata payment for the fiscal quarter in which this offering occurs based on the service period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending at the end of that fiscal quarter. In addition, beginning in fiscal 2017, we will grant under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan shares of our common stock with a value of $50,000 to each of these directors in the month of May. These shares will be subject to forfeiture provisions that will lapse on the first anniversary of the date of grant subject to continued service as a member of our board of directors. No other compensation will be paid to members of our board of directors or members of committees of our board of directors under this policy, but our compensation committee has separately approved the grant under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, effective immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, of 3,333 shares of our common stock to Brenda I. Morris (assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). These shares will be subject to forfeiture provisions that lapse on the first anniversary of the effective date of grant subject to her continued service as a member of our board of directors.
102
Certain relationships and related party transactions
Other than compensation arrangements with our directors and executive officers, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions that have occurred this year or during our last three fiscal years to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:
The following persons and entities that participated in the transactions listed in this section were related persons at the time of the transaction:
John Grijalva, the husband of Ms. Grijalva, works as an independent sales representative for Dan Post Boot Company, Sidran, Inc., Kenco Fashion Inc. and Outback Trading Company, LTD. We purchased merchandise from these suppliers in the aggregate approximate amounts of $5.3 million, $9.8 million, $6.8 million and $5.2 million in the twenty-six weeks ended September 27, 2014, fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively. Mr. Grijalva was paid commissions on these sales of approximately $0.4 million, $0.7 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in these periods, a portion of which were passed on to other sales representatives working for Mr. Grijalva.
Patrick Meany beneficially held more than 5% of Boot Barn Holding Corporation until the Recapitalization and served as our Chief Executive Officer until May 2012. Following his employment, we continued to pay to Mr. Meany his base salary for an additional 18 months following termination in accordance with his employment agreement and we reimbursed a portion of his medical and dental insurance premiums during that period. The aggregate amount of these payments was approximately $0.3 million in fiscal 2013. We lease one store in Paso Robles, California from an entity affiliated with Mr. Meany. The aggregate amount of payments made by us pursuant to that lease was approximately $0.2 million in each of fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2013.
Kenneth Meany is the father of Patrick Meany and beneficially held more than 5% of Boot Barn Holding Corporation until the Recapitalization. We lease six stores from entities affiliated with Mr. Meany. The aggregate amount of payments made by us pursuant to those leases was approximately $1.3 million in fiscal 2012 and $1.3 million in fiscal 2013.
See also "Prospectus summaryOur sponsor", "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesFinancing activities" and Note 14 to the audited consolidated financial statements and Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Payments relating to our fiscal 2012 recapitalization
In connection with the Recapitalization in fiscal 2012, Freeman Spogli & Co. received an advisory services fee of $1.3 million for its services provided to us in structuring and arranging the recapitalization. In addition, Mr. Starrett received $125,000 in connection with his services provided to our company in connection with the recapitalization.
103
Existing stockholders agreement
We are party to a Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2011, among us and certain of our stockholders, including Freeman Spogli & Co. and certain of our executive officers. However, upon the completion of this offering, the Stockholders Agreement will be terminated.
Registration rights agreement
Pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement, Freeman Spogli & Co. and certain other signatories thereto will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of the resale of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. Registration of the resale of any of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased in these resales by affiliates of us.
Demand registration rights
At any time following the expiration of the lock-up period applicable to this offering, subject to certain conditions and restrictions contained in the registration rights agreement, Freeman Spogli & Co. will be able to require us to use our reasonable best efforts to register the resale of its shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. Freeman Spogli & Co. may exercise up to three demand registration rights as long as it requests registration with respect to common stock with a fair market value of at least $20 million in each demand registration.
Piggyback registration rights
After the closing of this offering, in the event of a demand registration, or if we propose to register any of our own securities under the Securities Act in a public offering, we will be required to provide notice to the holders of our common stock with registration rights under the registration rights agreement and provide them with the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to certain conditions and exceptions contained in the registration rights agreement.
Expenses
We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting fees, discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of the resale of shares of our common stock held by the holders of our common stock with registration rights under the registration rights agreement.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify each of the stockholders party to the registration rights agreement against certain liabilities in connection with a demand or piggyback registration of shares of common stock, including under the Securities Act.
Indemnification of directors and officers
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL.
104
We have entered into customary indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. Our indemnification agreements also provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the indemnification agreements are not exclusive. See "Executive and director compensationLimitation on liability and indemnification matters".
There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or executive officer.
Review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons
Our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy, to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, for the evaluation of and the approval, disapproval and monitoring of transactions involving us and "related persons". For the purposes of the policy, "related persons" will include our executive officers, vice presidents, directors and director nominees or their immediate family members, stockholders owning 5% or more of our outstanding common stock or any entity in which any of the foregoing persons is an employee, general partner, principal or holder of a 5% or more ownership interest.
Our related person transactions policy will require:
In connection with the review and approval or ratification of a related person transaction:
105
In addition, the related person transactions policy will provide that the audit committee, in connection with any approval or ratification of a related person transaction involving a non-employee director or director nominee, should consider whether such transaction would compromise the director or director nominee's status as an "independent", "outside" or "non-employee" director, as applicable, under the rules and regulations of the SEC, the NYSE and the Code. In approving or rejecting any related person transaction, the audit committee or the disinterested members of the audit committee, as applicable, is required to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction.
Prior to the effectiveness of the related persons transaction policy described above, we will not have any formal written policy regarding related party transactions, but any related party transactions are brought to the attention of our board of directors.
106
The following table sets forth information known to us with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 27, 2014, after giving effect to the 25-for-1 stock split of our common stock that will be effective prior to this offering, by:
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of our common stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 27, 2014, are deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage of outstanding shares of the person holding these options, but are not deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage of any other person. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based upon shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 27, 2014, and 24,929,350 shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. To our knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person's name. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons in this table is: c/o Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., 15776 Laguna Canyon Road, Irvine, California 92618.
|
|
|
|
Percentage
beneficially owned after offering if underwriters' option is not exercised |
Percentage
beneficially owned after offering if underwriters' option is exercised in full |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Shares beneficially owned
before offering |
Shares
beneficially owned after offering |
||||||||||||||
Beneficial owner
|
Number
|
Percentage
|
||||||||||||||
Freeman Spogli & Co. (1) |
17,750,000 | 89.1 | % | 17,750,000 | 71.2 | % | 69.1 | % | ||||||||
Greg Bettinelli ( 2 ) |
51,760 | * | 51,760 | * | * | |||||||||||
Brad J. Brutocao |
| * | | * | * | |||||||||||
Christian B. Johnson |
| * | | * | * | |||||||||||
Brenda I. Morris |
| * | | * | * | |||||||||||
J. Frederick Simmons |
| * | | * | * | |||||||||||
Peter Starrett ( 3 ) |
283,390 | 1.4 | % | 283,390 | 1.1 | % | 1.1 | % | ||||||||
James G. Conroy ( 4 ) |
119,580 | * | 119,580 | * | * | |||||||||||
Paul Iacono ( 5 ) |
123,625 | * | 123,625 | * | * | |||||||||||
Laurie Grijalva ( 6 ) |
94,625 | * | 94,625 | * | * | |||||||||||
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons) |
672,975 | 3.3 | % | 672,975 | 2.7 | % | 2.6 | % | ||||||||
* Less than one percent.
(1) The indicated shares are held of record by FS Equity Partners VI, L.P. and FS Affiliates VI, L.P., or collectively, FSEP VI. FS Capital Partners VI, LLC, as the general partner of FSEP VI, has the sole power to vote and dispose of the shares of our common stock owned by FSEP VI. Messrs. Brad J. Brutocao, Benjamin D. Geiger, Bradford M. Freeman, Todd W. Halloran, Jon D. Ralph, John M. Roth, J. Fredrick Simmons, Ronald P. Spogli and William M. Wardlaw are the managing members of FS Capital Partners VI, LLC, and Messrs. Brutocao, Geiger, Freeman, Halloran, Ralph, Roth, Simmons, Spogli and Wardlaw are the members of Freeman Spogli & Co., and as such may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares of our common stock owned by FSEP VI. Each of Messrs. Brutocao, Geiger, Freeman, Halloran, Ralph, Roth, Simmons, Spogli and Wardlaw disclaims beneficial ownership in the shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in them. The business address of FSEP VI and FS Capital Partners VI, LLC is c/o Freeman Spogli & Co., 11100 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 1900, Los Angeles, CA 90025.
107
(2) The indicated shares consist of (i) 12,500 shares held of record and (ii) 39,260 shares subject to outstanding options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 27, 2014.
(3) The indicated shares consist of (i) 175,000 shares held of record by the Starrett Family Trust, dated April 11, 1999, and (ii) 108,390 shares subject to outstanding options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 27, 2014.
(4) The indicated shares consist of 119,580 shares subject to outstanding options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 27, 2014.
(5) The indicated shares consist of (i) 45,125 shares held of record and (ii) 78,500 shares subject to outstanding options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 27, 2014.
(6) The indicated shares consist of 94,625 shares subject to outstanding options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 27, 2014.
108
We have provided below a summary description of our capital stock as it will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. This description is not complete. You should read the full text of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as the provisions of applicable Delaware law.
Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Immediately after the closing of this offering, there will be 24,929,350 shares of our common stock outstanding excluding shares of common stock issued to our non-executive employees and one of our directors immediately prior to this offering. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.
Common stock
Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of a majority of our shares of common stock can elect all of the directors then standing for election.
Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive pro rata dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.
Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.
Holders of shares of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of shares of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.
Preferred stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:
109
The issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by, among other things:
As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Authorized but unissued capital stock
The DGCL does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as the common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.
Options
See "Executive and director compensation2011 Equity Incentive Plan and 2007 Stock Incentive Plan" for a summary of the relevant terms of our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.
110
Registration rights
In addition to rights of sale under Rule 144, several of our existing stockholders, who will hold an aggregate of 19,871,725 shares of our common stock after this offering, will have registration rights which enable them to include their shares in a registration statement we file to allow for the resale of their shares to the public. In addition, Freeman Spogli & Co. will be able to exercise three demand registration rights, each of which would require us to register for resale under the Securities Act its shares of common stock. If any registration rights are exercised, we will generally be responsible for all registration and offering expenses other than underwriter fees, discounts and commissions. For a description of the new registration rights agreement, see "Certain relationships and related party transactionsRegistration rights agreement".
Anti-takeover effects of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and provisions of Delaware law
Undesignated preferred stock
As discussed above, the ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change in control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company. Such provisions may also impede or discourage transactions that some, or a majority, or our stockholders might believe to be in their best interests, or in which our stockholders might receive a premium for their shares of common stock over the market price for such shares.
Requirements for advance notification of stockholder meetings, nominations and proposals; board vacancies
Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors. In order for any matter to be "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.
Amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws
The DGCL provides that, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, the affirmative vote of holders of shares constituting a majority of the votes of all shares entitled to vote may approve amendments to the certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for any different approval requirement.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to adopt, amend, add to, modify or repeal our amended and restated bylaws without stockholder approval.
111
Limitations on stockholder action by written consent
Our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit the taking of any action of our stockholders by written consent without a meeting, unless that action is taken with regard to a matter that has been approved by our board of directors or requires the approval only of certain classes or series of our stock. This may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder action.
Exclusive venue
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws and (4) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.
Stockholder meetings
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of our board of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws will allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.
No cumulative voting
The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to elect a director to our board.
Delaware anti-takeover statute
We have not opted out of, and therefore are subject to, Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:
112
plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
These provisions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers, assets or stock sales or other takeover or change-in-control attempts that are not approved by a company's board of directors. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, an asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. We expect that Section 203 would have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. In such event, we would also anticipate that Section 203 could defer, delay or discourage offers or takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.
The provisions of Section 203 may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the supermajority stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Corporate opportunity
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that neither Freeman Spogli & Co. nor its affiliates have any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we now engage or propose to engage. In addition, in the event that Freeman Spogli & Co. acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business or employee thereof, it shall not be liable to us nor to any of our stockholders (or any affiliates thereof) for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by engaging in any such activity and we waive and renounce any claim based on such activity. This provision applies even if the business opportunity is one that we might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so.
Limitations of liability and indemnification
See "Executive and director compensationLimitation on liability and indemnification matters".
Market listing
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol "BOOT".
Transfer agent and registrar
Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A.
113
Material United States federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders of our common stock
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common stock to a non-U.S. holder that purchases shares of our common stock for cash in this offering. For purposes of this summary, a "non-U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a partner in that partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, then you should consult your own tax advisor.
This summary is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, the U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative procedures of the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, all as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities are subject to change and to differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters summarized below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, or disposition of our common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.
This summary is not a complete analysis of all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common stock by non-U.S. holders, nor does it address any U.S. federal estate or gift tax consequences, any tax consequences arising under any state, local, or foreign tax laws, any consequences under the 3.8% Medicare contribution tax or any consequences under other U.S. federal tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax consequences resulting from a non-U.S. holder's particular circumstances or to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
114
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our common stock, as well as any tax consequences arising under any state, local, or foreign tax laws and any other U.S. federal tax laws. Prospective investors should also consult their tax advisors regarding the potential impact of any applicable income tax treaty.
Distributions on common stock
If we make a distribution of cash or property (other than certain stock distributions) with respect to our common stock, or effect one of certain redemptions that are treated for tax purposes as distributions with respect to our common stock, any such distributions or redemptions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent such a distribution exceeds both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be allocated ratably among the shares of common stock with respect to which the distribution is made, will constitute a return of capital, and will first be applied against and reduce the non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in those shares of common stock, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and in excess of a non-U.S. holder's tax basis in that non-U.S. holder's shares of common stock then will be treated as gain from the sale of that common stock, subject to the tax treatment described below under "Gain on disposition of common stock". A non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in a share of common stock is generally the purchase price of the share, reduced by the amount of any distributions constituting a return of capital with respect to that share.
Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for benefits under an income tax treaty and wishes to claim a reduced rate of withholding, the non-U.S. holder generally will be required to provide us or our paying agent with a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E, or other
115
applicable form, certifying under penalties of perjury the non-U.S. holder's qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of the dividend and may be required to be updated periodically. Special certification requirements apply to non-U.S. holders that hold common stock through certain foreign intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the required certifications, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If we are not able to determine whether or not a distribution will exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits at the time the distribution is made, we may withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would withhold on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of amounts that we withhold to the extent attributable to the portion of the distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits.
If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and dividends paid on the common stock are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S., as defined under the applicable treaty), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax on the dividends. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) prior to the payment of the dividends. Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder's U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S., as defined under the applicable treaty) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally applicable to U.S. persons or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate as is specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, as adjusted for certain items.
Gain on disposition of common stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:
116
treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the U.S.) provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns reporting those losses; or
Information reporting and backup withholding
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends and other distributions paid to the non-U.S. holder and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to those distributions. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder's country of residence.
In addition, a non-U.S. holder may be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding with respect to dividends paid on, and the proceeds of disposition of, shares of our common stock, unless, generally, the non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury (on IRS Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable form) that the non-U.S. holder is not a U.S. person or otherwise establishes an exemption. The backup withholding rate is 28%. Additional rules relating to information reporting requirements and backup withholding with respect to payments of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock are as follows:
117
Backup withholding is not a tax. Any amounts withheld from a non-U.S. holder under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the non-U.S. holder timely furnishes the required information to the IRS.
FATCA
Legislation generally referred to as "FATCA" imposes a 30% U.S. withholding tax on dividends on our common stock and the gross proceeds from a disposition of our common stock paid to:
(i) a "foreign financial institution" (as specifically defined for purposes of FATCA) unless the institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to collect and disclose information regarding the institution's U.S. account holders (including certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) and to withhold on certain payments, or unless it otherwise qualifies for an exemption, and
(ii) a "non-financial foreign entity" (also as specifically defined for purposes of FATCA) unless the entity provides the payor with a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity (which generally include any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity), or unless the entity agrees to report that information to the IRS or otherwise qualifies for an exemption.
FATCA withholding would apply to dividends paid after June 30, 2014 (or, in certain circumstances, after later dates) and to gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock after December 31, 2016. Where applicable, intergovernmental agreements between the U.S. and other countries with respect to the implementation of FATCA and non-U.S. laws, regulations and other authorities enacted or issued with respect to those intergovernmental agreements may modify the requirements under FATCA described above. You are encouraged to consult with your own tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this legislation on your investment in our common stock.
The summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences above is included for general information purposes only. Potential purchasers of our common stock are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax considerations of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common stock.
118
Shares eligible for future sale
Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Although our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that a significant public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we issue may in turn be significant. In addition, we may also grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisitions or investments.
Sale of restricted securities
Upon the completion of this offering, 24,929,350 shares of common stock will be outstanding excluding shares issued to our non-executive employees and one of our directors immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. In addition, options to acquire 2,852,150 shares of our common stock are outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless held by an "affiliate" of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering will be "restricted securities", as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. These remaining shares of common stock upon completion of this offering will be available for sale in the public market, taking into account the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, as follows:
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who may be deemed our affiliate is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of
provided that at least six months has elapsed since such shares of common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours and certain manner of sale, notice requirements and requirements as to availability of
119
current public information about us are satisfied. Any person who is deemed to be our affiliate must also comply with such provisions of Rule 144 (other than the six-month holding period requirement) in order to sell shares of common stock which are not restricted securities (such as shares of common stock acquired by affiliates through purchases in the open market following this offering). A person who is not our affiliate, and who has not been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding any sale, is entitled to sell shares of common stock (i) subject only to the requirements as to availability of current public information about us, provided that a period of at least six months has elapsed since the shares of common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours, and (ii) without regard to any requirement of Rule 144, provided that at least one year has elapsed since the shares of common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after we become a reporting company under the Exchange Act. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its minimum holding period or current public information requirements, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions. If such person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its minimum holding period requirements, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.
Lock-up agreements
We, each of our directors and officers and certain of our existing stockholders have agreed to certain restrictions on our ability to sell additional shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Specifically, we, each of our directors and officers and certain of our existing stockholders have agreed not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC. The lock-up agreements provide exceptions for (a) sales to the underwriters in connection with this offering, (b) our sales in connection with existing incentive plans and (c) other customary exceptions. Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.
Stock options and restricted stock
As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more Form S-8 registration statements under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, 2011 Equity Incentive Plan or 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. These Form S-8 registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by these Form S-8 registration statements will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our stock plans, see "Executive and director compensation".
120
Registration rights
Pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement to be entered into in connection with this offering, we will be required to use our reasonable best efforts to register under the Securities Act, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, resales of up to 19,871,725 shares of our common stock. Any such securities registered for resale under any registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply. See "Certain relationships and related party transactionsRegistration rights agreement".
121
We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters dated the date of this prospectus. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
Name
|
Number of shares
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
||||
Piper Jaffray & Co. |
||||
Jefferies LLC |
||||
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC |
||||
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated |
||||
Total |
5,000,000 | |||
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the U.S. may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to 750,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of such shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares of common stock. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares of common stock, the underwriters will purchase such shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $ per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the
122
underwriters by us assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.
|
Paid by us | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Without
exercise of option to purchase additional shares |
With full
exercise of option to purchase additional shares |
|||||
Per share |
$ | $ | |||||
Total |
$ | $ | |||||
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees, legal and accounting expenses and transfer agent and registrar expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2.9 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $35,000.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives of the underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not (a) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing management incentive plans.
Our directors and executive officers and existing stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, officers and existing stockholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition,
123
(2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.
We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol "BOOT".
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our common stock referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives of the underwriters can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In
124
determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Selling restrictions
General
Other than in the U.S., no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
United Kingdom
This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA, (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons". The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
125
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
(1) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of our common shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
(2) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each of which we refer to as a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, which for purposes of this section we refer to as the Shares, may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:
(1) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
(2) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or
(3) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,
provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.
Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to
126
shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
Japan
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document
127
will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, which we refer to as Exempt Investors, who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Other relationships
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory,
128
investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
129
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Bingham McCutchen LLP, Costa Mesa, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP. Certain partners of Bingham McCutchen LLP are limited partners in a partnership that is a limited partner of the Freeman Spogli & Co. investment fund that owns equity interests of us.
The consolidated financial statements of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended March 29, 2014, for the period from December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 and of Boot Barn Holding Corporation for the period from April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
Where you can find more information
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including exhibits, schedules and amendments) under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus relating to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, we encourage you to read in its entirety the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Whenever this prospectus refers to any contract, agreement or other document, you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the contract, agreement or document.
You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any other information we file at the SEC's public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov).
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, as well as proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference room and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.bootbarn.com. After the completion of this offering, you may access our periodic reports, proxy statements and other information free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus. We have included our website address only as an inactive textual reference and do not intend it to be an active link to our website.
130
Index to audited consolidated financial statements
Index to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The accompanying consolidated financial statements give effect to a 25-for-1 split of the common stock of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (formerly WW Top Investment Corporation) and subsidiaries, which will take place prior to the effective date of the registration statement. The following report is in the form which will be furnished by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, upon completion of the 25-for-1 split of the common stock of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. described in the last paragraph of Note 16 to the financial statements and assuming that from March 29, 2014 to the date of such completion no other material events have occurred that would affect the accompanying financial statements or disclosures therein except as described in Note 16.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Costa Mesa, California
October 20, 2014
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
Irvine, California
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (formerly WW Top Investment Corporation) and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended and for the period from December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 and of Boot Barn Holding Corporation (the "Predecessor") for the period from April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (U.S.). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended and for the period from December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 and of the Predecessor for the period from April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.
Costa Mesa, California
June 13, 2014 (October , 2014 as to the effect of the common and preferred stock authorization, par value and common stock split discussed in the last paragraph of
Note 16)
F-2
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated balance sheets
(in thousands except share and per share data)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Assets |
|||||||
Current assets: |
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,118 | $ | 1,190 | |||
Accounts receivable |
2,191 | 1,078 | |||||
Inventories |
102,702 | 67,995 | |||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
8,685 | 5,311 | |||||
Total current assets |
114,696 | 75,574 | |||||
Property and equipment, net |
21,450 | 10,736 | |||||
Goodwill |
93,097 | 78,033 | |||||
Intangible assets, net |
59,723 | 58,017 | |||||
Other assets |
2,897 | 1,922 | |||||
Total assets |
$ | 291,863 | $ | 224,282 | |||
Liabilities and stockholders' equity |
|
|
|||||
Current liabilities: |
|||||||
Line of credit |
$ | 28,624 | $ | 18,910 | |||
Accounts payable |
36,029 | 22,488 | |||||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
20,763 | 14,722 | |||||
Current portion of notes payable |
1,000 | 2,000 | |||||
Total current liabilities |
86,416 | 58,120 | |||||
Deferred taxes |
19,960 | 19,538 | |||||
Long-term portion of notes payable |
98,500 | 17,000 | |||||
Related party notes payable |
| 50,500 | |||||
Other liabilities |
2,412 | 1,500 | |||||
Total liabilities |
207,288 | 146,658 | |||||
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 10) |
|
|
|||||
Stockholders' equity: |
|
|
|||||
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013100,000,000 shares authorized, 18,929,350 shares issued and outstanding |
2 | 2 | |||||
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding |
| | |||||
Additional paid-in capital |
78,834 | 77,543 | |||||
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) |
1,652 | (3,725 | ) | ||||
Total Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. stockholders' equity |
80,488 | 73,820 | |||||
Non-controlling interest |
4,087 | 3,804 | |||||
Total stockholders' equity |
84,575 | 77,624 | |||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity |
$ | 291,863 | $ | 224,282 | |||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of operations
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
Fiscal year ended | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
|||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 345,868 | $ | 233,203 | $ | 58,267 | $ | 110,429 | |||||
Cost of goods sold |
231,796 | 151,357 | 37,313 | 72,129 | |||||||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment |
867 | 9,199 | 9,369 | | |||||||||
Total cost of goods sold |
232,663 | 160,556 | 46,682 | 72,129 | |||||||||
Gross profit |
113,205 | 72,647 | 11,585 | 38,300 | |||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
91,998 | 62,609 | 12,769 | 28,145 | |||||||||
Acquisition-related expenses |
671 | 1,138 | 3,027 | 7,336 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses |
92,669 | 63,747 | 15,796 | 35,481 | |||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
20,536 | 8,900 | (4,211 | ) | 2,819 | ||||||||
Interest expense, net |
11,594 | 7,415 | 1,442 | 3,684 | |||||||||
Other income, net |
39 | 21 | 5 | 70 | |||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
8,981 | 1,506 | (5,648 | ) | (795 | ) | |||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
3,321 | 826 | (1,047 | ) | (135 | ) | |||||||
Net income (loss) |
5,660 | 680 | (4,601 | ) | (660 | ) | |||||||
Net income (loss) attributed to non-controlling interest |
283 | 34 | (230 | ) | | ||||||||
Net income (loss) attributed to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. |
$ | 5,377 | $ | 646 | $ | (4,371 | ) | $ | (660 | ) | |||
Net income (loss) per share: |
|||||||||||||
Basic shares |
$ | 0.28 | $ | 0.03 | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (3.82 | ) | |||
Diluted shares |
$ | 0.28 | $ | 0.03 | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (3.82 | ) | |||
Weighted average shares outstanding: |
|||||||||||||
Basic shares |
18,929 | 18,757 | 18,633 | 173 | |||||||||
Diluted shares |
19,175 | 18,757 | 18,633 | 173 | |||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity
(in thousands, except shares)
|
|
|
Preferred stock
Series A |
Preferred stock
Series B |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Common stock |
Additional
paid-in capital |
Retained
earnings (accumulated deficit) |
Non-
controlling interest |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Predecessor balance at April 3, 2011 |
172,858 | $ | | 31,765 | $ | 31,765 | 1,036 | $ | 1,036 | $ | 17 | $ | 39 | $ | | $ | 32,857 | ||||||||||||||
Net loss |
(660 | ) | (660 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Predecessor balance at December 11, 2011 |
172,858 | $ | | 31,765 | $ | 31,765 | 1,036 | $ | 1,036 | $ | 17 | $ | (621 | ) | $ | | $ | 32,197 | |||||||||||||
Successor balance at December 11, 2011 |
| $ | | | $ | | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock |
18,632,625 | 2 | 74,658 | 4,000 | 78,660 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
99 | 99 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
(4,371 | ) | (230 | ) | (4,601 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2012 |
18,632,625 | 2 | | | | | 74,757 | (4,371 | ) | 3,770 | 74,158 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock |
296,725 | | 1,999 | 1,999 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
787 | 787 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| 646 | 34 | 680 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at March 30, 2013 |
18,929,350 | 2 | | | | | 77,543 | (3,725 | ) | 3,804 | 77,624 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
1,291 | 1,291 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
5,377 | 283 | 5,660 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at March 29, 2014 |
18,929,350 | $ | 2 | | $ | | | $ | | $ | 78,834 | $ | 1,652 | $ | 4,087 | $ | 84,575 | ||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of cash flows
(in thousands)
|
Fiscal year ended |
|
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
|||||||||||
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
|||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 5,660 | $ | 680 | $ | (4,601 | ) | $ | (660 | ) | |||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: |
|||||||||||||
Depreciation |
4,628 | 2,662 | 656 | 1,163 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
1,291 | 787 | 99 | | |||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
3,501 | 2,926 | 439 | 55 | |||||||||
Amortization of deferred loan fees |
2,507 | 435 | 81 | 286 | |||||||||
Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
1,980 | 322 | 17 | 4 | |||||||||
Accretion of above market leases |
(230 | ) | (231 | ) | (63 | ) | (93 | ) | |||||
Deferred taxes |
(1,874 | ) | (633 | ) | (2,374 | ) | (189 | ) | |||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment |
867 | 9,199 | 9,369 | | |||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(710 | ) | (209 | ) | 629 | (892 | ) | ||||||
Due from related party |
| | | 52 | |||||||||
Inventories |
(14,100 | ) | (4,821 | ) | 3,466 | (9,436 | ) | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
(871 | ) | (2,490 | ) | (615 | ) | 587 | ||||||
Other assets |
104 | 199 | 278 | 26 | |||||||||
Accounts payable |
3,190 | 4,916 | 915 | 4,608 | |||||||||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
5,944 | 2,494 | (12,385 | ) | 10,446 | ||||||||
Other liabilities |
893 | (4,312 | ) | 52 | 165 | ||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
$ | 12,780 | $ | 11,924 | $ | (4,037 | ) | $ | 6,122 | ||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
|||||||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment |
$ | (11,400 | ) | $ | (3,848 | ) | $ | (698 | ) | $ | (2,055 | ) | |
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment |
24 | 61 | | 4 | |||||||||
Purchase of trademark rights |
(200 | ) | | | | ||||||||
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired |
(15,696 | ) | (41,912 | ) | (85,574 | ) | | ||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
$ | (27,272 | ) | $ | (45,699 | ) | $ | (86,272 | ) | $ | (2,051 | ) | |
Cash flows from financing activities |
|||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of stock |
$ | | $ | 1,999 | $ | 76,019 | $ | | |||||
Line of creditnet |
9,714 | 4,324 | 4,567 | 101 | |||||||||
Proceeds from loan borrowings |
100,000 | 10,583 | 12,000 | | |||||||||
Repayments on debt and capital lease obligations |
(70,126 | ) | (1,461 | ) | (294 | ) | (2,204 | ) | |||||
Proceeds from borrowingsrelated parties |
| 25,500 | | | |||||||||
Debt issuance fees |
(3,350 | ) | (1,167 | ) | (1,391 | ) | | ||||||
Payment of assumed contingent consideration and debt from acquisitions |
(21,818 | ) | (5,405 | ) | | | |||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
$ | 14,420 | $ | 34,373 | $ | 90,901 | $ | (2,103 | ) | ||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(72 | ) | 598 | 592 | 1,968 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
1,190 | 592 | 567 | ||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year |
$ | 1,118 | $ | 1,190 | $ | 592 | $ | 2,535 | |||||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
|||||||||||||
Cash paid for income taxes |
$ | 4,849 | $ | 3,337 | $ | 95 | $ | 445 | |||||
Cash paid for interest |
$ | 9,110 | $ | 6,275 | $ | 966 | $ | 2,782 | |||||
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities: |
|||||||||||||
Unpaid purchases of property and equipment |
$ | 132 | $ | 65 | $ | | $ | | |||||
Equipment acquired through capital lease |
$ | 28 | $ | | $ | | $ | 41 | |||||
Exchange of Predecessor shares for Successor shares |
$ | | $ | | $ | 2,641 | $ | | |||||
Net replacement of Predecessor debt with the same lender |
$ | | $ | | $ | 17,000 | $ | | |||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated financial statements
1. Business operations
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., formerly named WW Top Investment Corporation (the "Company" or "Successor") was formed on November 17, 2011, and is incorporated in the State of Delaware. The equity of the Company consists of 100,000,000 authorized shares and 18,929,350 outstanding shares of common stock as of each of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 with 17,750,000 shares of common stock held by Freeman Spogli & Co. as of each of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013. The shares of common stock have voting rights of one vote per share.
Boot Barn Holding Corporation (the "Predecessor"), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated on September 28, 2007 and owns 100% of the common stock of Boot Barn, Inc. (together with Predecessor, "Boot Barn"). The Company was formed to effect the purchase of the Predecessor, including the operations of Boot Barn. On December 12, 2011, the Company acquired 94.9% of the outstanding capital stock of the Predecessor, which is referred to as the Recapitalization. During the period from November 17, 2011 through December 11, 2011, there was no material activity of the Company and the Company had no operations prior to the acquisition. In connection with the Recapitalization, management and other investors purchased shares of the Successor's common stock, collectively representing a 9.6% equity interest in Boot Barn Holding Corporation.
As of June 8, 2014, the Company held all of the outstanding shares of common stock of WW Holding Corporation, which held 95.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Boot Barn Holding Corporation. On June 9, 2014, WW Holding Corporation was merged with and into the Company and then Boot Barn Holding Corporation was merged with and into the Company. As a result of this reorganization, Boot Barn, Inc. became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and the minority stockholders that formerly held 5.0% of Boot Barn Holding Corporation became holders of 5.0% of the Company. On June 10, 2014, the legal name of the Company was changed from WW Top Investment Corporation to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
The Company operates specialty retail stores that sell western and work boots and related apparel and accessories. The Company operates retail locations throughout the U.S. and sells its merchandise via the Internet. The Company operated a total of 152 stores in 23 states as of March 29, 2014 and 117 stores in 21 states as of March 30, 2013. As of the fiscal year ending March 29, 2014, all stores operate under the Boot Barn name (other than two stores, which operate under the "American Worker" name).
2. Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of presentation
The Company's consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("GAAP"), include the accounts of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, including WW Holding Corporation, Boot Barn Holding Corporation, Boot Barn, Inc., RCC Western Stores, Inc. ("RCC") and Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC ("Baskins"). All intercompany accounts and transactions among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.
F-7
Fiscal year
The Company reports its results of operations and cash flows on a 52- or 53-week basis, and its fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to March 31. The years ending March 29, 2014 ("fiscal 2014") and March 30, 2013 ("fiscal 2013") each consisted of 52 weeks. The period from December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 (the "Successor Period") consisted of approximately 16 weeks. The period from April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 (the "Predecessor Period") consisted of approximately 36 weeks.
Comprehensive income (loss)
The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income (loss) recorded within its consolidated financial statements and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income (loss) in its consolidated financial statements.
Segment reporting
GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company's operating segments, including disclosures related to a company's products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company has a single operating and reportable segment, which includes net sales generated from its retail stores and e-commerce website. All of the Company's identifiable assets are in the U.S.
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Among the significant estimates affecting the Company's consolidated financial statements are those relating to revenue recognition, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long-lived assets, stock-based compensation and income taxes. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. To the extent actual results differ from those estimates, the Company's future results of operations may be affected.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents also include receivables from credit card sales. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents represent their fair values.
Accounts receivable
The Company's accounts receivable consists of amounts due from commercial customers for merchandise sold, as well as receivables from suppliers under co-operative arrangements. The Company has concluded that no allowance for bad debts is required.
Inventories
Inventory consists primarily of purchased merchandise and is valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions. The Company assesses the recoverability of inventory through a periodic review of historical usage and present demand. When the inventory on hand exceeds the foreseeable demand, the value of inventory that, at the time of the review, is not expected to be sold is written down to its estimated net realizable value.
F-8
The Company recorded fair value adjustments to reflect the acquired cost of inventory related to its acquisitions of Boot Barn, RCC and Baskins. These amounts were amortized over the period that the related inventory was sold. Amortization of the acquired cost of inventory was $0.9 million, $9.2 million and $9.4 million in the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, and the Successor Period, respectively.
Deferred loan fees
Deferred loan fees are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the terms of the applicable loan agreements using the effective interest method. Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets are short-term deferred loan fees of $0.6 million and $0.5 million as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, respectively. Included in other assets are long-term deferred loan fees of $2.3 million and $1.5 million as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, respectively.
Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment consists of leasehold improvements, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures and vehicles. Property and equipment is subject to depreciation and is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major remodels and improvements are capitalized while minor replacements, maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the life of such assets are charged to expense. Gains or losses on disposal of fixed assets, when applicable, are reflected in operations. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, ranging from five to seven years. Machinery and equipment is depreciated over five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over five to seven years. Vehicles are depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the terms of the leases or their estimated useful lives.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets
Goodwill is recorded as the difference between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. An annual goodwill impairment test is performed as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter. In fiscal 2013 and prior, the annual goodwill impairment test was performed as of fiscal year-end. The Company changed the timing of its annual impairment test to provide sufficient time to prepare the analysis and meet reporting deadlines. Management evaluates the fair value of the reporting unit using a market-based analysis to review market capitalization as well as reviewing a discounted cash flow analysis using management's assumptions.
The Company conducts a two-step goodwill impairment test. The first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. The Company's entire operations represent one reporting unit. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting unit using the income approach and market approach to valuation, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, the Company performs the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which involves comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, will be recognized as an impairment loss. No impairment was recorded during the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 or March 30, 2013, the Successor Period or the Predecessor Period.
Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which include the Boot Barn trademark, are not amortized but instead are measured for impairment at least annually, or when events indicate that impairment may exist. The Company calculates impairment as the excess of the carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets over their estimated fair value. If the carrying value exceeds the estimate of fair value an impairment
F-9
charge is recorded. No impairment was recorded during the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014, March 30, 2013, the Successor Period or the Predecessor Period.
Definite-lived intangible assets
Definite-lived intangible assets consist of certain trademarks, customer lists, non-compete agreements, and below-market leases. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized utilizing the straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for trademarks is six months, for customer lists is five years, for non-compete agreements is four to five years and for below-market leases is two to 17 years.
Long-lived assets
Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets. The Company assesses potential impairment of its long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset or asset group's carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long-lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic trend. This evaluation is performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value, and the estimated fair value of the assets, with such estimated fair values determined using the best information available and in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements . The Company has determined that there were no impairments of long-lived assets during the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 or March 30, 2013, the Successor Period or the Predecessor Period.
Stock-based compensation
Stock-based compensation is accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 718, CompensationStock Compensation ("ASC 718"). The Company accounts for all stock-based compensation transactions using a fair-value method and recognizes the fair value of each award as an expense over the service period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The use of the Black-Scholes model requires a number of estimates, including the expected option term, the expected volatility in the price of the Company's common stock, the risk-free rate of interest and the dividend yield on the Company's common stock. Judgment is required in estimating the number of share-based awards that the Company expects will ultimately vest upon the fulfillment of service conditions (such as time-based vesting). The consolidated financial statements include amounts that are based on the Company's best estimates and judgments. The Company classifies compensation expense related to these awards in the consolidated statements of operations based on the department to which the recipient reports.
Noncontrolling interest
On December 12, 2011, the Company acquired the majority of the outstanding shares of its consolidated subsidiary Boot Barn Holding Corporation. Certain investors hold approximately 5.0% of the outstanding shares of Boot Barn Holding Corporation. Noncontrolling interests are recorded at the acquisition date fair value plus an allocation of subsidiary earnings (loss) based on the relative ownership interest.
F-10
Revenue recognition
Revenue is recorded for store sales upon the purchase of merchandise by customers. E-commerce sales are recorded when the customer takes title of the merchandise and assumes risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable, which generally occurs upon delivery of the product. Shipping and handling revenues are included in total net revenue. Shipping costs incurred by the Company are included as cost of goods sold.
Revenue is recorded net of estimated and actual sales returns and deductions for coupon redemptions, estimated future award redemption and other promotions. The sales return reserve reflects an estimate of sales returns based on projected merchandise returns determined through the use of historical average return percentages. The total reserve for returns was $0.4 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 and the end of the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, respectively. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company's sales returns reserve:
|
Fiscal year ended | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
|||||||||
Beginning balance |
$ | 238 | $ | 169 | $ | 139 | $ | 139 | |||||
Provisions |
15,034 | 9,723 | 2,821 | 3,800 | |||||||||
Sales returns |
(14,842 | ) | (9,654 | ) | (2,791 | ) | (3,800 | ) | |||||
Ending balance |
$ | 430 | $ | 238 | $ | 169 | $ | 139 | |||||
The Company maintains a customer loyalty program. Under the program, customers accumulate points based on purchase activity. For customers to maintain their active point balance, they must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise at least once in a 365-day period. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain point level, the member earns awards that may be redeemed for credits on merchandise purchases. To redeem awards, the member must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise within 60 days of the date the award was granted. Unredeemed awards and accumulated partial points are accrued as unearned revenue and as an adjustment to net sales. The unearned revenue for this program is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and was $2.0 million, $1.3 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 and the end of the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, respectively. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company's customer loyalty program:
|
Fiscal year ended | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
|||||||||
Beginning balance |
$ | 1,343 | $ | 1,124 | $ | 741 | $ | 270 | |||||
Provisions |
10,440 | 5,644 | 1,325 | 1,512 | |||||||||
Usage |
(9,833 | ) | (5,425 | ) | (942 | ) | (1,041 | ) | |||||
Ending balance |
$ | 1,950 | $ | 1,343 | $ | 1,124 | $ | 741 | |||||
F-11
Proceeds from the sale of gift cards are deferred until the customers use the cards to acquire merchandise. Gift cards, gift certificates and store credits do not have expiration dates, and unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits are subject to state escheatment laws. The Company retains the percentage of the value of such unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits not escheated and recognize these amounts in net sales. The Company defers recognition of a layaway sale and its related profit to the accounting period when the customer receives the layaway merchandise. Income from the redemption of gift cards, gift card breakage, and the sale of layaway merchandise is included in net sales. In fiscal 2014, the Company elected to participate in a voluntary disclosure program with the State of Delaware in order to settle past due unclaimed property obligations. The Company agreed with the State of Delaware to settle all unreported escheatment liabilities in the amount of $0.3 million. These amounts were recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in fiscal 2014 based upon preliminary settlement amounts. The final settlement was reached with, and amounts were paid to, the State of Delaware in May 2014.
Cost of goods sold
Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, obsolescence and shrink provisions, store and warehouse occupancy costs (including rent, depreciation and utilities), inbound and outbound freight, supplier allowances, occupancy-related taxes, compensation costs for merchandise purchasing and warehouse personnel and other inventory acquisition-related costs.
Store opening costs
Store opening costs consist of costs incurred prior to opening a new store and primarily consist of manager and other employee payroll, travel and training costs, marketing expenses, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial inventory and certain fixtures to store locations, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time that we take possession of a store site to the opening of that store. Occupancy costs are included in cost of goods sold and the other store opening costs are included in SG&A expenses. All of these costs are expensed as incurred.
Advertising costs
Certain advertising costs, including direct mail, television and radio promotions, event sponsorship, in-store photographs and other promotional advertising are expensed when the marketing campaign commences. The Company had prepaid advertising costs of $0.4 million and $0.2 million as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, respectively. All other advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company recognized $11.3 million and $7.1 million in advertising costs during the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, respectively. Advertising costs of $1.1 million and $3.5 million were recognized for the Successor Period, and the Predecessor Period, respectively.
Leases
The Company recognizes rent expense for operating leases on a straight-line basis (including the effect of reduced or free rent and rent escalations) over the lease term. The difference between the cash paid to the landlord and the amount recognized as rent expense on a straight-line basis is recognized as an adjustment to deferred rent in the consolidated balance sheets. Cash reimbursements received from landlords for leasehold improvements and other cash payments received from landlords as lease incentives are recorded as deferred rent and are amortized using the straight-line method over the lease term as an offset to rent expense. Contingent rent, determined based on a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels, is recognized as rent expense when the achievement of the specified sales that triggers the contingent rent is probable.
F-12
Income taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes ("ASC 740"), which requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowances, represent the future tax return consequences of those differences and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which will be deductible when the assets are recovered. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Such changes in recognition or measurement might result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense (benefit) line in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties, if incurred, are included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no accrued interest or penalties for the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014, March 30, 2013, for the Successor Period or the Predecessor Period.
Per share information
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock. In computing diluted earnings (loss) per share, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is adjusted to reflect the effect of potentially dilutive securities such as stock options. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company utilizes the treasury stock method to compute the dilutive effect of stock options.
Fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities
The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , ("ASC 820") which requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain assets and liabilities defined by the guidance as financial instruments. The Company's financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. ASC 820 defines the fair value of financial instruments as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy for disclosure that is based on the extent and level of judgment used to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities.
F-13
Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are valued at fair value and are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As a result, the asset or liability could be classified as Level 2 or Level 3 even though there may be certain significant inputs that are readily observable. The Company believes that the recorded value of its financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective relatively short maturity dates or duration.
Although market quotes for the fair value of the outstanding debt arrangements discussed in Note 8 "Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt" are not readily available, the Company believes its carrying value approximates fair value due to the variable interest rates, which are Level 2 inputs. There were no financial assets or liabilities requiring fair value measurements as of March 29, 2014 on a recurring basis.
Concentration of credit risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. At times, such amounts held at banks may be in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits, and the Company mitigates such risk by utilizing multiple banks.
Supplier concentration risk
We purchase merchandise inventories from several hundred suppliers worldwide. Sales of products from our three largest suppliers totaled approximately 40%, 40%, 39% and 39% of our net sales for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, respectively.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit when a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . The amendments in this ASU provide guidance on the financial statements presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. An unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward with certain exceptions, in which case such an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability. The amendments in this ASU do not require new recurring disclosures. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Companies may choose to apply this guidance retrospectively to each prior reporting period
F-14
presented. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standard Board ("IASB") jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard will allow for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is effective for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted under GAAP. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
3. Business combinations
In allocating the purchase price of the following acquisitions, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values was recorded as goodwill. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management at the time of the acquisitions.
The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. To the extent the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed such excess is allocated to goodwill. The Company determines the estimated fair values after review and consideration of relevant information, including discounted cash flows, quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The Company adjusts the preliminary purchase price allocation, as necessary, during the measurement period of up to one year after the acquisition closing date as it obtains more information as to facts and circumstances existing as of the acquisition date.
Valuations on acquired intangible assets for acquisitions were completed based on Level 3 inputs. The acquired trademarks, customer lists, below-market leases, above-market leases and non-compete agreements are subject to fair value measurements that were based primarily on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements. The Company recorded the fair values of acquired trademarks using a relief from royalty method. In the relief from royalty method, the fair value of the intangible asset is estimated to be the present value of the royalties saved because the company owns the intangible asset. Revenue projections and estimated useful life were used in estimating the fair value of the trademarks. The non-compete agreements were calculated using the with-or-without method, which utilizes the probability of these employees competing with the Company and revenue projections to calculate the valuation of non-competition agreements. The valuation of the customer list utilized a replacement cost approach, which provides an estimate of the fair value of an asset based on the estimated costs associated with creating a similar asset of like utility. The replacement cost valuation relies on estimates of the average cost to purchase names on a mailing list, as well as response rates. The valuation of the leases below and above market rent were performed using an income approach and were based upon market rent per square foot and market rate inflation.
Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC
Effective May 25, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the member interests in Baskins, including 30 stores and an online retail website. Baskins is a specialty western retailer with stores
F-15
in Texas and Louisiana, and the acquisition expanded the Company's operations into these core markets. The goodwill represents the additional amounts paid in order to expand the Company's geographical presence.
The acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred totaled $37.7 million, which consisted of $36.0 million in cash and $1.7 million of contingent consideration. The $36.0 million of cash included $13.7 million paid to the members of Baskins, $2.2 million paid into an escrow account and $20.1 million to repay Baskins' outstanding debt. These payments were partially offset by $1.9 million, which represents the amount of cash on hand immediately prior to the closing of the acquisition. As of March 29, 2014, $1.7 million remained in an escrow account and is not included in the Company's consolidated balance sheet. Claims against the escrow account can be made until November 30, 2014. Due to the nature of the escrow account, the cash portion of the consideration transferred has been determined only provisionally and is subject to change pending the outcome of potential escrow claims.
The Company was obligated to make additional earnout payments, contingent on the achievement of milestones relating to 12-month store sales associated with three new stores for the periods beginning January 24, 2013, January 31, 2013 and February 20, 2013 at each of the three stores. The maximum amount payable upon achievement of the milestones was $2.1 million. Each of the milestones was achieved, and the Company made a cash payment of $2.1 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. As of the acquisition date, the Company estimated that these earnout payments would be $1.7 million, based on then existing facts and circumstances. The estimated fair value of this earnout was determined by using revenue projections and applying a discount rate to reflect the risk of the underlying conditions not being satisfied such that no payment would be due. The fair value measurement of the earnout was based primarily on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement as defined in ASC 820. A total of $0.4 million from the revaluation of contingent consideration was recorded in fiscal 2014 to selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company's consolidated statement of operations.
The total fair value of consideration transferred for the acquisition was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes. Such estimated fair values require management to make estimates and judgments, especially with respect to intangible assets. The following table summarizes the estimated fair
F-16
values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the preliminary purchase price (in thousands):
|
At May 25, 2013
(Level 3) |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Assets acquired: |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,935 | ||
Current assets |
22,083 | |||
Property and equipment, net |
5,850 | |||
Intangible assets acquired |
5,006 | |||
Goodwill |
15,064 | |||
Other assets |
109 | |||
Total assets acquired |
50,047 | |||
Liabilities assumed: |
||||
Other current liabilities |
12,119 | |||
Line of creditcurrent |
10,259 | |||
Notes payablecurrent |
9,819 | |||
Contingent consideration |
1,740 | |||
Above-market leases |
83 | |||
Capital lease obligation |
138 | |||
Total liabilities assumed |
34,158 | |||
Total purchase price |
$ | 15,889 | ||
Definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at their fair value as of the acquisition date with amortization computed utilizing the straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for trademarks is six months, non-compete agreements is four to five years, customer lists is five years, and below-market leases is two to 17 years. For leases under market rent, amortization is based on the discounted future benefits from lease payments under market rents.
Acquisition-related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and are expensed as incurred. Goodwill represents the additional amounts paid in order to expand the Company's geographical presence. The Company incurred $0.7 million of acquisition-related costs in fiscal 2014. The amount of net revenue and net loss of Baskins included in the Company's consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date to March 29, 2014 were $63.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
Acquisitions from prior years
RCC Western Stores, Inc.
On August 31, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of RCC. The primary reason for the acquisition of RCC was to expand its retail operations into 11 additional states. The total purchase price of $43.5 million was paid in cash. The Company acquired $1.5 million in cash as part of the acquisition. Acquisition-related costs totaling $1.1 million are recorded within the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2013.
In connection with the acquisition of RCC, the Company entered into certain debt agreements in which loan fees of $1.2 million were incurred and are recorded as prepaid loan fees within other assets in the
F-17
consolidated balance sheet as of March 30, 2013. In addition, the Company issued 296,725 shares of its common stock in connection with the acquisition for cash proceeds of $2.0 million.
Allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition of RCC was based on the fair value of the net assets that were acquired. As of August 31, 2012, the purchase price was allocated as follows (in thousands):
|
Significant
unobservable inputs (Level 3) |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Current assets |
$ | 19,528 | ||
Property and equipment |
3,616 | |||
Goodwill |
31,103 | |||
Intangible assets acquired |
5,002 | |||
Other assets |
21 | |||
Total assets acquired |
59,270 | |||
Current liabilities assumed |
10,252 | |||
Line of creditcurrent |
5,405 | |||
Below market lease liability |
154 | |||
Total purchase price |
$ | 43,459 | ||
Definite-lived intangible assets acquired include trademarks, customer list, non-compete agreements and below-market leases. The amount of net revenue and net loss of RCC included in the Company's consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date to March 30, 2013 were $35.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
Boot Barn Holding Corporation
Effective December 12, 2011, the Company acquired the Predecessor. The primary reason for the Predecessor acquisition was to monetize the initial investment made by the Predecessor. Of the total purchase price, $88.1 million was paid in cash, and $2.6 million was contributed in the form of equity interests by new investors and former owners of the Predecessor. The Company acquired $2.5 million in cash as part of the transaction. Acquisition-related costs totaled $3.0 million and $7.3 million for the Successor and Predecessor periods, respectively, and are recorded within the fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of operations. All costs were incurred by Boot Barn Holding Corporation in the respective periods.
F-18
Allocation of the purchase price for the Predecessor is based on estimates of the fair value of net assets acquired. As of December 11, 2011, the purchase price was allocated as follows (in thousands):
|
Significant
unobservable inputs (Level 3) |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Current assets |
$ | 71,869 | ||
Property and equipment |
6,228 | |||
Goodwill |
46,930 | |||
Intangible assets acquired |
56,380 | |||
Other assets |
336 | |||
Total assets acquired |
181,743 | |||
Current liabilities assumed |
36,087 | |||
Line of creditcurrent |
21,692 | |||
Below market lease liability |
33,214 | |||
Total purchase price |
$ | 90,750 | ||
The change in the carrying amount of goodwill is as follows (in thousands):
Balance as of March 31, 2012 |
$ | 46,930 | ||
Goodwill as a result of the RCC Acquisition |
31,103 | |||
Balance as of March 30, 2013 |
78,033 | |||
Goodwill as a result of the Baskins Acquisition |
15,064 | |||
Balance as of March 29, 2014 |
$ | 93,097 | ||
Supplemental as adjusted data (unaudited)
The unaudited as adjusted statements of operations data below gives effect to the acquisitions described above, as if they had all occurred as of April 3, 2011. These amounts have been calculated after applying the Company's accounting policies and adjusting the results of Baskins, RCC and the Predecessor to reflect the effects of amortization of purchased intangible assets and acquired inventory valuation step-up, additional financing as of April 3, 2011 in order to complete the acquisitions, income tax expense and other transaction costs directly associated with the acquisitions such as legal, accounting and banking fees. The adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Pre-acquisition net sales and net income numbers for acquired entities are derived from their books and records prepared prior to the acquisition. This as adjusted data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of the
F-19
results of future operations or of the results that would have occurred had the acquisitions taken place as of the date noted above.
As adjusted net salesunaudited
(in thousands) |
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 12, 2011 |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Net sales (as reported) |
$ | 345,868 | $ | 233,203 | $ | 58,267 | $ | 110,429 | |||||
Baskins |
8,290 | 58,058 | 18,169 | 29,118 | |||||||||
RCC |
| 21,503 | 16,595 | 31,246 | |||||||||
Boot Barn Holding Corporation |
| | | | |||||||||
As adjusted net sales |
$ | 354,158 | $ | 312,764 | $ | 93,031 | $ | 170,793 | |||||
As adjusted net income (loss)unaudited
(in thousands) |
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 12, 2011 |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Net income (loss) (as reported) |
$ | 5,660 | $ | 680 | $ | (4,601 | ) | $ | (660 | ) | |||
Baskins |
580 | 396 | 468 | (3,831 | ) | ||||||||
RCC |
(1,100 | ) | 2,818 | 413 | (7,108 | ) | |||||||
Boot Barn Holding Corporation |
3,183 | 4,487 | 8,125 | (15,794 | ) | ||||||||
As adjusted net income (loss) |
$ | 8,323 | $ | 8,381 | $ | 4,405 | $ | (27,393 | ) | ||||
4. Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Prepaid rent and property taxes |
$ | 2,096 | $ | 1,331 | |||
Prepaid advertsing |
401 | 186 | |||||
Prepaid insurance |
81 | 280 | |||||
Deferred taxes |
4,748 | 2,452 | |||||
Income tax receivable |
| 31 | |||||
Deferred loan feescurrent |
558 | 548 | |||||
Other |
801 | 483 | |||||
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets |
$ | 8,685 | $ | 5,311 | |||
F-20
5. Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Leasehold improvements |
$ | 12,491 | $ | 5,634 | |||
Machinery and equipment |
5,964 | 3,781 | |||||
Furniture and fixtures |
9,373 | 4,085 | |||||
Construction in progress |
754 | 104 | |||||
Vehicles |
387 | 325 | |||||
|
28,969 | 13,929 | |||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation |
(7,519 | ) | (3,193 | ) | |||
Property and equipment, net |
$ | 21,450 | $ | 10,736 | |||
Depreciation expense was $4.6 million, $2.7 million, $0.7 million and $1.2 million for the periods ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, respectively. Amortization related to assets under capital lease is included in the above depreciation expense (see Note 11 "Leases").
6. Intangible assets, net
Net intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
March 29, 2014 | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Gross
carrying amount |
Accumulated
amortization |
Net
|
Weighted
average useful life |
|||||||||
Intangible assets |
|||||||||||||
Trademarks |
$ | 2,490 | $ | (2,490 | ) | $ | | 0.9 | |||||
Customer list |
7,300 | (2,732 | ) | 4,568 | 5.0 | ||||||||
Non-compete agreements |
1,380 | (500 | ) | 880 | 4.7 | ||||||||
Below-market leases |
5,318 | (1,143 | ) | 4,175 | 10.4 | ||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total definite lived |
16,488 | (6,865 | ) | 9,623 | |||||||||
Trademarksindefinite lived |
50,100 | | 50,100 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total intangible assets |
$ | 66,588 | $ | (6,865 | ) | $ | 59,723 | ||||||
F-21
|
March 30, 2013 | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Gross
carrying amount |
Accumulated
amortization |
Net
|
Weighted
average useful life |
|||||||||
Intangible assets |
|||||||||||||
Trademarks |
$ | 1,550 | $ | (1,338 | ) | $ | 212 | 1.1 | |||||
Customer list |
6,700 | (1,292 | ) | 5,408 | 5.0 | ||||||||
Non-compete agreements |
1,200 | (211 | ) | 989 | 4.9 | ||||||||
Below-market leases |
2,032 | (524 | ) | 1,508 | 6.7 | ||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total definite lived |
11,482 | (3,365 | ) | 8,117 | |||||||||
Trademarksindefinite lived |
49,900 | | 49,900 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total intangible assets |
$ | 61,382 | $ | (3,365 | ) | $ | 58,017 | ||||||
Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $3.5 million, $2.9 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million for the periods ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, the Successor Period, and the Predecessor Period, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
As of March 29, 2014, estimated future amortization of intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal year
|
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
2015 |
$ | 2,308 | ||
2016 |
2,225 | |||
2017 |
1,993 | |||
2018 |
947 | |||
2019 |
500 | |||
Thereafter |
1,650 | |||
Total |
$ | 9,623 | ||
7. Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Accrued compensation |
$ | 5,225 | $ | 3,780 | |||
Deferred revenuegift cards and layaways |
3,752 | 2,645 | |||||
Sales tax liability |
2,900 | 1,816 | |||||
Accrued interest |
1,738 | 1,761 | |||||
Sales award redemption liability |
1,950 | 1,343 | |||||
Capital leasesshort term |
61 | 43 | |||||
Other |
5,137 | 3,334 | |||||
Total accrued expenses |
$ | 20,763 | $ | 14,722 | |||
F-22
8. Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Revolving credit facility (PNC Bank, N.A.)
On December 11, 2011, the Company obtained a collateral-based revolving line of credit with PNC Bank, N.A. (the "PNC Line of Credit"), which the Company amended on August 31, 2012 and May 31, 2013. These amendments increased the borrowing capacity from $35.0 million to $60.0 million as of May 31, 2013 with a Company option to increase the maximum to $70.0 million. The PNC Line of Credit is to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes, and has a maturity date of May 31, 2018. The available borrowing is based on the collective value of eligible inventory and credit card receivables multiplied by specific advance rates, and is recalculated weekly. The obligations under the PNC Line of Credit are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets. The PNC Line of Credit bears interest at a rate equal to the sum of (1) 0.75% if the average utilization (borrowings plus letters of credit) over the prior calendar quarter is less than 60% of the maximum borrowing capacity or 1.00% if the average utilization is greater than 60% of the maximum borrowing capacity, plus (2) the higher of (a) PNC's publicly announced commercial lending rate or the daily federal funds open rate plus 0.50%, or (b) the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") for a period of one month plus 1.00%. The Company can also elect to use the Eurodollar (LIBOR) rate for the applicable interest period term (one, two, three or six months as elected by the Company) plus 0.75% if the average utilization is less than 60% of the maximum borrowing capacity or 1.00% if the average utilization is greater than 60% of the maximum borrowing capacity. As of March 29, 2014, a total of $28.6 million was outstanding under the PNC Line of Credit (including letters of credit) and there was $2.8 million of unused availability under the borrowing base formula. The outstanding borrowings as of March 29, 2014 consisted of $25.0 million outstanding at a rate of 1.91% and $3.6 million outstanding at a rate of 4.0%.
The PNC Line of Credit includes certain financial and nonfinancial covenants. The financial covenants include minimum fixed charge coverage ratio only when "excess availability" falls below specified floor levels, while nonfinancial covenants include restrictions on a number of other activities. As of March 29, 2014, the Company was not subject to the financial covenant based on the "excess availability" test.
$100 million term loan due May 2019 (Golub Capital LLC)
The Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Golub Capital LLC on May 31, 2013, as amended by the first amendment to term loan and security agreement dated September 23, 2013 (the "Golub Loan"). The Golub Loan consists of a term loan facility of $100.0 million. As of March 29, 2014, the outstanding balance on the Golub Loan was $99.5 million. The obligations under the Golub Loan are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets. The principal of the Golub Loan is payable in quarterly installments of $250,000 beginning on September 30, 2013 and ending on the maturity date of the term loan, which is May 31, 2019. The balance of the unpaid principal will be paid on the maturity date.
Interest on the Golub Loan is paid quarterly beginning on September 30, 2013. The Golub Loan bears interest calculated on either a base rate or the LIBOR rate. The base rate is a floating interest rate that is the sum of 4.75% plus the higher of (1) the prime rate, (2) the one-month LIBOR Rate plus 1% with a LIBOR floor of 1.25% or (3) the Federal Funds rate, plus 50 basis points. The LIBOR Rate is 5.75%, plus the LIBOR rate for a period of one, two, three, six, or, if available to all lenders, nine or 12 months (with a LIBOR floor of 1.25%), as elected by the Company. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each quarter. Interest charges are computed on the actual principal outstanding. As of March 29, 2014, the interest rate on the Golub Loan was 7.0%. Total interest expense incurred on the Golub Loan was $5.9 million for fiscal 2014.
F-23
The Golub Loan requires the Company to meet certain financial and non-financial covenants. Financial covenants include a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum total leverage ratio. In addition, the term loan agreement also limits the amount that we can spend on capital expenditures per year. The Company was in compliance with all of its financial covenants as of March 29, 2014. The Golub Loan also requires that 50% of the Company's annual excess cash flow be used to make prepayments of outstanding loan amounts. The Company is also subject to early termination fees in certain instances of voluntary prepayments of the Golub Loan in excess of $10.0 million.
If there is an event of default under the Golub Loan, the principal and the interest accrued thereon may be declared immediately due and payable, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Golub Loan. Events of default under the Golub Loan include, but are not limited to, the Company becoming delinquent in making certain payments due under the Golub Loan, the Company incurring events of default with respect to certain other indebtedness or obligations, the Company undergoing a change in control or the Company becoming subject to certain bankruptcy proceedings or orders. As of March 29, 2014, no events of default had occurred.
7.5% term loan (PNC Bank, N.A.)
The Company entered into a loan and security agreement with PNC Bank N.A. on December 11, 2011, as amended by the first amendment to term loan agreement dated August 31, 2012 (the "PNC Term Loan"). The PNC Term Loan consisted of a term loan facility of $20.0 million. Interest accrued on outstanding amounts under the PNC Term Loan at the rate of 7.5% per annum, due monthly. Effective October 1, 2012, monthly principal payments of $166,667 were required. In May 2013, the Company converted all outstanding amounts on the PNC Term Loan to borrowings under the PNC Line of Credit.
12.5% senior subordinated term loans (related party term loans)
On December 11, 2011, the Company obtained senior subordinated term loans from certain subordinated lenders, in the aggregate amount of $25.0 million, bearing interest at the rate of 12.5%, due quarterly. The subordinated lenders are related parties. On August 31, 2012, the Company borrowed an additional $25.5 million from the subordinated lenders. As of March 30, 2013, the outstanding balance of the loans was $50.5 million. See Note 14 "Related party transactions". In connection with the closing of the Golub Loan in May 2013, the Company paid off all outstanding amounts on its senior subordinated term loans.
The Company incurred approximately $3.4 million of deferred loan fees related to the issuance of the Golub Loan and the PNC Line of Credit, which are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the loan through May 31, 2019. The remaining balance of deferred loan fees as of March 29, 2014 is $2.9 million.
Aggregate contractual maturities for the Company's line of credit and long-term debt as of March 29, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal year
|
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
2015 |
$ | 1,000 | ||
2016 |
1,000 | |||
2017 |
1,000 | |||
2018 |
1,000 | |||
2019 |
29,624 | |||
Thereafter |
94,500 | |||
Total |
$ | 128,124 | ||
F-24
9. Stock-based compensation
On January 27, 2012, the Company approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2011 Plan"). The 2011 Plan authorized the Company to issue options to employees, consultants and directors to purchase up to a total of 3,750,000 shares of common stock. As of March 29, 2014, all awards granted by the Company have been nonqualified stock options. Options granted under the 2011 Plan have a life of 10 years and vest over service periods of five years or in connection with certain events as defined by the 2011 Plan.
For the year ended March 29, 2014, the Company granted certain members of management with options to purchase a total of 312,500 shares of common stock under the 2011 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted in fiscal years 2014 and 2013 and the Successor Period was $2.1 million, $3.5 million and $4.4 million, respectively, before applying an estimated forfeiture rate, with grant date fair values ranging from $6.64 to $6.92 per share in fiscal 2014, $3.43 to $4.31 per share in fiscal 2013, and $1.60 to $2.26 per share in the Successor Period. There were no stock options granted in the Predecessor Period. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the five-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $4.00 and $11.21 and have a weighted-average fair value of $6.82 per share, $3.87 per share, and $1.93 per share for the fiscal years ended March 2014, March 30, 2013 and the Successor Period, respectively.
The stock option awards discussed above were measured at fair value on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the exercise price of the award, the expected option term, expected volatility of the Company's stock price over the option's expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option's expected term and the Company's expected annual dividend yield, if any. The Company's estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture rate, was based on its internal analysis, which included the award recipients' positions within the Company and the vesting period of the awards. The Company will issue shares of common stock when the options are exercised.
Intrinsic value for stock options is defined as the difference between the market price of the Company's common stock on the last business day of the fiscal quarter and the weighted average exercise price of in-the-money stock options outstanding at the end of each fiscal period. The market value per share was $11.40 and $7.47 at March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, respectively. The following table summarizes the stock award activity for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2014 (aggregate intrinsic value in thousands):
|
Stock
options |
Grant date
weighted average exercise price |
Weighted
average remaining contractual life (in years) |
Aggregate
intrinsic value |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Outstanding at March 30, 2013 |
2,202,500 | $ | 7.09 | ||||||||||
Granted |
312,500 | $ | 9.53 | ||||||||||
Canceled, forfeited or expired |
| $ | | ||||||||||
Outstanding at March 29, 2014 |
2,515,000 | $ | 7.40 | 8.3 | $ | 10,072 | |||||||
Vested and expected to vest at March 29, 2014 |
2,515,000 | $ | 7.40 | 8.3 | $ | 10,072 | |||||||
Exerciseable at March 29, 2014 |
721,450 | $ | 6.45 | 7.9 | $ | 3,570 | |||||||
F-25
Stock-based compensation expense was $1.3 million, $0.8 million and $0.1 million for the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 and the Successor Period, respectively. There was no stock-based compensation expense in the Predecessor Period. Stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million and $0.2 million was recorded as cost of goods sold in the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, respectively. All other stock-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses. As of March 29, 2014, there was $5.8 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options. This cost has a weighted average remaining recognition period of 2.4 years.
The fair values of stock options granted in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and the Successor Period were estimated on the grant dates using the following assumptions:
|
Fiscal year ended | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
March 31,
2012 |
|||||||
Expected option term (1) |
6.5 years | 6.5 years | 6.5 years | |||||||
Expected volatility factor (2) |
56% | 58% | 56% | |||||||
Risk-free interest rate (3) |
1.91% - 2.03% | 1.01% | 2.37% | |||||||
Expected annual dividend yield (4) |
0% | 0% | 0% | |||||||
(1) The Company has limited historical information regarding expected option term. Accordingly, the Company determined the expected life of the options using the simplified method.
(2) Stock volatility for each grant is measured using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company's competitors' common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected option term of the Company's awards.
(3) The risk-free interest rate is determined using the rate on treasury securities with the same term as the expected life of the stock option as of the grant date.
(4) The board of directors paid a dividend to stockholders in April 2014 (See Note 16 "Subsequent events"). The Company's board of directors does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.
A summary of the status of non-vested stock options as of March 29, 2014 and changes during fiscal 2014 is presented below:
|
Shares
|
Weighted-
average grant date fair value |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Nonvested at March 30, 2013 |
1,915,125 | $ | 1.56 | ||||
Granted |
312,500 | $ | 6.82 | ||||
Vested |
(434,075 | ) | $ | 2.73 | |||
Nonvested shares forfeited |
| $ | | ||||
| | | | | | | |
Nonvested at March 29, 2014 |
1,793,550 | $ | 3.55 | ||||
10. Commitments and contingencies
The Company has employment agreements with two key officers of the Company. One of the employment agreements expires in November 2015. This agreement automatically renews for successive one-year terms and will continue to do so unless otherwise terminated. The other employment agreement does not expire. The employee agreements provide for minimum salary levels and incentive bonuses that are payable under certain business conditions, as well as guaranteed payments in the event of termination or employment in
F-26
certain circumstances. The future amounts payable under these employment agreements have not been recorded in the consolidated financial statements as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013.
The Company is involved, from time to time, in litigation that is incidental to its business. The Company has reviewed these matters to determine if reserves are required for losses that are probable and reasonable to estimate in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies . The Company evaluates such reserves, if any, based upon several criteria, including the merits of each claim, settlement discussions and advice from outside legal counsel, as well as indemnification of amounts expended by the Company's insurers or others, if any. In management's opinion, none of these legal matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
During the normal course of its business, the Company has made certain indemnifications and commitments under which the Company may be required to make payments for certain transactions. These indemnifications include those given to various lessors in connection with facility leases for certain claims arising from such facility leases, and indemnifications to directors and officers of the Company to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. The majority of these indemnifications and commitments do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments the Company could be obligated to make, and their duration may be indefinite. The Company has not recorded any liability for these indemnifications and commitments in the consolidated balance sheets as the impact is expected to be immaterial.
11. Leases
Operating leases
The following is a schedule by year of non-cancelable future minimum rental payments under operating leases as of March 29, 2014 (in thousands):
Fiscal year
|
Related
party (1) |
Other
|
Total
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2015 |
$ | 190 | $ | 19,442 | $ | 19,632 | ||||
2016 |
195 | 16,626 | 16,821 | |||||||
2017 |
199 | 14,088 | 14,287 | |||||||
2018 |
101 | 12,272 | 12,373 | |||||||
2019 |
| 9,318 | 9,318 | |||||||
Thereafter |
| 23,971 | 23,971 | |||||||
Total |
$ | 685 | $ | 95,717 | $ | 96,402 | ||||
(1) See Note 14 "Related party transactions".
Minimum rent payments consist primarily of future minimum lease commitments related to store operating leases. Minimum lease payments do not include common area maintenance, insurance or tax payments. Rent expense related to store operating leases was $25.0 million, $17.0 million, $3.9 million and $8.1 million for the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, respectively, and includes common area maintenance and contingent rent payments.
F-27
Capital leases
As of March 29, 2014, the Company had nine non-cancelable capital leases with principal and interest payments due monthly. The gross value of assets under capital lease arrangements totals $0.2 million and is included as property and equipment in the consolidated balance sheets. Accumulated depreciation of these assets totaled $0.1 million as of March 29, 2014. The interest rates range from 0% to 12.0%. As of March 29, 2014, future minimum capital lease payments are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal year
|
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
2015 |
$ | 61 | ||
2016 |
23 | |||
2017 |
4 | |||
Total minimum lease payments |
88 | |||
Less: Amount representing interest |
(4 | ) | ||
Present value of minimum lease payments |
84 | |||
Less: Current portion |
(61 | ) | ||
Long-term portion |
$ | 23 | ||
Long-term lease related liabilities are as follows:
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Above-market leases |
$ | 266 | $ | 412 | |||
Deferred rentlong-term |
2,123 | 1,043 | |||||
Long-term portion of capital lease obligation |
23 | 45 | |||||
Total other liabilities |
$ | 2,412 | $ | 1,500 | |||
12. Defined contribution plan
The Boot Barn 401(k) Plan (the "401(k) Plan") is a qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan covers all employees that work a minimum of 1,000 hours per year and have been employed by the Company for at least one year. Contributions to the plan are based on certain criteria as defined in the agreement, governing the 401(k) Plan. Participating employees are allowed to contribute up to the statutory maximum set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company provides a safe harbor matching contribution that matches 100% of employee contributions up to 3% of their respective wages and then 50% of further contributions up to 5% of their respective wages. Contributions to the plan and charges to selling, general and administrative expenses were $0.3 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014, March 30, 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, respectively.
F-28
13. Income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:
|
Fiscal year ended | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(in thousands)
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
|||||||||
Current: |
|||||||||||||
Federal |
$ | 4,510 | $ | 1,148 | $ | 2,004 | $ | (17 | ) | ||||
State |
685 | 314 | 463 | 71 | |||||||||
Total current |
5,195 | 1,462 | 2,467 | 54 | |||||||||
Deferred: |
|||||||||||||
Federal |
(1,536 | ) | (530 | ) | (2,873 | ) | (102 | ) | |||||
State |
(338 | ) | (106 | ) | (641 | ) | (87 | ) | |||||
Total deferred |
(1,874 | ) | (636 | ) | (3,514 | ) | (189 | ) | |||||
Total income tax expense (benefit) |
$ | 3,321 | $ | 826 | $ | (1,047 | ) | $ | (135 | ) | |||
The reconciliation between the Company's effective tax rate on income from operations and the statutory tax rate is as follows:
|
Fiscal year ended | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
|||||||||
Expected provision at statutory U.S. federal tax rate |
34.0% | 34.0% | 34.0% | 34.0% | |||||||||
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit |
4.5 | 4.2 | 2.0 | 1.5 | |||||||||
Change in tax rates |
(0.1 | ) | (2.9 | ) | | | |||||||
State credits |
(1.8 | ) | | | | ||||||||
Acquisition costs |
| 20.0 | (17.4 | ) | (18.7 | ) | |||||||
Other |
0.4 | (0.5 | ) | (0.1 | ) | 0.2 | |||||||
Effective tax rate |
37.0% | 54.8% | 18.5% | 17.0% | |||||||||
Differences between the effective tax rate and the statutory rate relate primarily to state taxes and acquisition costs.
Deferred taxes reflect the net tax effects of the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant
F-29
components of the Company's net deferred tax assets as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Deferred tax assets: |
|||||||
State taxes |
$ | 1,002 | $ | 972 | |||
Accrued liabilities |
813 | 381 | |||||
Award program liabilities |
787 | 542 | |||||
Deferred revenue |
434 | 277 | |||||
Inventory |
2,997 | 1,565 | |||||
Stock options |
879 | 358 | |||||
Other |
257 | 171 | |||||
Total deferred tax assets |
7,169 | 4,266 | |||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
(22,084 | ) | (21,037 | ) | |||
Prepaid expenses |
(297 | ) | (315 | ) | |||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(22,381 | ) | (21,352 | ) | |||
Deferred income taxes, net |
$ | (15,212 | ) | $ | (17,086 | ) | |
Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. To this end, the Company has considered and evaluated its sources of taxable income, including forecasted future taxable income, and the Company has concluded that at this time no valuation allowance is required. The Company will continue to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance at each period end.
The Company applies ASC 740, which contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments. At March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, no amounts were necessary to be recorded for any unrecognized tax liabilities nor any tax benefits.
The Company's policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. To the extent that accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made. The Company does not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with any unrecognized tax benefits as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013.
The major jurisdictions in which the Company files income tax returns include the U.S. federal jurisdiction, as well as various state jurisdictions within the U.S. The Company's fiscal years 2010 through 2014 returns are subject to examination by the U.S. federal and various state tax authorities.
F-30
14. Related party transactions
Leases and other transactions
The Company has entered into a lease agreement for one of its stores for the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 and the Successor Period at a location owned by one minority stockholder of the Company. The Company had entered into lease agreements at several locations with several minority stockholders during the Predecessor Period. The Company paid $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $1.0 million for these leases during the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, respectively. These lease payments are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Related party loans
As of March 30, 2013, the Company had notes payable (see Note 8 "Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt") to the subordinated lenders who own common stock of the Company or its subsidiary, Boot Barn Holding Corporation. These notes were paid in full in May 2013. Interest and early termination fees paid to these entities totaled $3.6 million, $4.5 million, $0.1 million and $2.1 million for the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, the Successor Period and the Predecessor Period, respectively.
Payments relating to the purchase of Predecessor
In connection with the purchase of Predecessor, Freeman Spogli & Co. received an advisory services fee of $1.3 million for its services provided in structuring and arranging the recapitalization of the Company. In addition, one of our directors received $0.1 million in connection with his services provided to the Company in connection with the Recapitalization.
15. Earnings (loss) per share
Earnings (loss) per share is computed under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share . Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method, whereby proceeds from such exercise, unamortized compensation and hypothetical excess tax benefits, if any, on share-based awards are assumed to be used by the Company to purchase the common shares at the average market price during the period. Dilutive potential shares of common stock represent outstanding stock options. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock is applicable only in periods of net income.
F-31
The components of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock, in aggregate, for the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014, March 30, 2013, Successor Period and the Predecessor Period are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
Fiscal year ended | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
March 29,
2014 |
March 30,
2013 |
(Successor)
December 12, 2011 to March 31, 2012 |
(Predecessor)
April 3, 2011 to December 11, 2011 |
|||||||||
Net income (loss) attributed to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. |
$ | 5,377 | $ | 646 | $ | (4,371 | ) | $ | (660 | ) | |||
Weighted average basic shares outstanding |
18,929 | 18,757 | 18,633 | 173 | |||||||||
Dilutive effect of stock options |
246 | | | | |||||||||
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding |
19,175 | 18,757 | 18,633 | 173 | |||||||||
Basic earnings (loss) per share |
$ | 0.28 | $ | 0.03 | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (3.82 | ) | |||
Diluted earnings (loss) per share |
$ | 0.28 | $ | 0.03 | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (3.82 | ) | |||
Awards to purchase approximately 1,059,850 and 2,202,500 shares of common stock during the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common shares amounts as the effect of doing so would have been anti-dilutive.
Because the Company incurred net losses in the Successor Period, and the Predecessor Period, the potential dilutive effect of the Company's outstanding stock options was not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because these securities were anti-dilutive.
16. Subsequent events
The Company evaluated subsequent events through June 13, 2014, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were originally available to be issued, and October 20, 2014, the date on which the retrospectively revised consolidated financial statements were issued (as to the 25-for-1 stock split described below under "Stock split and authorization of additional shares").
Dividend payment
On April 11, 2014, the Company declared and subsequently paid a pro rata cash dividend to its stockholders totaling $39.9 million, made a cash payment of $1.4 million to holders of vested options, and lowered the exercise price of 1,918,550 unvested options by $2.00 per share. The board of directors of the Company was obligated under the antidilution provisions of the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan to approve the option repricing. Approval took place subsequent to the end of fiscal year ended March 29, 2014 and will be reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
Amended line of credit
On April 15, 2014, the Company amended the PNC Line of Credit to increase the borrowing capacity from $60.0 million to up to $70.0 million. All other material terms of the PNC Line of Credit remain unchanged from the description in Note 8 "Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt".
F-32
Amended and restated term loan and security agreement (Golub Loan)
On April 14, 2014, the Company entered into an amended and restated term loan and security agreement for the Golub Loan. The amended and restated loan and security agreement increased the borrowings on the Golub Loan from $99.2 million outstanding at April 14, 2014 to $130.0 million. The obligations under the Golub Loan are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets and the Company's guarantors' assets. A provision allowing the Company to conduct an initial public offering was also added to the amended and restated loan and security agreement. The principal on the term loan will be payable in quarterly installments of $0.3 million made each calendar quarter and ending on the maturity date of the Golub Loan, which is May 31, 2019. The balance of the unpaid principal will be paid on the maturity date. All other material terms of the Golub Loan remain unchanged from what is described in Note 8 "Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt". The proceeds of the amendment to the Golub Loan were used to fund a portion of the $39.9 million dividend that was paid in April 2014.
Stock split and authorization of additional shares
On October 19, 2014, the Company's board of directors authorized the amendment of its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. In addition, the amendment of the certificate of incorporation will authorize the Company to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and effect a 25-for-1 stock split of its outstanding common stock. The amendment will become effective prior to the Company's initial public offering of its common stock. Accordingly, all common share and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, other than those presented for the Predecessor Period, have been adjusted to reflect the 25-for-1 stock split as though it had occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented.
F-33
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed consolidated balance sheets
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
June 28,
2014 |
March 29,
2014 |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Assets |
|||||||
Current assets: |
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,115 | $ | 1,118 | |||
Accounts receivable |
2,093 | 2,191 | |||||
Inventories |
110,265 | 102,702 | |||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
10,616 | 8,685 | |||||
Total current assets |
124,089 | 114,696 | |||||
Property and equipment, net |
21,877 | 21,450 | |||||
Goodwill |
93,097 | 93,097 | |||||
Intangible assets, net |
59,065 | 59,723 | |||||
Other assets |
3,211 | 2,897 | |||||
Total assets |
$ | 301,339 | $ | 291,863 | |||
Liabilities and stockholders' equity |
|||||||
Current liabilities: |
|||||||
Line of credit |
$ | 42,594 | $ | 28,624 | |||
Accounts payable |
40,944 | 36,029 | |||||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
20,216 | 20,763 | |||||
Current portion of notes payable |
1,308 | 1,000 | |||||
Total current liabilities |
105,062 | 86,416 | |||||
Deferred taxes |
20,341 | 19,960 | |||||
Long-term portion of notes payable |
128,692 | 98,500 | |||||
Other liabilities |
2,114 | 2,412 | |||||
Total liabilities |
256,209 | 207,288 | |||||
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 6) |
|
|
|||||
Stockholders' equity: |
|
|
|||||
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; June 28, 2014100,000,000 shares authorized, 19,929,350 shares issued and outstanding; March 29, 2014100,000,000 shares authorized, 18,929,350 shares issued and outstanding |
2 | 2 | |||||
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding |
| | |||||
Additional paid-in capital |
43,719 | 78,834 | |||||
Retained earnings |
1,409 | 1,652 | |||||
Total Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. stockholders' equity |
45,130 | 80,488 | |||||
Non-controlling interest |
| 4,087 | |||||
Total stockholders' equity |
45,130 | 84,575 | |||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity |
$ | 301,339 | $ | 291,863 | |||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-34
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed consolidated statements of operations
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||
Net sales |
$ | 82,497 | $ | 64,574 | |||
Cost of goods sold |
55,607 | 42,146 | |||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment |
| 145 | |||||
Total cost of goods sold |
55,607 | 42,291 | |||||
Gross profit |
26,890 | 22,283 | |||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
21,497 | 18,845 | |||||
Acquisition-related expenses |
| 671 | |||||
Total operating expenses |
21,497 | 19,516 | |||||
Income from operations |
5,393 | 2,767 | |||||
Interest expense, net |
2,757 | 5,078 | |||||
Other income, net |
18 | 8 | |||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
2,654 | (2,303 | ) | ||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
1,241 | (858 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) |
1,413 | (1,445 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) attributed to non-controlling interest |
4 | (72 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) attributed to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. |
$ | 1,409 | $ | (1,373 | ) | ||
Net income (loss) per share: |
|||||||
Basic shares |
$ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.07 | ) | |
Diluted shares |
$ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.07 | ) | |
Weighted average shares outstanding: |
|||||||
Basic shares |
19,149 | 18,929 | |||||
Diluted shares |
19,149 | 18,929 | |||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-35
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed consolidated statement of stockholders' equity
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except shares)
|
Common stock |
Additional
paid-in capital |
Retained
earnings (accumulated deficit) |
|
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Noncontrolling
interest |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||
Balance at March 29, 2014 |
18,929,350 | $ | 2 | $ | 78,834 | $ | 1,652 | $ | 4,087 | $ | 84,575 | ||||||||
Net income |
| | | 1,409 | 4 | 1,413 | |||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
| | 442 | | | 442 | |||||||||||||
Dividend paid |
| | (39,648 | ) | (1,652 | ) | | (41,300 | ) | ||||||||||
Reorganization and issuance of stock |
1,000,000 | | 4,091 | | (4,091 | ) | | ||||||||||||
Balance at June 28, 2014 |
19,929,350 | $ | 2 | $ | 43,719 | $ | 1,409 | $ | | $ | 45,130 | ||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-36
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
|
Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 1,413 | $ | (1,445 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities: |
|||||||
Depreciation |
1,400 | 841 | |||||
Stock-based compensation |
442 | 210 | |||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
658 | 739 | |||||
Amortization of deferred loan fees |
194 | 2,042 | |||||
Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
62 | | |||||
Accretion of above market leases |
(48 | ) | 51 | ||||
Deferred taxes |
381 | 339 | |||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment |
| 145 | |||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|||||||
Accounts receivable |
98 | 54 | |||||
Inventories |
(7,563 | ) | (2,456 | ) | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
(1,931 | ) | (2,118 | ) | |||
Other assets |
191 | (17 | ) | ||||
Accounts payable |
4,830 | (6,066 | ) | ||||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
(547 | ) | (214 | ) | |||
Other liabilities |
(249 | ) | (16 | ) | |||
Net cash used in operating activities |
(669 | ) | (7,911 | ) | |||
Cash flows from investing activities |
|||||||
Purchases of property and equipment |
(1,803 | ) | (1,909 | ) | |||
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired |
| (13,784 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(1,803 | ) | (15,693 | ) | |||
Cash flows from financing activities |
|||||||
Line of creditnet |
13,970 | 17,639 | |||||
Proceeds from loan borrowings |
30,750 | 100,000 | |||||
Repayments on debt and capital lease obligations |
(269 | ) | (69,512 | ) | |||
Debt issuance fees |
(682 | ) | (3,302 | ) | |||
Dividends paid |
(41,300 | ) | | ||||
Repayment of debt in connection with acquisition |
| (20,078 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
2,469 | 24,747 | |||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(3 | ) | 1,143 | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
1,118 | 1,190 | |||||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
$ | 1,115 | $ | 2,333 | |||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
|||||||
Cash paid for income taxes |
$ | 1,123 | $ | 218 | |||
Cash paid for interest |
$ | 2,013 | $ | 4,718 | |||
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities: |
|||||||
Unpaid purchases of property and equipment |
$ | 218 | $ | 239 | |||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-37
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements
(unaudited)
1. Business operations
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., formerly named WW Top Investment Corporation (the "Company") was formed on November 17, 2011, and is incorporated in the State of Delaware. The equity of the Company consists of 100,000,000 authorized shares and 19,929,350 issued and outstanding shares of common stock as of June 28, 2014, with 17,750,000 shares of common stock held by Freeman Spogli & Co. as of June 28, 2014. The shares of common stock have voting rights of one vote per share.
As of June 8, 2014, the Company held all of the outstanding shares of common stock of WW Holding Corporation, which held 95.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Boot Barn Holding Corporation. On June 9, 2014, WW Holding Corporation was merged with and into the Company and then Boot Barn Holding Corporation was merged with and into the Company. As a result of this reorganization, Boot Barn, Inc. became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and the minority stockholders that formerly held 5.0% of Boot Barn Holding Corporation became holders of 5.0% of the Company. Net income (loss) attributed to non-controlling interest was recorded for all periods through June 9, 2014. Subsequent to June 9, 2014, there was no non-controlling interest recorded. On June 10, 2014, the legal name of the Company was changed from WW Top Investment Corporation to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
The Company operates specialty retail stores that sell western and work boots and related apparel and accessories. The Company operates retail locations throughout the U.S. and sells its merchandise via the internet. The Company operated a total of 155 stores in 24 states as of June 28, 2014 and 152 stores in 23 states as of March 29, 2014. As of June 28, 2014, all stores operate under the Boot Barn name (other than two stores which operate under the "American Worker" name).
2. Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of presentation
The Company's condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 28, 2014 and March 29, 2014 and for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("GAAP"), include the accounts of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, including Boot Barn, Inc., RCC Western Stores, Inc. ("RCC") and Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC ("Baskins"). All intercompany accounts and transactions among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the Company's annual consolidated financial statements have been condensed or omitted.
In the opinion of management, the interim condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are of a normal and recurring nature necessary to fairly present the Company's financial position and results of operations and cash flows in all material respects as of the dates and for the periods presented. The results of operations presented in the interim condensed consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending March 28, 2015.
F-38
Fiscal year
The Company reports its results of operations and cash flows on a 52- or 53-week basis, and its fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to March 31. The years ending March 29, 2014 ("fiscal 2014") and March 30, 2013 ("fiscal 2013") each consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal quarters contain thirteen weeks, with the exception of the fourth quarter of a 53-week fiscal year, which contains fourteen weeks. The first quarter of fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 ended on June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively.
Comprehensive income
The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income (loss) recorded within its condensed consolidated financial statements and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income (loss) in its condensed consolidated financial statements.
Segment reporting
GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company's operating segments, including disclosures related to a company's products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company operates in a single operating segment, which includes net sales generated from its retail stores and e-commerce website. All of the Company's identifiable assets are in the U.S.
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Among the significant estimates affecting the Company's consolidated financial statements are those relating to revenue recognition, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long-lived assets, stock-based compensation and income taxes. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. As of June 28, 2014, the Company had identified no indicators of impairment with respect to its goodwill, intangible and long-lived asset balances. To the extent actual results differ from those estimates, the Company's future results of operations may be affected.
Fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities
The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , ("ASC 820") which requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain assets and liabilities defined by the guidance as financial instruments. The Company's financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. ASC 820 defines the fair value of financial instruments as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy for disclosure that is based on the extent and level of judgment used to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities.
F-39
Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are valued at fair value and are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As a result, the asset or liability could be classified as Level 2 or Level 3 even though there may be certain significant inputs that are readily observable. The Company believes that the recorded value of its financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective relatively short maturity dates or duration.
Although market quotes for the fair value of the outstanding debt arrangements discussed in Note 4 "Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt" are not readily available, the Company believes its carrying value approximates fair value due to the variable interest rates, which are Level 2 inputs. There were no financial assets or liabilities requiring fair value measurements as of June 28, 2014 on a recurring basis.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit when a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). The amendments in this ASU provide guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. An unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward with certain exceptions, in which case such an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability. The amendments in this ASU do not require new recurring disclosures. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Companies may choose to apply this guidance retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented. The Company adopted this ASU on March 30, 2014, and the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued amended guidance on the presentation of financial statements and reporting discontinued operations and disclosures of disposals of components of an entity within property, plant and equipment. This guidance amends the definition of a discontinued operation and requires entities to disclose additional information about disposal transactions that do not meet the discontinued-operations criteria. The effective date is for disposals that occur in annual periods (and interim periods therein) beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted, and the Company intends to early adopt.
F-40
In May 2014, the FASB and the IASB jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard will allow for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is effective for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted under GAAP. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2014, the FASB issued a new accounting standard which requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern for each annual and interim reporting period. If substantial doubt exists, additional disclosure is required. This new standard will be effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company expects to adopt this new standard for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018 and the Company will continue to assess the impact on its consolidated financial statements.
3. Business combinations
Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC
Effective May 25, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the member interests in Baskins, including 30 stores and an online retail website. Baskins is a specialty western retailer with stores in Texas and Louisiana, and the acquisition expanded the Company's operations into these core markets. The goodwill represents the additional amounts paid in order to expand the Company's geographical presence.
The acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred totaled $37.7 million, which consisted of $36.0 million in cash and $1.7 million of contingent consideration. The $36.0 million of cash included $13.7 million paid to the members of Baskins, $2.2 million paid into an escrow account and $20.1 million to repay Baskins' outstanding debt. These payments were partially offset by $1.9 million, which represents the amount of cash on hand immediately prior to the closing of the acquisition. As of June 28, 2014, $1.7 million remained in an escrow account and is not included in the Company's condensed consolidated balance sheet. Claims against the escrow account can be made until November 30, 2014. Due to the nature of the escrow account, the cash portion of the consideration transferred has been determined only provisionally and is subject to change pending the outcome of potential escrow claims.
The Company was obligated to make additional earnout payments, contingent on the achievement of milestones relating to 12-month store sales associated with three new stores for the periods beginning January 24, 2013, January 31, 2013 and February 20, 2013 at each of the three stores. The maximum amount payable upon achievement of the milestones was $2.1 million. Each of the milestones was achieved, and the Company made a cash payment of $2.1 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. As of the acquisition date, the Company estimated that these earnout payments would be $1.7 million, based on then existing facts and circumstances. The estimated fair value of this earnout was determined by using revenue projections and applying a discount rate to reflect the risk of the underlying conditions not being satisfied, such that no payment would be due. The fair value measurement of the earnout was based primarily on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement as defined in ASC 820. A total of $0.4 million from the revaluation of contingent consideration was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 to selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company's consolidated statement of operations.
F-41
The total fair value of consideration transferred for the acquisition was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes. Such estimated fair values require management to make estimates and judgments, especially with respect to intangible assets. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price (in thousands):
|
At May 25, 2013
(Level 3) |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Assets acquired: |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,935 | ||
Current assets |
22,083 | |||
Property and equipment, net |
5,850 | |||
Intangible assets acquired |
5,006 | |||
Goodwill |
15,064 | |||
Other assets |
109 | |||
Total assets acquired |
50,047 | |||
Liabilities assumed: |
||||
Other current liabilities |
12,119 | |||
Line of creditcurrent |
10,259 | |||
Notes payablecurrent |
9,819 | |||
Contingent consideration |
1,740 | |||
Above-market leases |
83 | |||
Capital lease obligation |
138 | |||
Total liabilities assumed |
34,158 | |||
Total purchase price |
$ | 15,889 | ||
Definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at their fair value as of the acquisition date with amortization computed utilizing the straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for trademarks is six months, non-compete agreements is four to five years, customer lists is five years, and below-market leases is two to 17 years. For leases under market rent, amortization is based on the discounted future benefits from lease payments under market rents.
Acquisition-related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and are expensed as incurred. Goodwill represents the additional amounts paid in order to expand the Company's geographical presence. The Company incurred $0.7 million of acquisition-related costs during the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013. The amount of net revenue and net loss of Baskins included in the Company's condensed consolidated statements of operations from the acquisition date to June 29, 2013 were $4.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
Supplemental as adjusted data (unaudited)
The unaudited as adjusted statements of operations data below gives effect to the acquisitions described above, as if they had all occurred as of March 30, 2013. These amounts have been calculated after applying the Company's accounting policies and adjusting the results of Baskins, RCC Western Stores, Inc.
F-42
and Boot Barn Holding Corporation to reflect the effects of amortization of purchased intangible assets and acquired inventory valuation step-up, additional financing as of April 3, 2011 in order to complete the acquisitions, income tax expense and other transaction costs directly associated with the acquisitions such as legal, accounting and banking fees. The adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Pre-acquisition net sales and net income numbers for acquired entities are derived from their books and records prepared prior to the acquisition. This as adjusted data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of the results of future operations or of the results that would have occurred had the acquisitions taken place as of the date noted above.
As adjusted net salesunaudited
(in thousands)
|
Thirteen weeks ended
June 29, 2013 |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Net sales (as reported) |
$ | 64,574 | ||
Baskins |
8,290 | |||
As adjusted net sales |
$ | 72,864 | ||
As adjusted net incomeunaudited
(in thousands)
|
Thirteen weeks ended
June 29, 2013 |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Net loss (as reported) |
$ | (1,445 | ) | |
Baskins |
418 | |||
RCC |
(290 | ) | ||
Boot Barn Holding Corporation |
1,320 | |||
As adjusted net income |
$ | 3 | ||
4. Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Revolving credit facility (PNC Bank, N.A.)
On December 11, 2011, the Company obtained a collateral-based revolving line of credit with PNC Bank, N.A. (the "PNC Line of Credit"), which the Company amended on August 31, 2012 and May 31, 2013. On April 15, 2014, the Company amended the PNC Line of Credit to increase the borrowing capacity from $60.0 million to up to $70.0 million. All other material terms of the PNC Line of Credit remained unchanged. The PNC Line of Credit is to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes, and has a maturity date of May 31, 2018. The available borrowing under the PNC Line of Credit is based on the collective value of eligible inventory and credit card receivables multiplied by specific advance rates, and is recalculated weekly. The PNC Line of Credit bears interest at (1) 0.75% if the amount of borrowings are less than 60% of the maximum borrowing capacity or 1.00% if the total borrowings are greater than 60% of the maximum borrowing capacity, plus (2) the highest of the bank's public lending rate, federal funds open rate plus 0.50%, or the LIBOR rate for a period of one month plus 1.00%. The Company can also elect to use the Eurodollar rate plus 0.75% if the amount of borrowings is less than 60% of the maximum borrowing capacity or 1.00% if the total borrowings are greater than 60% of the maximum borrowing capacity. As of June 28, 2014, the total amount available to borrow was $25.4 million and the outstanding
F-43
balance was $42.6 million. The outstanding borrowings as of June 28, 2014 consisted of $41.0 million outstanding at a rate of 1.90% and $1.6 million outstanding at a rate of 4.0%.
The PNC Line of Credit includes certain financial and nonfinancial covenants. The financial covenants include minimum fixed charge coverage ratio only when "excess availability" falls below specified floor levels, while nonfinancial covenants include restrictions on a number of other activities. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants as of June 28, 2014.
$130 million term loan due May 2019 (Golub Capital LLC)
The Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Golub Capital LLC on May 31, 2013, as amended by the first amendment to term loan and security agreement dated September 23, 2013 (the "Golub Loan"). On April 14, 2014, the Company entered into an amended and restated term loan and security agreement for the Golub Loan. The amended and restated loan and security agreement increased the borrowings on the Golub Loan from $99.2 million to $130.0 million. The obligations under the Golub Loan are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets and the Company's guarantors' assets. A provision allowing the Company to conduct an initial public offering was also added to the amended and restated loan and security agreement. The principal on the Golub Loan will be payable in quarterly installments of $327,000 made each calendar quarter and ending on the maturity date of the Golub Loan, which is May 31, 2019. The balance of the unpaid principal will be paid on the maturity date. All other material terms of the Golub Loan remain unchanged from the May 31, 2013 Golub Loan. The proceeds of the amendment to the Golub Loan were used to fund a portion of the $39.9 million dividend that was paid in April 2014 See Note 5 "Stock-based compensation". The outstanding balance of the Golub Loan was $130.0 million at June 28, 2014.
Interest on the Golub Loan is paid quarterly and is calculated on either a base rate or LIBOR. The base rate is a floating interest rate that is 4.75% plus the higher of (1) the prime rate, (2) the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate ("Published LIBOR") plus 1% with a Published LIBOR floor of 1.25% or (3) the Federal Funds rate, plus 50 basis points. LIBOR is 5.75%, plus the higher of 1.25% or Published LIBOR. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each quarter. Interest charges are computed on the actual principal outstanding. As of June 28, 2014, the interest rate on the Golub Loan was 7.0%. Total interest expense incurred on the Golub Loan for the three months ended June 28, 2014 was $2.2 million.
The Golub Loan requires the Company to meet certain financial and non-financial covenants. Financial covenants include a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum total leverage ratio. In addition, the term loan agreement also limits the amount that the Company can spend on capital expenditures per year. The Company was in compliance with all of its financial covenants as of June 28, 2014. The Golub Loan also requires that 50% of the Company's excess cash flow receipts be used to make prepayments of outstanding loan amounts. The Company is also subject to early termination fees in certain instances of voluntary prepayments of the Golub Loan in excess of $10.0 million.
If there is an event of default under the Golub Loan, the principal and the interest accrued thereon may be declared immediately due and payable, subject to certain conditions set forth in the amended and restated term loan and security agreement. Events of default under the Golub Loan include, but are not limited to, the Company becoming delinquent in making certain payments due under the Golub Loan, the Company incurring certain events of default with respect to other indebtedness or obligations, the Company undergoing a change in control or the Company becoming subject to certain bankruptcy proceedings or orders. As of June 28, 2014, no events of default had occurred.
F-44
$20 million term loan (PNC Bank, N.A.)
The Company entered into a loan and security agreement with PNC Bank N.A. on December 11, 2011, as amended by the first amendment to term loan agreement dated August 31, 2012 (the "PNC Term Loan"). The PNC Term Loan included a term loan facility of $20.0 million. Interest accrued on outstanding amounts under the PNC Term Loan at the rate of 7.5% per annum, due monthly. Effective October 1, 2012, monthly principal payments of $166,667 were required. In connection with the closing of the Golub Loan in May 2013, the Company converted all outstanding amounts on the PNC Term Loan to borrowings under the PNC Line of Credit.
Senior subordinated term loans (related party term loans)
On December 11, 2011, the Company obtained senior subordinated term loans from certain subordinated lenders, in the aggregate amount of $25.0 million, bearing interest at the rate of 12.5%, due quarterly. The subordinated lenders were related parties. On August 31, 2012, the Company borrowed an additional $25.5 million from the subordinated lenders. See Note 9 "Related party transactions". In connection with the closing of the Golub Loan in May 2013, the Company paid off all outstanding amounts on its senior subordinated term loans.
The Company incurred approximately $4.0 million of deferred loan fees related to the issuance of the Golub Loan and the PNC Line of Credit, which are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the loan through May 31, 2019. The remaining balance of deferred loan fees as of June 28, 2014 is $3.4 million.
Aggregate contractual maturities for the Company's line of credit and long-term debt as of June 28, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal year
|
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
2015 |
$ | 981 | ||
2016 |
1,308 | |||
2017 |
1,308 | |||
2018 |
1,308 | |||
2019 |
43,902 | |||
Thereafter |
123,787 | |||
Total |
$ | 172,594 | ||
5. Stock-based compensation
On January 27, 2012, the Company approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2011 Plan"). The 2011 Plan authorized the Company to issue options to employees, consultants and directors to purchase up to a total of 3,750,000 shares of common stock. As of June 28, 2014, all awards granted by the Company have been nonqualified stock options. Options granted under the 2011 Plan have a life of 10 years and vest over service periods of five years or in connection with certain events as defined by the 2011 Plan.
On April 11, 2014, the Company declared and subsequently paid a pro rata cash dividend to its stockholders totaling $39.9 million, made a cash payment of $1.4 million to holders of vested options, and lowered the exercise price of 1,918,550 unvested options by $2.00 per share. The cash payments totaling $41.3 million reduced retained earnings to zero and reduced additional paid-in capital by $39.7 million. The Company's 2011 Equity Incentive Plan has nondiscretionary antidilution provisions that require the fair value of the option awards to be equalized in the event of an equity restructuring. Consequently, the board of directors of the Company was obligated under the antidilution provisions to approve the reduction of the exercise price on the unvested options and make the cash payment to the holders of vested options. No incremental stock-based compensation expense was recognized for the dividend for the vested options or reduction in exercise price for the unvested options.
F-45
During the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 237,500 shares of common stock under the 2011 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted in the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 was $1.5 million, before applying an estimated forfeiture rate, with grant date fair values per share ranging from $6.20 to $6.36. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the five-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $11.14 and $11.40. No stock options were granted during the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013.
The fair values of stock options granted during the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 were estimated on the grant dates using the following assumptions:
|
Thirteen weeks ended
June 28, 2014 |
|
---|---|---|
Expected option term (1) |
6.5 years | |
Expected volatility factor (2) |
56% | |
Risk-free interest rate (3) |
2.03% - 1.97% | |
Expected annual dividend yield (4) |
0% | |
(1) The Company has limited historical information regarding expected option term. Accordingly, the Company determined the expected life of the options using the simplified method.
(2) Stock volatility for each grant is measured using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company's competitors' common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected option term of the Company's awards.
(3) The risk-free interest rate is determined using the rate on treasury securities with the same term.
(4) The board of directors paid a dividend to stockholders in April 2014. The Company's board of directors does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.
The stock option awards discussed above were measured at fair value on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the exercise price of the award, the expected option term, expected volatility of the Company's stock price over the option's expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option's expected term and the Company's expected annual dividend yield, if any. The Company's estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture rate, was based on its internal analysis, which included the award recipients' positions within the Company and the vesting period of the awards. The Company will issue shares of common stock when the options are exercised.
Intrinsic value for stock options is defined as the difference between the market price of the Company's common stock on the last business day of the fiscal quarter and the weighted average exercise price of in-the-money stock options outstanding at the end of each fiscal period. The estimated market value per share was $11.14 and $11.40 at June 28, 2014 and March 29, 2014, respectively. The decrease in market value between June 28, 2014 and March 29, 2014 was due to return of capital resulting from the dividend paid to stockholders and option holders during the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014, as discussed
F-46
above. The following table summarizes the stock award activity for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 (aggregate intrinsic value in thousands):
|
Stock
options |
Grant date
weighted- average exercise price (1) |
Weighted
average remaining contractual life (in years) |
Aggregate
intrinsic value |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Outstanding at March 29, 2014 |
2,515,000 | $ | 5.97 | ||||||||||
Granted |
237,500 | $ | 10.23 | ||||||||||
Canceled, forfeited or expired |
| $ | | ||||||||||
Outstanding at June 28, 2014 |
2,752,500 | $ | 6.34 | 8.2 | $ | 13,222 | |||||||
Vested and expected to vest at June 28, 2014 |
2,752,500 | $ | 6.34 | 8.2 | $ | 13,222 | |||||||
Exerciseable at June 28, 2014 |
721,450 | $ | 6.45 | 7.6 | $ | 3,382 | |||||||
(1) The grant date weighted-average exercise price reflects the reduction of the exercise price by $2.00 per share for the 1,918,550 unvested options that were part of the April 2014 dividend discussed above.
Stock-based compensation expense was $0.4 million and $0.2 million for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense of $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million was recorded in cost of goods sold in the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. All other stock-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. As of June 28, 2014, there was $6.9 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options. This cost has a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 2.3 years.
A summary of the status of non-vested stock options as of June 28, 2014 and changes during the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 is presented below:
|
Shares
|
Weighted-
average grant date fair value |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Nonvested at March 29, 2014 |
1,793,550 | $ | 3.55 | ||||
Granted |
237,500 | $ | 6.28 | ||||
Vested |
| $ | | ||||
Nonvested shares forfeited |
| $ | | ||||
| | | | | | | |
Nonvested at June 28, 2014 |
2,031,050 | $ | 3.87 | ||||
6. Commitments and contingencies
The Company has employment agreements with three key officers of the Company. One of the employment agreements expires in November 2015. This agreement automatically renews for successive one-year terms and will continue to do so unless otherwise terminated. The two other employment agreements do not expire. The employment agreements provide for minimum salary levels and incentive bonuses that are payable under certain business conditions, as well as guaranteed payments in the event of termination of employment in certain circumstances. The future amounts payable under these employment agreements
F-47
have not been recorded in the condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 28, 2014 and March 29, 2014.
The Company is involved, from time to time, in litigation that is incidental to its business. The Company has reviewed these matters to determine if reserves are required for losses that are probable and reasonable to estimate in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies . The Company evaluates such reserves, if any, based upon several criteria, including the merits of each claim, settlement discussions and advice from outside legal counsel, as well as indemnification of amounts expended by the Company's insurers or others, if any. In management's opinion, none of these legal matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity.
During the normal course of its business, the Company has made certain indemnifications and commitments under which the Company may be required to make payments for certain transactions. These indemnifications include those given to various lessors in connection with facility leases for certain claims arising from such facility leases, and indemnifications to directors and officers of the Company to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. The majority of these indemnifications and commitments do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments the Company could be obligated to make, and their duration may be indefinite. The Company has not recorded any liability for these indemnifications and commitments in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations or cash flows as the impact is expected to be immaterial.
7. Income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) for interim periods is based on an estimate of the annual effective tax rate adjusted to reflect the impact of discrete items. Significant management judgment is required in projecting ordinary income (loss) to estimate the Company's annual effective tax rate. The expected annual effective income tax rate was 40.1% and 37.3% for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively. The effective tax rate for the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013 reflects a discrete item related primarily to state taxes and acquisition costs.
8. Related party transactions
Leases and other transactions
The Company has a lease agreement for one of its stores at a location owned by one minority stockholder of the Company. The Company paid less than $0.1 million for these leases during each of the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. These lease payments are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Related party loans
As of March 30, 2013, the Company had notes payable (see Note 5 "Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt") to the subordinated lenders who own common stock of the Company. These notes were paid in full in May 2013. Interest and early termination fees paid to these entities totaled $3.6 million in the thirteen weeks ended June 29, 2013.
F-48
9. Earnings (loss) per share
Earnings (loss) per share is computed under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share . Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method, whereby proceeds from such exercise, unamortized compensation and hypothetical excess tax benefits, if any, on share-based awards are assumed to be used by the Company to purchase the common shares at the average market price during the period. Dilutive potential shares of common stock represent outstanding stock options. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock is applicable only in periods of net income.
As discussed in Note 5 "Stock-based compensation", holders of vested stock options received a cash payment of $1.4 million, which the Company deducted from net income for purposes of the earnings per share calculation to determine the net income available to common shareholders. This resulted in a net loss available to common shareholders of $34,630 for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014, which represents a basic loss per share of $0.00. Because all earnings were distributed, the impact of any potentially dilutive shares are antidilutive and therefore excluded from the weighted average diluted shares outstanding. Potentially dilutive options of 539,850 are therefore excluded from the weighted average diluted shares outstanding.
The components of basic and diluted loss per share of common stock, in aggregate, for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
Thirteen weeks ended | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 28,
2014 |
June 29,
2013 |
|||||
Net income (loss) attributed to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. |
$ | 1,409 | $ | (1,373 | ) | ||
Weighted average basic shares outstanding |
19,149 | 18,929 | |||||
Dilutive effect of stock options |
| | |||||
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding |
19,149 | 18,929 | |||||
Basic loss per share |
$ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.07 | ) | |
Diluted loss per share |
$ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.07 | ) | |
Awards to purchase 848,925 shares and 595,650 shares of common stock during the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common shares amounts as the effect of doing so would have been anti-dilutive.
10. Subsequent events
The Company evaluated subsequent events through June 13, 2014, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were originally available to be issued, and October 20, 2014, the date on which the retrospectively revised consolidated financial statements were issued (as to the 25-for-1 stock split described below under "Stock split and authorization of additional shares").
F-49
Stock split and authorization of additional shares
On October 19, 2014, the Company's board of directors authorized the amendment of its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. In addition, the amendment of the certificate of incorporation will authorize the Company to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and effect a 25-for-1 stock split of its outstanding common stock. The amendment will become effective prior to the Company's initial public offering of its common stock. Accordingly, all common share and per share amounts in these condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the 25-for-1 stock split as though it had occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented.
F-50
5,000,000 shares
Common stock
Prospectus
J.P. Morgan | Piper Jaffray | Jefferies |
Wells Fargo Securities |
Baird
|
, 2014
Through and including , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
Part II
Information not required in prospectus
Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution
The following table sets forth the fees and expenses (other than the underwriting discount) payable by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee.
SEC registration fee |
$ | 11,109 | ||
FINRA filing fee |
17,750 | |||
NYSE listing fee |
125,000 | |||
Advisory fees |
450,000 | |||
Accounting fees and expenses |
950,000 | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
950,000 | |||
Printing and engraving expenses |
250,000 | |||
Transfer agent and registrar expenses |
5,000 | |||
Miscellaneous |
150,000 | |||
Total |
$ | 2,908,859 | ||
Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers
As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, attached as Exhibit 3.1 hereto, provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Pursuant to Delaware law such protection would be unavailable for liability:
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents. Our amended and restated bylaws, attached as Exhibit 3.2 hereto, further provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The amended and restated bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.
II-1
In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.
The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us and our directors and officers against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, would require us to indemnify and advance expenses to each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, for expenses such as, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, arising out of the person's services as our director or executive officer or as the director or executive officer of any subsidiary of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.
The SEC has taken the position that personal liability of directors for violation of the federal securities laws cannot be limited and that indemnification by us for any such violation is unenforceable. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.
Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities
Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. All share and per share data gives effect to the 25-for-1 stock split of our common stock that will be effective prior to this offering.
During the past three years, we have granted options to employees and directors under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 3,701,550 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $4.00 (subsequently reduced to $2.00 in connection with the special dividend that was paid to our stockholders on April 17, 2014) to $11.40 per share. During this period, none of these options were exercised. We were not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act at the time of issuance of any of these options, and the amount of options issued in any consecutive twelve-month period did not exceed $5.0 million and did not exceed the greater of 15% of our total assets or 15% of the outstanding amount of our common stock, each of which was greater than $1.0 million at the time of such issuances. Our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, a copy of which was delivered to each recipient of options, constitutes a "written compensatory benefit plan". Accordingly, the issuance of these securities was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.
II-2
On December 12, 2011, we issued 18,632,625 shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of Boot Barn Holding Corporation in the transaction that we refer to as the Recapitalization. These shares were issued to Freeman Spogli & Co. and other investors for cash in the amount of $4.00 per share and to certain holders of Boot Barn Holding Corporation in exchange for their shares of Boot Barn Holding Corporation with an aggregate value equal to the aggregate value (based on the same $4.00 per-share value) of the number of shares of our common stock issued to them. These shares were issued to a limited number of investors, all of which (other than Freeman Spogli & Co. and its related parties) had an existing relationship with the Boot Barn business, and all of which had sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to make them capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment. All investors had adequate access to information regarding the business and represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. There was no general solicitation of investors or advertising, and we did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, in connection with the offering of these shares. The certificates representing the securities contain a restrictive legend that prohibits transfers without registration or an applicable exemption. Accordingly, the issuance of these securities was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.
On August 31, 2012, we issued 296,725 shares of our common stock to entities affiliated with the Hartford Financial Services Group for cash in the amount of $6.74 per share. These shares were issued to a limited number of investors, all of which had an existing relationship with us, and all of which had sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to make them capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment. All investors had adequate access to information regarding the business and represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. There was no general solicitation of investors or advertising, and we did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, in connection with the offering of these shares. The certificates representing the securities contain a restrictive legend that prohibits transfers without registration or an applicable exemption. Accordingly, the issuance of these securities was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.
On June 9, 2014, we issued 1,000,000 shares of our common stock to the holders of common stock of Boot Barn Holding Corporation other than us in connection with the merger of Boot Barn Holding Corporation with and into us in the transaction that we refer to as the Reorganization. These shares were issued to a limited number of investors, all of which held shares of a wholly owned subsidiary holding company of ours that held all of the Boot Barn business, and all of which had sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to make them capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment. The issued shares were exchanged on a pro rata basis for those subsidiary holding company shares, so the issued shares represented the same investment in the Boot Barn business already held by such investors, but in a different form. There was no general solicitation of investors or advertising, and we did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, in connection with the offering of these shares. The certificates representing the securities contain a restrictive legend that prohibits transfers without registration or an applicable exemption. Accordingly, the issuance of these securities was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.
II-3
Item 16. Exhibit and financial statement schedules
(a) Exhibits
Number
|
Description
|
||
---|---|---|---|
1.1 | Form of Underwriting Agreement | ||
3.1 | Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant | ||
3.2 | Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant | ||
4.1 | Specimen Common Stock Certificate | ||
4.2** | Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and the stockholders listed therein | ||
5.1 | Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP | ||
10.1 | Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan | ||
10.2 | Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan | ||
10.3 | Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Brenda Morris | ||
10.4 | Form of Stock Option Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and James Conroy | ||
10.5** | Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan | ||
10.6** | Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan | ||
10.7** | Employment Agreement, dated November 12, 2012, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and James G. Conroy | ||
10.8** | Continued Employment Agreement, dated January 2, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Paul Iacono | ||
10.9** | Employment Agreement, effective as of May 11, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Laurie Grijalva | ||
10.10+** | Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated May 31, 2013, by and among Boot Barn, Inc., Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., PNC Bank, National Association, and the lenders party thereto (the "Revolving Credit Agreement") | ||
10.11+** | First Amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated September 23, 2013 | ||
10.12+** | Second Amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 15, 2014 | ||
10.13+** | Amended and Restated Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 15, 2014, by and among Golub Capital LLC, Boot Barn, Inc., Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and the lenders party thereto | ||
10.14** | NSB Software as a Service Master Agreement, dated February 26, 2008, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and NSB Retail Solutions Inc. | ||
10.15+** | Carrier Agreement P720025535, effective as of September 30, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and United Parcel Service Inc., including all Addendums thereto | ||
10.16+** | Carrier Agreement P780025560, effective as of September 30, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and United Parcel Service Inc., including all Addendums thereto | ||
10.17** | Form of Director Indemnification Agreement | ||
10.18** | Lease, dated June 25, 2010, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and The Irvine Company LLC, in respect to the Company's Irvine, California headquarters | ||
10.19** | First Amendment to Lease, dated March 29, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and The Irvine Company LLC, in respect to the Company's Irvine, California headquarters | ||
21.1** | List of Subsidiaries | ||
23.1 | Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | ||
23.2 | Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP | ||
23.3** | Consent of Mōd Advisors LLC | ||
24.1** | Powers of Attorney | ||
** Previously filed.
Indicates management contract or compensation plan.
+ Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.
II-4
(b) Financial statement schedules
All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or because the required information is given in the financial statements or notes to those statements.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Irvine, State of California, on October 20, 2014.
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ JAMES G. CONROY James G. Conroy President, Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name
|
Title
|
Date
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JAMES G. CONROY
James G. Conroy |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer) |
October 20, 2014 | ||||
/s/ PAUL IACONO Paul Iacono |
|
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer) |
|
October 20, 2014 |
||
/s/ CLEMENT H. PORTER Clement H. Porter |
|
Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
October 20, 2014 |
||
* Greg Bettinelli |
|
Director |
|
October 20, 2014 |
||
* Brad J. Brutocao |
|
Director |
|
October 20, 2014 |
||
/s/ CHRISTIAN B. JOHNSON Christian B. Johnson |
|
Director |
|
October 20, 2014 |
||
* Brenda I. Morris |
|
Director |
|
October 20, 2014 |
II-6
Name
|
Title
|
Date
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* J. Frederick Simmons |
|
Director |
|
October 20, 2014 |
||
* Peter Starrett |
|
Director |
|
October 20, 2014 |
||
*by: |
|
/s/ CHRISTIAN B. JOHNSON Christian B. Johnson Attorney-in-fact |
|
|
|
|
II-7
Number
|
Description
|
||
---|---|---|---|
1.1 | Form of Underwriting Agreement | ||
3.1 | Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant | ||
3.2 | Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant | ||
4.1 | Specimen Common Stock Certificate | ||
4.2** | Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and the stockholders listed therein | ||
5.1 | Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP | ||
10.1 | Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan | ||
10.2 | Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan | ||
10.3 | Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Brenda Morris | ||
10.4 | Form of Stock Option Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and James Conroy | ||
10.5** | Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan | ||
10.6** | Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan | ||
10.7** | Employment Agreement, dated November 12, 2012, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and James G. Conroy | ||
10.8** | Continued Employment Agreement, dated January 2, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Paul Iacono | ||
10.9** | Employment Agreement, effective as of May 11, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Laurie Grijalva | ||
10.10+** | Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated May 31, 2013, by and among Boot Barn, Inc., Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., PNC Bank, National Association, and the lenders party thereto (the "Revolving Credit Agreement") | ||
10.11+** | First Amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated September 23, 2013 | ||
10.12+** | Second Amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 15, 2014 | ||
10.13+** | Amended and Restated Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 15, 2014, by and among Golub Capital LLC, Boot Barn, Inc., Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and the lenders party thereto | ||
10.14** | NSB Software as a Service Master Agreement, dated February 26, 2008, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and NSB Retail Solutions Inc. | ||
10.15+** | Carrier Agreement P720025535, effective as of September 30, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and United Parcel Service Inc., including all Addendums thereto | ||
10.16+** | Carrier Agreement P780025560, effective as of September 30, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and United Parcel Service Inc., including all Addendums thereto | ||
10.17** | Form of Director Indemnification Agreement | ||
10.18** | Lease, dated June 25, 2010, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and The Irvine Company LLC, in respect to the Company's Irvine, California headquarters | ||
10.19** | First Amendment to Lease, dated March 29, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and The Irvine Company LLC, in respect to the Company's Irvine, California headquarters | ||
21.1** | List of Subsidiaries | ||
23.1 | Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | ||
23.2 | Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP | ||
23.3** | Consent of Mōd Advisors LLC | ||
24.1** | Powers of Attorney | ||
** Previously filed.
Indicates management contract or compensation plan.
+ Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.
Exhibit 1.1
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
[ · ] Shares of Common Stock
Underwriting Agreement
[ · ], 2014
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179
Piper Jaffray & Co.
800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Jefferies LLC
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the Underwriters), for whom you are acting as representatives (the Representatives), an aggregate of [ · ] shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the Common Stock), of the Company (the Underwritten Shares) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [ · ] shares of Common Stock of the Company (the Option Shares). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the Shares. The shares of Common Stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the Stock.
The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:
1. Registration Statement . The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the Securities Act), a registration statement (File No. 333-199008), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (Rule 430 Information), is referred to herein as the Registration Statement; and as used herein, the term Preliminary Prospectus
means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term Prospectus means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the Rule 462 Registration Statement), then any reference herein to the term Registration Statement shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A hereto, the Pricing Disclosure Package): a Preliminary Prospectus dated [ · ], 2014 and each free-writing prospectus (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.
Applicable Time means [ · ] [A/P].M., New York City time, on [ · ], 2014.
2. Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters . (a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this Agreement), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share (the Purchase Price) of $[ · ] from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriters name in Schedule 1 hereto.
In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares. If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.
The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date
nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.
(b) The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.
(c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10019-7475 at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on [ · ], 2014, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the Closing Date and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the Additional Closing Date.
Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (DTC) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. The certificates for the Shares will be made available for inspection and packaging by the Representatives at the office of DTC or its designated custodian not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(d) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arms length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.
3. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:
(a) Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.
(b) Pricing Disclosure Package . The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.
(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives, which approval, in the case of written communications required by law to be prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to, shall not be unreasonably withheld. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary
Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.
(d) Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an emerging growth company, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an Emerging Growth Company). Testing-the-Waters Communication means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.
(e) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications by virtue of a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto. Written Testing-the-Waters Communication means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(f) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to
the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.
(g) Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby (except that unaudited financial statements are subject to normal year-end adjustments that are not material in the aggregate and do not contain certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission), and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein; the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby.
(h) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), any material change in the short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be
expected to result in a material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(i) Organization and Good Standing. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a Material Adverse Effect). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement.
(j) Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading Capitalization; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party.
(k) Stock Options. With respect to the stock options (the Stock Options) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the Company Stock Plans), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the Grant Date) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the Exchange Act) and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the Exchange) and any other exchange on which Company securities are traded, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no policy or practice of the Company of granting, Stock Options prior to, or otherwise coordinating the grant of Stock Options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its subsidiaries or their results of operations or prospects.
(l) Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.
(m) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(n) The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights.
(o) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or
condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(p) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(q) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, license, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications that (i) have been obtained or made or (ii) may be required by the Exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.
(r) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that are required under the
Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(s) Independent Accountants . Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.
(t) Title to Real and Personal Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property and assets that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries, (ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) exist pursuant to any of the Companys credit facilities that are disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.
(u) Title to Intellectual Property. The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and, to the knowledge of the Company, the conduct of their respective businesses will not conflict in any material respect with any such rights of others. The Company and its subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any such rights of others in connection with its patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and know-how, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(v) No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.
(w) Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof received by the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an investment company or an entity controlled by an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the Investment Company Act).
(x) Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except where the failure to pay or file or where such deficiency would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(y) Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where such revocation, modification or renewal would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(z) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(aa) Compliance with and Liability under Environmental Laws. (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (a) are, and at all prior times were, in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and the common law relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, natural resources or human health or safety, including those relating to the generation, storage, treatment, use, handling, transportation, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials (collectively, Environmental Laws), (b) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct
their respective businesses, (c) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, (d) are not conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location, and (e) are not a party to any order, decree or agreement that imposes any obligation or liability under any Environmental Law, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) there are no proceedings that are pending, or that are known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (b) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws, including the Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (c) none of the Company and its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.
(bb) Hazardous Materials . There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or could reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that could reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Hazardous Materials means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. Release means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into, from or through any building or structure.
(cc) Compliance with ERISA. (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), for which the Company or any member of its Controlled Group (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code would have any liability (each, a Plan) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to, ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, as applicable, has been satisfied (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period) and is reasonably expected to be satisfied in the future (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period); (iv) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (v) no reportable event (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that either has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (vi) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the PBGC, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a multiemployer plan, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (vii) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries. None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (x) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its subsidiaries in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company and its subsidiaries most recently completed fiscal year; or (y) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries most recently completed fiscal year.
(dd) Disclosure Controls . The Company and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commissions rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Companys management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
(ee) Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with managements general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with managements general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material weaknesses in the Companys internal controls. The Companys auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Companys ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Companys internal controls over financial reporting.
(ff) Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.
(gg) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, employee, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign
Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
(hh) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the Anti-Money Laundering Laws), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
(ii) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers or employees, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (OFAC) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a specially designated national or blocked person), the United Nations Security Council (UNSC), the European Union, Her Majestys Treasury (HMT) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, Sanctions), nor is the Company, any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria (each, a Sanctioned Country); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.
(jj) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries . No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiarys capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiarys properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.
(kk) No Brokers Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finders fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.
(ll) No Registration Rights . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company.
(mm) No Stabilization. The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.
(nn) Margin Rules . The application of the proceeds received by the Company from the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.
(oo) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.
(pp) Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.
(qq) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Companys directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications, that are applicable to the Company as of the date hereof.
(rr) Status under the Securities Act . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an ineligible issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act. The Company has paid the registration fee for this offering pursuant to the applicable rules and regulations under the Securities Act.
4. Further Agreements of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:
(a) Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(b) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, four signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term Prospectus Delivery Period means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.
(c) Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object.
(d) Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing (which confirmation may be delivered by electronic mail), (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
(e) Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the
Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law.
(f) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.
(g) Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the effective date (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.
(h) Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (x) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (y) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise of options granted under Company Stock Plans, and (z) filings on Form S-8 relating to the Company Stock Plans described in the Prospectus.
If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.
(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading Use of proceeds.
(j) No Stabilization. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.
(k) Exchange Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Exchange.
(l) Reports. For a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, so long as the Shares are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commissions Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.
(m) Record Retention . The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.
(n) Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.
(o) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.
5. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:
(a) It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no issuer information (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road
show approved in advance by the Company), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus).
(b) It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.
(c) Any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with, to its knowledge, entities that are qualified institutional buyers as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act.
(d) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).
6. Conditions of Underwriters Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.
(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(c) No Downgrade. Subsequent to the earlier of (A) the Applicable Time and (B) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, if there are any debt securities or preferred stock of or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any such debt securities or preferred stock and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any such debt securities or preferred stock (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading).
(d) No Material Adverse Change. There shall not have occurred nor shall there exist (i) an event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof or (ii) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, which event, condition or change is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(e) Officers Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations of the Company set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) above.
(f) Comfort Letters. (i) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants comfort letters to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered by Deloitte & Touche LLP on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a cut-off date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(ii) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, of its chief financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing management comfort with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
(g) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Bingham McCutchen LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
(h) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
(i) No Legal Impediment to Issuance and/or Sale. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company.
(j) Good Standing . The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.
(k) Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.
(l) Lock-up Agreements . The lock-up agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, between you and certain stockholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(m) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.
All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.
7. Indemnification and Contribution .
(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any issuer information filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a road show) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.
(b) Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the legal names of the Underwriters in the table set forth in the first paragraph under the caption Underwriting, the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption Underwriting and the information contained in the twelfth and thirteenth paragraphs under the caption Underwriting.
(c) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7, such person (the Indemnified Person) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the Indemnifying Person) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under either paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under either paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into in good faith more than 45 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened
proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.
(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
(e) Limitation on Liability. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.
(f) Non-Exclusive Remedies . The remedies provided for in this Section 7 paragraphs (a) through (e) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.
8. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
9. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
10. Defaulting Underwriter .
(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term Underwriter includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.
(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have
the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriters pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.
(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.
(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.
11. Payment of Expenses .
(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Companys counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters up to $15,000); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters up to $35,000); (viii) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any road show presentation to potential investors; provided, however, that the Underwriters shall be responsible for 50% of the third party costs of any private aircraft incurred in connection with such road show; and (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Exchange.
(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clause (i), (iii) or (iv) of Section 9, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for 50% of all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.
12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.
13. Survival . The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters.
14. Certain Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term affiliate has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term business day means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; and (c) the term subsidiary has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
15. Miscellaneous .
(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; Piper Jaffray & Co., 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 (fax: ); Attention: General Counsel; and Jefferies LLC, 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (fax: (646) 619-4437); Attention: General Counsel. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., 15776 Laguna Canyon Road, Irvine, California 92618, (fax: ); Attention: Paul Iacono, Chief Financial Officer.
(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.
(c) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(d) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
(e) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.
|
Very truly yours, |
||
|
|
||
|
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC. |
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
||
|
|
||
Accepted: As of the date first written above |
|
||
|
|
||
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC |
|
||
|
|
||
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
||
PIPER JAFFRAY & CO. |
|
||
|
|
||
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
||
JEFFERIES LLC |
|
||
|
|
||
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For themselves and on behalf of the |
|
||
several Underwriters listed |
|
||
in Schedule 1 hereto. |
|
Schedule 1
Underwriter |
|
Number of Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
|
[ · ] |
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co. |
|
[ · ] |
|
|
|
|
|
Jefferies LLC |
|
[ · ] |
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated |
|
[ · ] |
|
|
|
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC |
|
[ · ] |
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
Annex A
a. Pricing Disclosure Package
[List each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to be included in the Pricing Disclosure Package]
b. Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters
[Set out key information included in script that will be used by Underwriters to confirm sales]
Exhibit A
EGC Testing the waters authorization (to be delivered by the issuer to J.P. Morgan in email or letter form)
In reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act), Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (the Issuer) hereby authorizes each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (J.P. Morgan), Piper Jaffray & Co. (Piper) and Jefferies LLC (Jefferies) and each of their respective affiliates and their respective employees, to engage on behalf of the Issuer in oral and written communications with potential investors that are qualified institutional buyers, as defined in Rule 144A under the Act, or institutions that are accredited investors, as defined in Regulation D under the Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the Issuers contemplated initial public offering (Testing-the-Waters Communications). A Written Testing-the Waters Communication means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act.
The Issuer represents that it is an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (Emerging Growth Company) and agrees to promptly notify J.P. Morgan, Piper and Jefferies in writing if the Issuer hereafter ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company while this authorization is in effect. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Issuer will promptly notify J.P. Morgan, Piper and Jefferies and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.
Nothing in this authorization is intended to limit or otherwise affect the ability of each of J.P. Morgan, Piper and Jefferies and each of their respective affiliates and their respective employees, to engage in communications in which they could otherwise lawfully engage in the absence of this authorization, including, without limitation, any written communication containing only one or more of the statements specified under Rule 134(a) under the Act. This authorization shall remain in effect until the Issuer has provided to J.P. Morgan, Piper and Jefferies a written notice revoking this authorization. All notices as described herein shall be sent by email to the attention of [ · ] at [ · ], [ · ] at [ · ] and [ · ] at [ · ] with copies to [ · ], [ · ] and [ · ].
Exhibit B
[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
PIPER JAFFRAY & CO.
JEFFERIES LLC
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
Public Offering of Common Stock
, 20
[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]
Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:
This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (the Company) of shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value (the Common Stock), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated , 20 (the Lock-up Letter), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated , 20 , with respect to shares of Common Stock (the Shares).
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective , 20 ; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].
Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.
Yours very truly,
|
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PIPER JAFFRAY & CO. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JEFFERIES LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
cc: Company |
|
Exhibit C
[Form of Press Release]
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
[Date]
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (Company) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC, the joint book-running managers in the Companys recent public sale of shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Companys common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on , 20 , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.
This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Exhibit D
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
[ · ], 2014
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
Piper Jaffray & Co.
800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Jefferies LLC
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
As Representatives of
the several Underwriters listed in
Schedule 1 to the Underwriting
Agreement referred to below
Re: Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. Public Offering
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the Underwriting Agreement) with Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), providing for the public offering (the Public Offering) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the Underwriters), of common stock of the Company (the Securities). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
In consideration of the Underwriters agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the Prospectus), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock of the Company (the Common Stock) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or
such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case other than (A) the Securities to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (B) transfers of shares of Common Stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, (C) transfers of shares of Common Stock by operation of law, including a qualified domestic order or upon death by will or intestacy, (D) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or other business entity, distributions or transfers of shares of Common Stock to (i) affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that are controlled by the undersigned or (ii) the limited or general partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned, and (E) transfers of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a liquidation, tender offer, merger, consolidation, stock exchange or similar transaction that results in all of the Companys equity holders having the right to exchange their equity securities in the Company for cash, securities or other property, provided that if such liquidation, tender offer, merger, consolidation, stock exchange or similar transaction is not completed, any Common Stock or other equity securities in the Company subject to this Letter Agreement shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Letter Agreement; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B), (C) or (D) each donee or transferee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this paragraph; and provided , further , that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B), (C) or (D), no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 180-day period referred to above). If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Letter Agreement shall prohibit (i) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the 180-day period referred to above in connection with subsequent sales of such common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions, (ii) any exercise (including a cashless exercise) of options to purchase shares of Common Stock or any conversion or exchange of any other equity security held by the undersigned, individually or as a fiduciary, pursuant to an employee benefit plan or other arrangement described in the Prospectus; provided that any shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise, conversion or exchange shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement and no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the 180-day period referred to above in connection with such exercise, conversion or exchange, or (iii) the undersigned from entering into, or
amending, a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act after the date of this Letter Agreement relating to the sale of securities of the Company, if then permitted by the Company; provided that the securities subject to such plan may not be sold until after the expiration of restrictions provided for herein and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company during the 180-day period referred to above.
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the Underwriters agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.
In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.
If (i) the Underwriting Agreement shall not have been entered into by December 31, 2014, (ii) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto, the Company notifies the Representatives in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering and files an application to withdraw the registration statement relating to the offering or (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, then this Letter Agreement shall immediately terminate and the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.
This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF STOCKHOLDER] |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
Exhibit 3.1
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
The present name of the corporation is Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (the Corporation ). The Corporation was incorporated under the name WW Top Investment Corporation by the filing of its original certificate of incorporation (the Original Certificate of Incorporation ) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 17, 2011. The Original Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on December 7, 2011, and subsequently amended on June 10, 2014 (collectively, the Amended Certificate of Incorporation ). This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ), which amends and restates the provisions of the Amended Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL ) and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Amended Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
The name of the Corporation is: Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
ARTICLE II
The address of the Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.
ARTICLE III
The nature or purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
ARTICLE IV
4.1 Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 110,000,000 shares, consisting of: 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $.0001 per share ( Common Stock ), and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value of $.0001 per share ( Preferred Stock ). The number of authorized shares of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock
voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation (as defined below)).
4.2 Stock Split . Upon the filing and effectiveness (the Effective Time ) pursuant to the DGCL of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, each share of Common Stock either issued and outstanding or held by the Corporation in treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be subdivided into 25 shares of Common Stock (the Stock Split ). Each certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Common Stock (an Old Certificate ) shall thereafter represent that number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Common Stock represented by the Old Certificate shall have been subdivided pursuant to the Stock Split.
4.3 Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the Board ) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, by filing a certificate pursuant to the DGCL (a Preferred Stock Designation ), to establish the rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each such series of Preferred Stock, including the following:
(a) the number of shares of that series, which may subsequently be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding) by resolution of the Board, and the distinctive serial designation thereof;
(b) the voting powers, full or limited, if any, of the shares of that series and the number of votes, if any, per share;
(c) the rights in respect of dividends on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates and the relative rights or priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series and any limitations, restrictions or conditions on the payment of dividends;
(d) the relative amounts, if any, and the relative rights or priority, if any, of payment in respect of shares of that series, which the holders of the shares of that series shall be entitled to receive upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;
(e) the terms and conditions (including the price or prices, which may vary under different conditions and a different redemption or purchase dates), if any, upon which all or any part of the shares of that series may be redeemed or purchased by the Corporation, and any limitations, restrictions or conditions on such redemption or purchase;
(f) the terms, if any, of any purchase, retirement or sinking fund to be provided for the shares of that series;
(g) the terms, if any, upon which all or any part of the shares of that series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class, classes or series, or other securities, whether or not issued by the Corporation; and
(h) any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights and limitations, qualifications and restrictions not inconsistent with law, this Article IV or any resolution of the Board in accordance with this Article IV .
All shares of any one series of the Preferred Stock shall be alike in all respects. Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in the Preferred Stock Designation for a series of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of such series shall have no voting rights except as may be required by the DGCL. Except as may be provided by the Board in a Preferred Stock Designation or by applicable law, shares of any series of Preferred Stock that have been redeemed (whether through the operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) or purchased by the Corporation, or which, if convertible or exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for shares of stock of any other class or series shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as a part of the series of which they were originally a part or may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board or as part of any other series of Preferred Stock.
4.4 Common Stock .
(a) Voting . Holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise required by law, holders of shares of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL.
(b) Dividends . Holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive pro rata dividends when, as and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions or preferences on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by any Preferred Stock Designation.
(c) Liquidation . Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to a Preferred Stock Designation, if any, the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive pro rata the Corporations remaining assets available for distribution. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation shall not be deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for purposes of this subsection.
(d) Other Rights . Holders of shares of Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.
(e) Rights Subject to Preferred Stock . The rights, preferences and powers of the holders of shares of Common Stock are subject to the rights, preferences and
powers of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock set forth in a Preferred Stock Designation.
ARTICLE V
Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders unless such action is taken with regard to a matter that has been approved by the Board of Directors or requires the consent or approval only of one or more series of the Preferred Stock pursuant to a Preferred Stock Designation. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by or at the direction of the Board and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
ARTICLE VI
To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or to its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to, modification of or repeal of this Article VI shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating personal liability of directors, then the liability of the Corporations directors shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.
ARTICLE VII
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, add to, change or repeal the Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws without any action on the part of the stockholders.
ARTICLE VIII
Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporations stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article VIII .
ARTICLE IX
9.1 Acknowledgment . In recognition and anticipation that: (i) the partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers or employees of Freeman Spogli & Co.,
Incorporated, and FS Equity Partners VI, L.P. (collectively Freeman Spogli ) and their respective affiliates may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation, (ii) Freeman Spogli and their respective affiliates may engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) the Corporation and its subsidiaries may engage in material business transactions with Freeman Spogli and their respective affiliates, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve Freeman Spogli and their respective affiliates and their respective directors, officers, members, managers or employees, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.
9.2 Competition and Corporate Opportunities . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Freeman Spogli and their respective affiliates shall not have any duty (fiduciary or otherwise) to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or its subsidiaries. In the event that Freeman Spogli or their respective affiliates acquire knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for Freeman Spogli and the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, neither the Corporation, its subsidiaries nor the stockholders of the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any interest or expectancy in such corporate opportunity solely by reason of Freeman Spogli having acquired knowledge of it, and none of Freeman Spogli or any of their respective affiliates shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or the stockholders of the Corporation and may pursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for itself or direct such corporate opportunity to another person or entity unless such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such affiliate solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.
9.3 Allocation of Corporate Opportunities . In the event that a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a partner, principal, director, officer, member, manager or employee of Freeman Spogli or any of their respective affiliates acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries and Freeman Spogli or any of their respective affiliates, neither the Corporation, its subsidiaries or any stockholder of the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any expectancy or interest in such corporate opportunity unless such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.
9.4 Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities . In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX , a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not contractually permitted or legally or financially able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporations business or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.
9.5 Renouncement . In connection with the foregoing, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy in, or being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunities referred to in this Article IX unless such business opportunity is expressly offered to a person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.
ARTICLE X
10.1 Amendment . The Corporation shall have the right, subject to any express provisions or restrictions contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, from time to time, to amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in any manner now or hereafter provided by law, and all rights and powers of any kind conferred upon a director or stockholder of the Corporation by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment thereof are conferred subject to such right.
10.2 Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.
[ Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of [ · ], 2014.
|
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
ARTICLE I
GENERAL
1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (the Corporation ) within the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle or at such other place within the State of Delaware as determined in accordance with applicable law.
1.2 Other Offices . The Corporation may also have an office or offices other than said registered office at such place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors of the Corporation (the Board of Directors ) shall from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
1.3 Books and Records . Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be maintained on any information storage device or method; provided , that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to applicable law.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting.
2.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.
2.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called by or at the direction of the Board of Directors and may not be called by any other person or persons. The only business which may be conducted at a special meeting shall be the matter or matters set forth in the notice of such meeting. The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.
2.4 Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals .
(a) Timely Notice . At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for the election of directors and such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations or such other business must be: (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time such notice of meeting is delivered, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4 . In addition, any proposal of business (other than the nomination of persons for election to the board of directors) must be a proper matter for stockholder action. For business (including, but not limited to, director nominations) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder or stockholders of record intending to propose the business (the Proposing Stockholder ) must have given timely notice thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4(a) or Section 2.4(c) below, as applicable, in writing to the secretary of the Corporation even if such matter is already the subject of any notice to the stockholders or Public Disclosure from the Board of Directors. To be timely, a Proposing Stockholders notice must be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation: (x) not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the anniversary of the previous years annual meeting if such meeting is to be held on a day which is not more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the previous years annual meeting or not later than 70 days after the anniversary of the previous years annual meeting; and (y) with respect to any other annual meeting of stockholders, not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the date of Public Disclosure of the date of such meeting. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new notice time period (or extend any notice time period). For the purposes of this Section 2.4 , Public Disclosure means a disclosure made in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Services, The Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. For the purposes of this Section 2.4 , Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.4 , the Corporations 2014 annual meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to have occurred on May 1, 2014.
(b) Stockholder Nominations . For the nomination of any person or persons for election to the Board of Directors, a Proposing Stockholders notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee, (iii) the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by each such nominee (if any), (iv) such other information concerning each such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved) or that is otherwise required to be disclosed, under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (v) the consent of the nominee to
being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected, (vi) a written representation from such nominee that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to any person or entity as to how such person, if elected a director, will act or vote on any question or issue that has not been disclosed to the Corporation (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, and (C) if elected as a director would be in compliance with, and will comply with, all applicable law and corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation that are applicable to directors generally and (vii) as to the Proposing Stockholder: (A) the name and address of the Proposing Stockholder as they appear on the Corporations books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, (B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned by the Proposing Stockholder (beneficially and of record) and owned by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, as of the date of the Proposing Stockholders notice, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of the class and number of such shares owned of record and beneficially as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed, (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to such nomination between or among the Proposing Stockholder and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed, (D) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Proposing Stockholders notice by, or on behalf of, the Proposing Stockholder or any of its affiliates or associates, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of the Proposing Stockholder or any of its affiliates or associates with respect to shares of stock of the Corporation, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed, (E) a representation that the Proposing Stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice, and (F) a representation whether the Proposing Stockholder intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporations outstanding capital stock required to approve the nomination and/or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the nomination. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholders understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.
(c) Other Stockholder Proposals . For all business other than director nominations, a Proposing Stockholders notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth as to each matter the Proposing Stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (ii) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the proposal and pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (iii) the information required by Section 2.4(b)(vii) .
(d) Proxy Rules . The foregoing notice requirements of Section 2.4(c) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and such stockholders proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.
(e) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporations notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporations notice of meeting (w) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (x) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 is delivered to the secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4 . In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporations notice of meeting, if the stockholders notice required by this Section 2.4 shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (y) not later than (A) the close of business on the 90th day prior to such special meeting or (B) the 10th day following the date of Public Disclosure of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting, and (z) not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any notice time period).
(f) Effect of Noncompliance . Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary: (i) no nominations shall be made or business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4 , and (ii) unless otherwise required by law, if a Proposing Stockholder intending to propose business or make
nominations at an annual meeting pursuant to this Section 2.4 does not provide the information required under this Section 2.4 to the Corporation promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed, or the Proposing Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Proposing Stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present the proposed business or nominations, such business or nominations shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business or nominations may have been received by the Corporation. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Corporations Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ).
2.5 Adjournments . Any meeting of the stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of the adjourned meeting and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of the adjourned meeting.
2.6 Notice of Meetings . Notice of the place, if any, date, hour, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and means of remote communication, if any, of every meeting of stockholders shall be given by the Corporation not less than ten days nor more than 60 days before the meeting (unless a different time is specified by law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws) to every stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Notices of special meetings shall also specify the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called. Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notice to stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the stockholders at their address appearing on the books of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, notice of meetings may be given to stockholders by means of electronic transmission in accordance with applicable law. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any stockholder who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a waiver of notice or who shall attend such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of the meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of the meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.
2.7 List of Stockholders . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to
vote is less than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of each stockholder at least ten days before any meeting of the stockholders. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network if the information required to gain access to such list was provided with the notice of the meeting or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation for a period of ten days before the meeting. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall also be open for inspection by any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by applicable law. Except as provided by applicable law, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
2.8 Quorum . Unless otherwise required by law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at each meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power, by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power thereof, to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 2.5 , until a quorum shall be present or represented. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. At any such adjourned meeting at which there is a quorum, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting originally called. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required either by the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present or in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take such action with respect to that vote on that matter.
2.9 Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in his or her absence or inability to act, the person whom the Chairman of the Board shall appoint, shall act as chairman of, and preside at, the meeting. The Secretary or, in his or her absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the
establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.
2.10 Voting; Proxies . Unless otherwise required by law or the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the election of directors shall be decided by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the stockholders by the holders of stock entitled to vote in the election. Unless a different or minimum vote is required by law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, in which case such minimum or different vote shall be the applicable vote on the matter, any matter, other than the election of directors, brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the majority in voting power of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.
2.11 Inspectors at Meetings of Stockholders . The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, may, and shall if required by law, appoint one or more inspectors, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (b) determine the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of their duties. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting. No ballot, proxies, votes or any revocation thereof or change thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.
In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.
2.12 Written Consent of Stockholders Without a Meeting . No action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting, unless such action is taken with regard to a matter that has been approved by the Board of Directors or requires the consent or approval only of one or more series of the preferred stock of the Corporation. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
2.13 Record Date .
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on
the day preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote therewith at the adjourned meeting.
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
3.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law, as it may deem proper for the conduct of its meetings and the management of the Corporation.
3.2 Number; Term of Office . The Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members, the number thereof to be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors, up to a maximum of nine (9) members. Each director shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until the directors earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.
3.3 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies . Unless otherwise required by law, any newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors and any vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors, shall be filled solely by the affirmative votes of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A director so elected shall be elected to hold office until the earlier of the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced, a successor is duly elected and qualified or the earlier of such directors death, resignation or removal.
3.4 Resignation . Any director may resign at any time by notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice by the Corporation or at such later time as therein specified. Unless
otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
3.5 Removal . Except as prohibited by applicable law or the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the stockholders entitled to vote in an election of directors may remove any director from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power thereof.
3.6 Fees and Expenses . Directors shall receive such fees and expenses as the Board of Directors shall from time to time prescribe.
3.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such times and at such places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or its Chairman.
3.8 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times and at such places as may be determined by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer on at least 24 hours notice to each director given by one of the means specified in Section 3.11 hereof other than by mail or on at least three days notice if given by mail. Special meetings shall be called by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any two or more directors.
3.9 Telephone Meetings . Board of Directors or Board of Directors committee meetings may be held by means of telephone conference or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and be heard. Participation by a director in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
3.10 Adjourned Meetings . A majority of the directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn and reconvene such meeting to another time and place. At least 24 hours notice of any adjourned meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director whether or not present at the time of the adjournment, if such notice shall be given by one of the means specified in Section 3.11 hereof other than by mail, or at least three days notice if by mail. Any business may be transacted at an adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
3.11 Notices . Subject to Section 3.8 , Section 3.10 and Section 3.12 hereof, whenever notice is required to be given to any director by applicable law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, such notice shall be deemed given effectively if given in person or by telephone, mail addressed to such director at such directors address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, facsimile, e-mail or by other means of electronic transmission.
3.12 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice to directors is required by applicable law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof, in writing signed by, or by electronic transmission by, the director entitled to the notice, whether before or after such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance by a
director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special Board of Directors or committee meeting need be specified in any waiver of notice.
3.13 Organization . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, another director selected by the Board of Directors shall preside. The Secretary shall act as Secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors. If the Secretary is absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an assistant secretary shall perform the duties of Secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all assistant secretaries, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
3.14 Quorum of Directors . The presence of a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
3.15 Action by Majority Vote . Except as otherwise expressly required by these Bylaws, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
3.16 Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all directors or members of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee in accordance with applicable law.
3.17 Committees of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If a member of a committee shall be absent from any meeting, or disqualified from voting thereat, the remaining member or members present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent so authorized by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, at all meetings of such committee, a majority of the then authorized members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the members of the committee present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings. Unless the Board of Directors
provides otherwise, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules and procedures for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules and procedures, each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to this Article III .
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
4.1 Positions and Election . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following each annual meeting of the stockholders and shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also elect a Chairman (who must be a director), one or more vice chairmen (who must be directors), a president, and one or more vice presidents, assistant treasurers, assistant secretaries and other officers. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.
4.2 Term . Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officers successor is elected and qualified or until such officers earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors at any time with or without cause by the Board of Directors. The removal of an officer shall be without prejudice to his or her contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission of his or her resignation to the president or the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Should any vacancy occur among the officers, the position shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by appointment made by the Board of Directors.
4.3 Duties . Each of the officers of the Corporation elected by the Board or appointed by an officer in accordance with these Bylaws shall have the powers and duties prescribed by law, by these Bylaws or by the Board and, in the case of appointed officers, the powers and duties prescribed by the appointing officer, and, unless otherwise prescribed by these Bylaws or by the Board or such appointing officer, shall have such further powers and duties as ordinarily pertain to that office. The Chief Executive Officer shall have authority over the general direction and affairs of the Corporation.
4.4 Duties of Officers May Be Delegated . In case any officer is absent, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may delegate for the time being the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director.
ARTICLE V
STOCK CERTIFICATES AND THEIR TRANSFER
5.1 Certificates Representing Shares . The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided , that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock. If shares are represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in the form, other than bearer form, approved by the Board of Directors. The certificates representing shares of stock of each class shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the chairman, any vice chairman, the president or any vice president, and by the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer or any assistant treasurer. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles. Although any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still such at the date of its issue.
5.2 Transfers of Stock . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof, by such persons attorney lawfully constituted in writing and, in the case of certificated shares, upon the surrender of the certificate thereof, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate or uncertificated shares shall be issued. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred. To the extent designated by the president or any vice president or the treasurer or chief financial officer of the Corporation, the Corporation may recognize the transfer of fractional uncertificated shares, but shall not otherwise be required to recognize the transfer of fractional shares.
5.3 Transfer Agents and Registrars . The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.
5.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the allegedly lost, stolen or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owners legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
6.1 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, the Corporation shall indemnify any person (and such persons heirs, executors or administrators) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other threatened or actual proceeding (brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, including any appeals therefrom, by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person was the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, nonprofit entity or other enterprise, for and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by such person or such heirs, executors or administrators in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including appeals. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3 , the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person described in such sentence in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such person only if the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) by such person was authorized by the Board. Any person serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other enterprise, at least fifty percent (50%) of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a subsidiary for this Article VI ) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.
6.2 Advancement of Expenses . To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation shall promptly pay expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by any person described in Section 6.1 in appearing at, participating in or defending any action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, including appeals, upon presentation of an undertaking on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3 , the Corporation shall be required to pay expenses of a person described in such sentence in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such person only if the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) by such person was authorized by the Board. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.
6.3 Claim for Indemnification . If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article VI is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by any person described in Section 6.1 has been received by the Corporation, such person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action the
Corporation shall have the burden of proving that such person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.
6.4 Insurance . To the fullest extent permitted by the law of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person described in Section 6.1 against any liability asserted against such person, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI or otherwise.
6.5 Rights of Indemnification not Exclusive . The rights of indemnification provided in this Article VI shall neither be exclusive of, nor be deemed in limitation of, any rights to which any person may otherwise be or become entitled or permitted by contract, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, vote of stockholders or directors or otherwise, or as a matter of law, both as to actions in such persons official capacity and actions in any other capacity, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of any person whom the Corporation is obligated to indemnify pursuant to Section 6.1 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. This Article VI shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to, and purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of, persons other than persons described in Section 6.1 .
6.6 General . The provisions of this Article VI shall be applicable to all actions, claims, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act occurring before or after its adoption, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors or administrators of such person. The provisions of this Article VI shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer (or legal representative thereof) who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article VI and the relevant provisions of the law of the State of Delaware and other applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article VI shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts existing or act or omission occurring prior to such alteration, amendment or repeal, or any action, suit or proceeding then or theretofore existing, or any action, suit or proceeding thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part on any such state of facts, act or omission. If any provision of this Article VI shall be found to be invalid or limited in application by reason of any law or regulation, it shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions hereof, and this Article VI shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions had been omitted therefrom. The Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible as the indemnitor of first resort for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below), pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VI , irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below). Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the
indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. For purposes of this Section 6.6 (i) the term indemnitee-related entities means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporations request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation under this Article VI , (ii) the term jointly indemnifiable claims shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to Delaware law, any agreement or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.
6.7 Definitions . For purposes of this Article VI , references to other enterprises shall include employee benefit plans; references to fines shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; references to serving at the request of the Corporation shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and references to expenses shall include attorneys fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a proceeding, including, in the case of an appeal resulting from any proceeding, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
7.1 Seal . The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise, as may be prescribed by law or custom or by the Board of Directors.
7.2 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the Saturday closest to March 31.
7.3 Execution of Contracts, Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.
7.4 Dividends . Subject to applicable law and the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by applicable or the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors may think conducive to the interests of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which it was created.
7.5 Conflict with Applicable Law or Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation . These Bylaws are adopted subject to and shall be construed to be consistent with applicable law and the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Whenever these Bylaws may conflict with any applicable law or the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such conflict shall be resolved in favor of such law or the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed, adopted and repealed or new Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors without any action on the part of the stockholders. The stockholders may make or adopt additional Bylaws and may alter, change and repeal any Bylaws whether such Bylaws were originally adopted by them or otherwise.
Exhibit 4.1
|
THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of CUSIP DATED COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter called the Company), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND COLLEGE STATION, TX SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS Certificate Number Shares BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME President Secretary By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE 2011 DELAWARE BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC. 099406 10 0 DD-MMM-YYYY * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0 00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00 0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000 000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000 0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000 **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO*** MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE & MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE ZQ00000000 Certificate Numbers 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 Total Transaction Num/No. 123456 Denom. 123456 Total 1234567 MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4 PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 CUSIP XXXXXX XX X Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX Insurance Value 1,000,000.00 Number of Shares 123456 DTC 12345678 123456789012345 |
|
The IRS requires that we report the cost basis of certain shares acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares were covered by the legislation and you have sold or transferred the shares and requested a specific cost basis calculation method, we have processed as requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please visit our website or consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis. If you do not keep in contact with us or do not have any activity in your account for the time periods specified by state law, your property could become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state. For value received, ____________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Shares _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Attorney Dated: __________________________________________20__________________ Signature: ____________________________________________________________ Signature: ____________________________________________________________ Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT - Custodian (until age ) and not as tenants in common (Cust) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (Minor) (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. |
Exhibit 5.1
October 20, 2014
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
15776 Laguna Canyon Road
Irvine, California 92618
Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), in connection with the Companys registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-199008) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2014, as amended to date (the Registration Statement), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act). The Registration Statement relates to the registration of the offer and sale of up to 5,750,000 shares of the Companys Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the Common Stock), including up to 750,000 shares of Common Stock that may be offered and sold by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement upon the exercise of the underwriters option to purchase such shares (together, the Shares).
We have reviewed the corporate proceedings of the Company with respect to the authorization of the issuance of the Shares. As such counsel, we have also examined originals or copies of the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto and such other documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purpose of this opinion. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied on certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company. We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to the originals of all documents reviewed by us as copies, the authenticity and completeness of all original documents reviewed by us in original or copy form and the legal competence of each individual executing any document. We have also assumed that an Underwriting Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement, by and among the Company and the underwriters named therein (the Underwriting Agreement), will have been duly executed and delivered pursuant to the authorizing resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company and the pricing committee thereof.
We have also assumed that, at or prior to the time of the issuance and delivery of any Shares, the Registration Statement will have been declared effective under the Act, that the Shares will have been registered under the Act pursuant to the Registration Statement and that such Registration Statement will not have been modified or rescinded, and that there will not have occurred any change in law affecting the validity of the issuance of the Shares.
This opinion is limited solely to the Delaware General Corporation Law, as applied by courts located in Delaware.
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
October 20, 2014
Page Two
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, upon the effectiveness of the Companys Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company under the Underwriting Agreement will have been duly authorized, and when delivered and paid for by the Underwriters (as such term is defined in the Underwriting Agreement) in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the heading Legal Matters in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In rendering the opinions set forth above, we are opining only as to the specific legal issues expressly set forth therein, and no opinion shall be inferred as to any other matter or matters.
This opinion is intended solely for use in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares subject to the Registration Statement and is not to be relied upon for any other purpose.
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ BINGHAM MCCUTCHEN LLP |
|
BINGHAM MCCUTCHEN LLP |
|
Exhibit 10.1
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Purpose
This Plan is intended to encourage ownership of Stock by directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries and other Affiliates, and to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate them to promote the success of the Companys business through the grant of Awards of or pertaining to shares of the Companys Stock. The Plan is intended to be an incentive stock option plan within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but not all Awards are required to be Incentive Options.
2. Definitions
As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set out below, unless the context clearly requires otherwise:
2.1. Accelerate, Accelerated, and Acceleration, means: (a) when used with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, that as of the time of reference the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will become exercisable with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock for which it was not then otherwise exercisable by its terms; (b) when used with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, that the Risk of Forfeiture otherwise applicable to the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall expire with respect to some or all of the shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units then still otherwise subject to the Risk of Forfeiture; and (c) when used with respect to Performance Units, that the applicable Performance Goals or other business objectives shall be deemed to have been met as to some or all of the Performance Units.
2.2. Affiliate means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, or other entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company.
2.3. Assumed and Assumption have the meanings given such terms in Section 9.1(a) .
2.4. Award means any grant or sale pursuant to the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Grants or Other Stock Unit Award.
2.5. Award Agreement means an agreement between the Company and the recipient of an Award, or other notice of grant of an Award, setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.
2.6. Board means the Companys Board of Directors.
2.7. Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following after the date of the approval of the Plan by the Board:
(a) a Transaction (as defined in Section 8.4 ), unless securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the survivors or acquirors outstanding securities (or the securities of any parent thereof) are held by a person or persons who held securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Companys outstanding securities immediately prior to that transaction, or
(b) any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect from time to time (the Exchange Act )) directly or indirectly acquires, including but not limited to by means of a merger or consolidation, beneficial ownership (determined pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the said Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Companys outstanding securities unless pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Companys stockholders that the Board recommends such stockholders accept, other than (i) the Company or any of its Affiliates, (ii) an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (iv) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or
(c) over a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months or less, there is a change in the composition of the Board such that a majority of the Board members (rounded up to the next whole number, if a fraction) ceases, by reason of one or more proxy contests for the election of Board members, to be composed of individuals who either (i) have been Board members continuously since the beginning of that period, or (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members described in the preceding clause (i) who were still in office at the time that election or nomination was approved by the Board; or
(d) a majority of the Board votes in favor of a decision that a Change of Control has occurred.
2.8. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto, and any regulations issued from time to time thereunder.
2.9. Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which in general is responsible for the administration of the Plan, as provided in Section 5 of this Plan. For any period during which no such committee is in existence Committee shall mean the Board and all authority and responsibility assigned to the Committee under the Plan shall be exercised, if at all, by the Board.
2.10. Company means Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.
2.11. Exchange Act has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b) .
2.12. Forfeiture , forfeit , and derivations thereof, when used in respect of Restricted Stock purchased by a Participant, includes the Companys repurchase of such Restricted Stock at less than its then Market Value as a means intended to effect a forfeiture of value.
2.13. Grant Date means the date as of which an Option is granted, as determined under Section 7.1(a) .
2.14. Incentive Option means an Option which by its terms is to be treated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
2.15. Market Value means the value of a share of Stock on a particular date determined by such methods or procedures as may be established by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Market Value of Stock as of any date is the closing price for the Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange (or on any other national securities exchange on which the Stock is then listed) for that date or, if no closing price is reported for that date, the closing price on the first following date for which a closing price is reported. For purposes of Awards effective as of the effective date of the Companys initial public offering, Market Value of Stock shall be the price at which the Companys Stock is offered to the public in its initial public offering.
2.16. Nonstatutory Option means any Option that is not an Incentive Option.
2.17. Option means an option to purchase shares of Stock.
2.18. Optionee means an eligible individual to whom an Option shall have been granted under the Plan.
2.19. Other Stock Unit Award has the definition set forth in Section 7.8(a) .
2.20 Participant means any holder of an outstanding Award under the Plan.
2.21 Performance Criteria and Performance Goals have the meanings given such terms in Section 7.7(f) .
2.22 Performance Period means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, selected by the Committee, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals or other business objectives will be measured for purposes of determining a Participants right to, and the payment of, an Award.
2.23 Performance Unit means a right granted to a Participant under Section 7.5 , to receive a predetermined number of shares of Stock, the payment of which is contingent on achieving Performance Goals or other business objectives established by the Committee.
2.24 Plan means this Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, and including any attachments or addenda hereto.
2.25 Qualified Performance-Based Awards means Awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.
2.26 Restricted Stock means a grant or sale of shares of Stock to a Participant subject to a Risk of Forfeiture.
2.27 Restricted Stock Units means rights to receive shares of Stock at the close of a Restriction Period, subject to a Risk of Forfeiture.
2.28 Restriction Period means the period of time, established by the Committee in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, during which the shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are subject to a Risk of Forfeiture described in the applicable Award Agreement.
2.29 Rights has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(b) .
2.30 Risk of Forfeiture means a limitation on the right of the Participant to retain Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, including a right of the Company to reacquire shares of Restricted Stock at less than its then Market Value, arising because of the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events or conditions.
2.31 Securities Act has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b) .
2.32 Stock means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Section 8 .
2.33 Stock Appreciation Right means a right to receive a payment equal in value to the difference between the Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right over the grant price of the Stock Appreciation Right.
2.34 Stock Grant means the grant of shares of Stock not subject to restrictions or other forfeiture conditions.
2.35 Stockholders Agreement means any agreement by and among the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company and setting forth, among other provisions, restrictions upon the transfer of shares of Stock or on the exercise of rights appurtenant thereto (including but not limited to voting rights).
2.36 Substitute Awards means Awards granted or Stock issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, by a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.
2.37 Ten Percent Owner means a person who owns, or is deemed within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code to own, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary corporations of the Company, as defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code). Whether a person is a Ten Percent Owner shall be determined with respect to an Option based on the facts existing immediately prior to the Grant Date of the Option.
2.38 Transaction has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a) .
3. Term of the Plan
Unless the Plan is earlier terminated by the Board, Awards may be granted under this Plan at any time in the period commencing on the date of approval of the Plan by the Board and ending immediately prior to the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the adoption of the Plan by the Board and approval of the Plan by the Companys stockholders. Awards granted pursuant to the Plan within that period shall not expire solely by reason of the termination of the Plan. Awards of
Incentive Options granted prior to stockholder approval of the Plan are expressly conditioned upon such approval, but in the event of the failure of the stockholders to approve the Plan shall thereafter and for all purposes be deemed to constitute Nonstatutory Options.
4. Stock Subject to the Plan
4.1. Plan Share Limitations .
(a) At no time shall the number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to or subject to outstanding Awards granted under the Plan exceed 1,600,000 shares of Stock. In no event shall the number of shares available for issuance pursuant to Incentive Options exceed 1,450,000 shares of Stock. For purposes of applying the foregoing limitations, (a) if any Option or Stock Appreciation Right expires, terminates, or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, or if any other Award is forfeited, the shares of Stock not purchased by the Optionee or which are forfeited shall again be available for Awards to be granted under the Plan, (b) if any Option is exercised by delivering previously owned shares of Stock in payment of the exercise price therefor, only the net number of shares, that is, the number of shares of Stock issued minus the number received by the Company in payment of the exercise price, shall be considered to have been issued pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan and (c) Shares of Stock delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay the withholding taxes related to an Award do not count as issued under the Plan and will be available for the grant of future Awards. In addition, settlement of any Award shall not count against the foregoing limitations except to the extent settled in the form of Stock.
(b) Shares of Stock issued pursuant to the Plan may be either authorized but unissued shares or shares held by the Company in its treasury.
4.2. Per Person Limitations .
(a) In General . The maximum number of shares of Stock (or, in the case of Awards to be settled in cash, a share equivalent thereof based on the Market Value as of the date of grant) that may be subject to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or other Awards, or any combination thereof, granted to any one Participant during any single calendar year shall be 500,000. The per Participant limits described in this subsection (b) shall be construed and applied in a manner consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.
(b) Directors. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be subject to Awards granted to any director in his or her capacity as such during any single calendar year shall be 10,000.
4.3. Adjustment of Limitations . Each of the share limitations of this Section 4 shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan, but in the case of the limitation of Section 4.2(a) , only if and to the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.
5. Administration
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided , however , that at any time and on any one or more occasions the Board may itself exercise any of the powers and responsibilities assigned the Committee under the Plan and when so acting shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of the Plan pertaining to the Committees exercise of its authorities
hereunder; and provided further , however , that the Committee may delegate to an executive officer or officers the authority to grant Awards hereunder to employees who are not officers, and to consultants, up to the maximum number set forth above, and in accordance with such other guidelines as the Committee shall specify by resolution at any time or from time to time. Any such delegation may not include the authority to grant Restricted Stock, unless either otherwise permitted by applicable corporate law or the delegate is a committee of the Board, including a committee consisting solely of an executive officer who is a Board member. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete authority, in its discretion, to make or to select the manner of making all determinations with respect to each Award to be granted by the Company under the Plan including the employee, consultant or director to receive the Award and the form of Award. In making such determinations, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, consultants, and directors, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and its Affiliates, and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall also have complete authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to determine the terms and provisions of the respective Award Agreements (which need not be identical), and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committees determinations made in good faith on matters referred to in the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any interest under the Plan or an Award made pursuant thereto, including all Participants, beneficiaries, heirs, or assigns.
6. Authorization of Grants
6.1. Eligibility . The Committee may grant from time to time and at any time prior to the termination of the Plan one or more Awards, either alone or in combination with any other Awards, to any member of the Board or any member of any board of directors (or similar governing authority) of any Affiliate, or any employee of, or consultant to, the Company, or any of its subsidiaries or other Affiliates. However, only employees of the Company, and of any parent or subsidiary corporations of the Company, as defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code, shall be eligible for the grant of an Incentive Option. The selection of Participants is within the sole discretion of the Committee.
6.2. General Terms of Awards . Each grant of an Award shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan (including but not limited to any specific terms and conditions applicable to that type of Award set out in the following Section), and such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee may prescribe. No prospective Participant shall have any rights with respect to an Award, unless and until such Participant shall have complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award (including, if applicable, delivering a fully executed copy of any agreement evidencing an Award to the Company).
6.3. Effect of Termination of Employment, Etc . Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise with respect to any Award (including, but not limited to, in a Participants Award Agreement), if the Participants employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates ends for any reason, including because of the Participants employer ceasing to be an Affiliate, (a) any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right of the Participant shall cease to be exercisable in any respect not later than thirty (30) days following that event and, for the period it remains exercisable following that event, shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of that event, and (b) any other outstanding Award of the Participant shall
be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to the Company on the terms specified in the applicable Award Agreement. Cessation of the performance of services in one capacity, for example, as an employee, shall not result in termination of an Award while the Participant continues to perform services in another capacity, for example as a director. Military or sick leave or other bona fide leave shall not be deemed a termination of employment or other association; provided , that it does not exceed the longer of ninety (90) days or the period during which the absent Participants reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Committee may provide that Awards continue to vest for some or all of the period of any such leave, or that their vesting shall be tolled during any such leave and only recommence upon the Participants return from leave, if ever.
6.4. Non-Transferability of Awards . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.4 , Awards shall not be transferable, and no Award or interest therein may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All of a Participants rights in any Award may be exercised during the life of the Participant only by the Participant or the Participants legal representative. However, the Committee may, at or after the grant of an Award of a Nonstatutory Option, or shares of Restricted Stock, provide that such Award may be transferred by the recipient to a family member; provided , however , that any such transfer is without payment of any consideration whatsoever and that no transfer shall be valid unless first approved by the Committee, acting in its sole discretion. For this purpose, family member means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, grandparent, stepparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the employees household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which the foregoing persons have more than fifty (50) percent of the beneficial interests, a foundation in which the foregoing persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than fifty (50) percent of the voting interests.
7. Specific Terms of Awards
7.1. Options .
(a) Date of Grant . The granting of an Option shall take place at the time specified in the Award Agreement.
(b) Exercise Price . The price at which shares of Stock may be acquired under each Incentive Option shall be not less than 100% of the Market Value of Stock on the Grant Date, or not less than 110% of the Market Value of Stock on the Grant Date if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner. The price at which shares of Stock may be acquired under each Nonstatutory Option shall not be so limited solely by reason of this Section 7.1(b) .
(c) Option Period . No Incentive Option may be exercised on or after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Grant Date, or on or after the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Grant Date if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner. The Option period under each Nonstatutory Option shall not be so limited solely by reason of this Section 7.1(c) .
(d) Exercisability . An Option may be immediately exercisable or become exercisable in such installments, cumulative or non-cumulative, as the Committee may determine. In the case of an Option not otherwise immediately exercisable in full, the Committee may
Accelerate such Option in whole or in part at any time; provided , however , that in the case of an Incentive Option, any such Acceleration of the Option would not cause the Option to fail to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code or the Optionee consents to the Acceleration.
(e) Method of Exercise . An Option may be exercised by the Optionee giving written notice, in the manner provided in Section 17 , specifying the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is then being exercised. The notice shall be accompanied by payment in the form of cash or check payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the exercise price of the shares of Stock to be purchased or, subject in each instance to the Committees approval, acting in its sole discretion, and to such conditions, if any, as the Committee may deem necessary to avoid adverse accounting effects to the Company,
(i) by delivery to the Company of shares of Stock having a Market Value equal to the exercise price of the shares to be purchased, or
(ii) by surrender of the Option as to all or part of the shares of Stock for which the Option is then exercisable in exchange for shares of Stock having an aggregate Market Value equal to the difference between (1) the aggregate Market Value of the surrendered portion of the Option, and (2) the aggregate exercise price under the Option for the surrendered portion of the Option.
If the Stock is traded on an established market, payment of any exercise price may also be made through and under the terms and conditions of any formal cashless exercise program authorized by the Company entailing the sale of the Stock subject to an Option in a brokered transaction (other than to the Company). Receipt by the Company of such notice and payment in any authorized or combination of authorized means shall constitute the exercise of the Option. Within thirty (30) days thereafter but subject to the remaining provisions of the Plan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Optionee or his agent a certificate or certificates or shall cause the Stock to be held in book-entry position through the Companys transfer agents direct registration system for the number of shares then being purchased. Such shares of Stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable.
(f) Limit on Incentive Option Characterization . An Incentive Option shall be considered to be an Incentive Option only to the extent that the shares of Stock for which the Option first becomes exercisable in a calendar year do not have an aggregate Market Value (as of the date of the grant of the Option) in excess of the current limit. The current limit for any Optionee for any calendar year shall be $100,000 minus the aggregate Market Value at the date of grant of the number of shares of Stock available for purchase for the first time in the same year under each other Incentive Option previously granted to the Optionee under the Plan, and under each other incentive stock option previously granted to the Optionee under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company and its Affiliates, after December 31, 1986. Any shares of Stock which would cause the foregoing limit to be violated shall be deemed to have been granted under a separate Nonstatutory Option, otherwise identical in its terms to those of the Incentive Option.
(g) Notification of Disposition . Each person exercising any Incentive Option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to have covenanted with the Company to report to the Company any disposition of the shares of Stock issued upon such exercise prior to the
expiration of the holding periods specified by Section 422(a)(1) of the Code and, if and to the extent that the realization of income in such a disposition imposes upon the Company federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements, or any such withholding is required to secure for the Company an otherwise available tax deduction, to remit to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy those requirements.
7.2. Stock Appreciation Rights .
(a) Tandem or Stand-Alone . Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with an Option (at or, in the case of a Nonstatutory Option, after, the award of the Option), or alone and unrelated to an Option. Stock Appreciation Rights in tandem with an Option shall terminate to the extent that the related Option is exercised, and the related Option shall terminate to the extent that the tandem Stock Appreciation Rights are exercised.
(b) Exercise Price . Stock Appreciation Rights shall have an exercise price of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the Market Value of the Stock on the date of award, or in the case of Stock Appreciation Rights in tandem with Options, the exercise price of the related Option.
(c) Other Terms . Except as the Committee may deem inappropriate or inapplicable in the circumstances, Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to terms and conditions substantially similar to those applicable to a Nonstatutory Option. In addition, a Stock Appreciation Right related to an Option which can only be exercised during limited periods following a Change of Control may entitle the Participant to receive an amount based upon the highest price paid or offered for Stock in any transaction relating to the Change of Control or paid during the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the occurrence of the Change of Control in any transaction reported in the stock market in which the Stock is normally traded.
7.3. Restricted Stock .
(a) Purchase Price . Shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued under the Plan for such consideration, if any, in cash, other property or services, or any combination thereof, as is determined by the Committee.
(b) Issuance of Stock . Each Participant receiving a Restricted Stock Award, subject to subsection (c) below, shall be issued a stock certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Stock or the shares shall be held in book-entry position through the Companys transfer agents direct registration system. If a certificate is issued, such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and, if applicable, shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award substantially in the following form:
The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to the terms and conditions of the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and an Award Agreement entered into by the registered owner and Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., copies of which will be furnished by the Company to the holder of the shares evidenced by this certificate upon written request and without charge.
If the Stock is in book-entry position through the Companys transfer-agents direct registration system, the restrictions will be appropriately noted.
(c) Escrow of Shares . The Committee may require that the stock certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Participant deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock covered by such Award.
(d) Restrictions and Restriction Period . During the Restriction Period applicable to shares of Restricted Stock, such shares shall be subject to limitations on transferability and a Risk of Forfeiture arising on the basis of such conditions related to the performance of services, Company or Affiliate performance or otherwise as the Committee may determine and provide for in the applicable Award Agreement. Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be waived or terminated, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on such basis as it deems appropriate.
(e) Rights Pending Lapse of Risk of Forfeiture or Forfeiture of Award . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, at all times prior to lapse of any Risk of Forfeiture applicable to, or forfeiture of, an Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote, and the right to receive any dividends with respect to, the shares of Restricted Stock (but any dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Stock or other securities of the Company shall constitute additional Restricted Stock, subject to the same Risk of Forfeiture as the shares of Restricted Stock in respect of which such shares of Stock or other securities are paid). The Committee, as determined at the time of Award, may permit or require the payment of cash dividends to be deferred until the close of the Restriction Period (and then only if the underlying Stock is earned) and, if the Committee so determines, reinvested in additional Restricted Stock to the extent shares of Stock are available under Section 4 .
(f) Lapse of Restrictions . If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, the certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant promptly if not theretofore so delivered. The Restriction Period shall expire and lapse in accordance with a schedule or other conditions determined by the Plan administrator.
7.4. Restricted Stock Units .
(a) Character . Each Restricted Stock Unit shall entitle the recipient to a share of Stock at the close of such Restriction Period as the Committee may establish and subject to a Risk of Forfeiture arising on the basis of such conditions relating to the performance of services, Company or Affiliate performance or otherwise as the Committee may determine and provide for in the applicable Award Agreement. Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be waived or terminated, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on such basis as it deems appropriate.
(b) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units shall be made in a single lump sum following the close of the applicable Restriction Period. At the discretion of the Committee, Participants may be entitled to receive payments equivalent to any dividends declared with respect to Stock referenced in grants of Restricted Stock Units but only following the close of the applicable Restriction Period and then only if the underlying Stock shall have been earned. Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise, any such dividend equivalents shall be paid, if at all, without interest or other earnings.
7.5. Performance Units .
(a) Character . Each Performance Unit shall entitle the recipient to a specified number of shares of Stock at the close of a specified Performance Period to the extent specified business objectives, including but not limited to Performance Goals, are achieved. The value of each Performance Unit will depend on the degree to which the specified Performance Goals are achieved.
(b) Earning of Performance Units . The Committee shall set Performance Goals or other business objectives in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met within the applicable Performance Period, will determine the number and value of Performance Units that will be paid out to the Participant. After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units shall be entitled to receive payout on the number and value of Performance Units earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding Performance Goals or other business objectives have been achieved. Based on the level of performance, the number of shares of Stock issued upon achievement of specified levels of performance may be larger than the number of Performance Units.
(c) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Performance Units shall be made in a single lump sum following the close of the applicable Performance Period. At the discretion of the Committee, Participants may be entitled to receive any dividends declared with respect to Stock which have been earned in connection with grants of Performance Units which have been earned, but not yet distributed to Participants. The Committee may permit or, if it so provides at grant require, a Participant to defer such Participants receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Stock that would otherwise be due to such Participant by virtue of the satisfaction of any requirements or goals with respect to Performance Units. If any such deferral election is required or permitted, the Committee shall establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals.
7.6. Stock Grants . Stock Grants shall be awarded solely in recognition of significant prior or expected contributions to the success of the Company or its Affiliates, as an inducement to employment, in lieu of compensation otherwise already due and in such other limited circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate. Stock Grants shall be made without restriction or forfeiture conditions of any kind.
7.7. Qualified Performance-Based Awards .
(a) Purpose . The purpose of this Section 7.7 is to provide the Committee the ability to qualify Awards as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. If the Committee, in its discretion, decides to grant an Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the provisions of this Section 7.7 will control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan. In the course of granting any Award, the Committee may specifically designate the Award as intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award. However, no Award shall be considered to have failed to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award solely because the Award is not expressly designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, if the Award otherwise satisfies the provisions of this Section 7.7 and the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code applicable to performance-based compensation.
(b) Authority . All grants of Awards intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based Awards and the determination of the terms applicable thereto shall be made by the Committee. If not all of the members thereof qualify as outside directors within the meaning of Section 162 of the Code, however, all grants of Awards intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based Awards and the determination of the terms applicable thereto shall be made a subcommittee of the Committee consisting of such of the members of the Committee as do so qualify. Any reference in this Section 7.7 to the Committee shall mean any such subcommittee if required under the preceding sentence, and any action by such a subcommittee shall be considered the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan.
(c) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Qualified Performance-Based Awards . Any form of Award permitted under the Plan, other than a Stock Grant, may be granted as a Qualified Performance-Based Award. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted as Qualified Performance-Based Awards in accordance with Section 7.1 and 7.2 , respectively, except that the exercise price of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award shall in no event be less that the Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant, and may become exercisable based on continued service, on satisfaction of Performance Goals or other business objectives, or on a combination thereof. Each other Award intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, such as Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Performance Units, shall be subject to satisfaction of one or more Performance Goals except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.7 . The Committee will have full discretion to select the length of any applicable Restriction Period or Performance Period, the kind and/or level of the applicable Performance Goal, and whether the Performance Goal is to apply to the Company, a subsidiary of the Company or any division or business unit or to the individual. Any Performance Goal or Goals applicable to Qualified Performance-Based Awards shall be objective, shall be established not later than ninety (90) days after the beginning of any applicable Performance Period (or at such other date as may be required or permitted for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code) and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, including the requirement that the outcome of the Performance Goal or Goals be substantially uncertain (as defined for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code) at the time established.
(d) Payment of Qualified Performance-Based Awards . A Participant will be eligible to receive payment under a Qualified Performance-Based Award which is subject to achievement of a Performance Goal or Performance Goals only if the applicable Performance Goal or Performance Goals are achieved within the applicable Performance Period, as determined by the Committee; provided , that a Qualified Performance-Based Award may be deemed earned as a result of death, becoming disabled, or in connection with a change of control (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) if otherwise provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement even if the Award would not constitute performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code following the occurrence of such an event. In determining the actual size of an individual Qualified Performance-Based Award, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Qualified Performance-Based Award earned for a Performance Period, if in its sole and absolute discretion, such reduction or elimination is appropriate.
(e) Limitation on Adjustments for Certain Events . No adjustment of any Qualified Performance-Based Award pursuant to Section 8 shall be made except on such basis, if any, as will not cause such Award to provide other than performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
(f) Definitions . For purposes of the Plan:
(i) Performance Criteria means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria used to establish Performance Goals are limited to: (i) cash flow (before or after dividends), (ii) earnings per share (including, without limitation, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), (iii) stock price, (iv) return on equity, (v) stockholder return or total stockholder return, (vi) return on capital (including, without limitation, return on total capital or return on invested capital), (vii) return on investment, (viii) return on assets or net assets, (ix) market capitalization, (x) economic value added, (xi) debt leverage (debt to capital), (xii) revenue, (xiii) sales or net sales, (xiv) backlog, (xv) income, pre-tax income or net income, (xvi) operating income or pre-tax profit, (xvii) operating profit, net operating profit or economic profit, (xviii) gross margin, operating margin or profit margin, (xix) return on operating revenue or return on operating assets, (xx) cash from operations, (xxi) operating ratio, (xxii) operating revenue, (xxiii) market share improvement, (xxiv) general and administrative expenses and (xxv) customer service.
(ii) Performance Goals means, for a Performance Period, the written goal or goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon one or more of the Performance Criteria. The Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, subsidiary, or an individual, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either the Company as a whole or to a business unit or Affiliate, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either quarterly, annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the Committee. The Committee will objectively define the manner of calculating the Performance Goal or Performance Goals it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant, including whether or to what extent there shall not be taken into account any of the following events that occurs during the Performance Period: (i) asset write-downs, (ii) litigation, claims, judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, (iv) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs and (v) any extraordinary, unusual, non-recurring or non-comparable items (A) as described in Accounting Standard Codification Section 225-20, (B) as described in managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Companys Annual Report to stockholders for the applicable year, or (C) publicly announced by the Company in a press release or conference call relating to the Companys results of operations or financial condition for a completed quarterly or annual fiscal period. The Performance Goals established by the Committee must meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.
7.8. Other Stock Unit Awards .
(a) Stock and Administration . Other Awards of Stock and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, Stock or other property ( Other Stock Unit Awards ) may be granted hereunder to Participants, either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan, and such Other Stock Unit Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan. Other Stock Unit Awards may be paid in Stock, cash or any other form of property, as the Committee shall determine. The provisions of Other Stock Unit Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient. Except for certain limited situations, Other Stock Unit Awards granted to employees subject solely to continued employment conditions shall have a vesting period of not less than three years.
(b) Terms and Conditions . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, Awards and Stock subject to Awards made under this Section 7.8 may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered prior to the date on which the Stock is issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period lapses. Stock (including securities convertible into Stock) subject to Awards granted under this Section 7.8 may be issued for no cash consideration or for such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law. Stock (including securities convertible into Stock) purchased pursuant to a purchase right awarded under this Section 7.8 shall be purchased for such consideration as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion, which, except in the case of Substitute Awards, shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of such Stock or other securities as of the date such purchase right is awarded.
7.9 Awards to Participants Outside the United States . The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan granted to a Participant who is, at the time of grant or during the term of the Award, resident or primarily employed outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that the Award shall conform to laws, regulations, procedures, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then resident or primarily employed, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participants residence or employment abroad, shall be as comparable as practicable to the value of such an Award to a Participant who is resident or primarily employed in the United States. The Committee may establish supplements or sub-plans to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan for the purpose of granting and administrating any such modified Award. No such modification, supplement, sub-plan, amendment, restatement or alternative version may increase the share limit of Section 4 .
8. Adjustment Provisions
8.1. Adjustment for Corporate Actions . All of the share numbers set forth in the Plan reflect the capital structure of the Company as of the date immediately following the consummation of the initial public offering of the Companys Stock. If subsequent to that date the outstanding shares of Stock (or any other securities covered by the Plan by reason of the prior application of this Section) are increased, decreased, or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities, or if additional shares or new or different shares or other securities are distributed with respect to shares of Stock, as a result of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other similar distribution with respect to such shares of Stock, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in
(i) the maximum numbers and kinds of shares provided in Section 4 , (ii) the numbers and kinds of shares or other securities subject to the then outstanding Awards, (iii) the exercise price for each share or other unit of any other securities subject to then outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (without change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such Options or Rights remain exercisable), and (iv) the repurchase price of each share of Restricted Stock then subject to a Risk of Forfeiture in the form of a Company repurchase right.
8.2. Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events . In the event of any corporate action not specifically covered by Section 8.1 , including but not limited to an extraordinary cash distribution on Stock, a corporate separation or other reorganization or liquidation, the Committee shall make such adjustment of outstanding Awards and their terms, if any, as it, in its sole discretion, deems equitable and appropriate in the circumstances. The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in this Section 8.2 ) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.
8.3. Related Matters . Any adjustment in Awards made pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 shall be determined and made, if at all, by the Committee, acting in its sole discretion, and shall include any correlative modification of terms, including of Option exercise prices, rates of vesting or exercisability, Risks of Forfeiture, applicable repurchase prices for Restricted Stock, and Performance Goals and other business objectives which the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate so as to ensure the rights of the Participants in their respective Awards are not substantially diminished nor enlarged as a result of the adjustment and corporate action other than as expressly contemplated in this Section 8 . The Committee, in its discretion, may determine that no fraction of a share of Stock shall be purchasable or deliverable upon exercise, and in that event if any adjustment hereunder of the number of shares of Stock covered by an Award would cause such number to include a fraction of a share of Stock, such number of shares of Stock shall be adjusted to the nearest smaller whole number of shares. No adjustment of an Option exercise price per share pursuant to Sections 8.1 or 8.2 shall result in an exercise price which is less than the par value of the Stock.
8.4. Transactions .
(a) Definition of Transaction . In this Section 8.4 , Transaction means (1) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which the Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (2) any sale or exchange of all of the Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property, (3) any sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys assets to one or more other persons in a single transaction or series of related transactions or (4) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(b) Treatment of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights . In a Transaction, the Committee may take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (collectively, Rights ).
(i) Provide that such Rights shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent rights shall be provided in substitution therefore, by the acquiring or succeeding entity (or an affiliate thereof).
(ii) Upon written notice to the holders, provide that the holders unexercised Rights will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Transaction unless exercised within a specified period following the date of such notice.
(iii) Provide that outstanding Rights shall become exercisable in whole or in part prior to or upon the Transaction.
(iv) Provide for cash payments, net of applicable tax withholdings, to be made to holders in an amount (if positive) equal to (A) the acquisition price times the number of shares of Stock subject to an Option (to the extent the exercise price does not exceed the acquisition price) minus (B) the aggregate exercise price for all such shares of Stock subject to the Option, in exchange for the termination of such Option; provided , that if the acquisition price does not exceed the exercise price of any such Option, the Committee may cancel that Option without the payment of any consideration therefore prior to or upon the Transaction. For this purpose, acquisition price means the amount of cash, and market value of any other consideration, received in payment for a share of Stock surrendered in a Transaction but need not take into account any deferred consideration unless and until received.
(v) Provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Rights shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds net of the exercise price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings.
(vi) Any combination of the foregoing.
For purposes of paragraph (1) above, a Right shall be considered assumed, or a substantially equivalent right shall be considered to have been provided in substitution therefore, if following consummation of the Transaction the Right confers the right to purchase or receive the value of, for each share of Stock subject to the Right immediately prior to the consummation of the Transaction, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Transaction by holders of Stock for each share of Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided , however , that if the consideration received as a result of the Transaction is not solely common stock (or its equivalent) of the acquiring or succeeding entity (or an affiliate thereof), the Committee may provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of Right to consist of or be based on solely common stock (or its equivalent) of the acquiring or succeeding entity (or an affiliate thereof) equivalent in value to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Stock as a result of the Transaction.
(c) Treatment of Other Awards . As to outstanding Awards other than Options or Share Appreciation Rights, upon the occurrence of a Transaction other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company which is not part of another form of Transaction, the
repurchase and other rights of the Company under each such Award shall inure to the benefit of the Companys successor and shall, unless the Committee determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Transaction in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to the Award. Upon the occurrence of a Transaction involving a liquidation or dissolution of the Company which is not part of another form of Transaction, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Award or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all Risks of Forfeiture and Performance Goals or other business objectives, where otherwise applicable to any such Awards, shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, as applicable.
(d) Related Matters . In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 8.4 , the Committee shall not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically. Any determinations required to carry out the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.4 , including but not limited to the market value of other consideration received by holders of Stock in a Transaction and whether substantially equivalent Rights have been substituted, shall be made by the Committee acting in its sole discretion. In connection with any action or actions taken by the Committee in respect of Awards and in connection with a Transaction, the Committee may require such acknowledgements of satisfaction and releases from Participants as it may determine.
9. Change of Control
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control all outstanding Awards, other than those addressed in (b) below, shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent rights shall be provided in substitution therefor, or shall otherwise be continued in a manner satisfactory to the Committee, by the acquiring or succeeding entity (or an affiliate thereof) (collectively, Assumed or Assumption ).
(b) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a pro rata portion of the Performance Goals under Awards conditioned on the achievement of Performance Goals or other business objectives, including the payouts attainable under outstanding Performance Units if applicable, has been achieved as of the effective date of the Change of Control, then such Performance Goals shall be deemed satisfied as of such Change of Control as to a pro rata portion of the number of shares subject to the original Award (in all cases giving effect to any multiplier or sliding scale to be applied pursuant to the terms of the original Award). The pro rata portion of such Performance Goals and such number of shares subject to the original Awards shall each be based on the length of time within the Restriction Period or Performance Period which has elapsed prior to the effective date of the Change of Control. The remaining portion of such Awards that is not eligible to be deemed satisfied in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be deemed to have been satisfied, earned or forfeited as of the Change of Control in such amounts as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion unless that remaining portion is Assumed. Assumption shall be deemed to have occurred in respect of all Awards conditioned on the achievement of Performance Goals or other business objectives, including the payouts attainable under outstanding Performance Units if applicable, if such remaining portion of such shares is subjected to (i) comparable performance goals based on the post-Change of Control business of the acquiror or succeeding entity (or an affiliate thereof), and (ii) a measurement period using a comparable period of time to the original Award, each in a manner satisfactory to the Committee.
(c) To the extent an Award is required to be Assumed hereunder and is not Assumed or earned in a Change of Control as determined under the foregoing provisions:
(i) any and all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights not already exercisable in full which are not based on achievement of Performance Goals or other business objectives shall Accelerate with respect to 100% of the shares for which such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights are not then exercisable;
(ii) any Risk of Forfeiture applicable to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units which are not based on achievement of Performance Goals or other business objectives shall lapse with respect to 100% of the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units still subject to such Risk of Forfeiture immediately prior to the Change of Control;
(iii) the outstanding Awards conditioned on the achievement of Performance Goals or other business objectives, including the payouts attainable under outstanding Performance Units if applicable, shall be deemed to have been satisfied, earned, or forfeited as of the effective date of the Change of Control in such amounts as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion; and
(iv) the restrictions and deferral limitations and other conditions applicable to any Other Stock Unit Awards shall lapse, and such Other Stock Unit Awards shall become free of all restrictions, limitations or conditions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of the original grant.
(d) All such Awards of Performance Units and Restricted Stock Units shall be paid to the extent earned to Participants in accordance with (b) or (c) above within thirty (30) days following the effective date of the Change of Control.
(e) None of (a) through (c) above shall apply, however, (i) in the case of any Award pursuant to an Award Agreement requiring other or additional terms upon a Change of Control (or similar event), (ii) if specifically prohibited under applicable laws, or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, or (iii) as otherwise provided in Section 7.7 , concerning Qualified Performance-Based Awards.
10. Settlement of Awards
10.1. In General . Options and Restricted Stock shall be settled in accordance with their terms. All other Awards may be settled in cash, Stock, or other Awards, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee at or after grant and subject to any contrary Award Agreement. The Committee may not require settlement of any Award in Stock pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence to the extent issuance of such Stock would be prohibited or unreasonably delayed by reason of any other provision of the Plan.
10.2. Violation of Law . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement, if, at any time, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the issuance of shares of Stock covered by an Award may constitute a violation of law, then the Company may delay such issuance until (i) approval shall have been obtained from such
governmental agencies, other than the Securities and Exchange Commission, as may be required under any applicable law, rule, or regulation and (ii) in the case where such issuance would constitute a violation of a law administered by or a regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission, one of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:
(a) the shares of Stock are at the time of the issue of such shares effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
(b) the Company shall have determined, on such basis as it deems appropriate (including an opinion of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Company) that the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of such shares does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ) or any applicable State securities laws.
Furthermore, the inability of the Company to obtain or maintain, or the impracticability of it obtaining or maintaining, authority from any governmental agency having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Companys counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any Stock hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such Stock as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained, and shall constitute circumstances in which the Committee may determine to amend or cancel Awards pertaining to such Stock, with or without consideration to the affected Participants.
10.3. Corporate Restrictions on Rights in Stock . Any Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all restrictions upon the transfer thereof which may be now or hereafter imposed by the charter, certificate or articles, and by-laws, of the Company. Whenever Stock is to be issued pursuant to an Award, if the Committee so directs at or after grant, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue such shares until such time, if ever, as the recipient of the Award (and any person who exercises any Option, in whole or in part), shall have become a party to and bound by the Stockholders Agreement, if any.
10.4. Investment Representations . The Company shall be under no obligation to issue any shares of Stock covered by any Award unless the shares to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan have been effectively registered under the Securities Act, or the Participant shall have made such written representations to the Company (upon which the Company believes it may reasonably rely) as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate for purposes of confirming that the issuance of such shares will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws and otherwise in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of any jurisdiction in which Participants may reside or primarily work, including but not limited to that the Participant is acquiring the shares for his or her own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such shares.
10.5. Registration . If the Company shall deem it necessary or desirable to register under the Securities Act or other applicable statutes any shares of Stock issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, or to qualify any such shares of Stock for exemption from the Securities Act or other applicable statutes, then the Company shall take such action at its own expense. The Company may require from each recipient of an Award, or each holder of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan, such information in writing for use in any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or offering circular as is reasonably necessary for that purpose and may require reasonable indemnity to the Company and its officers
and directors from that holder against all losses, claims, damage and liabilities arising from use of the information so furnished and caused by any untrue statement of any material fact therein or caused by the omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made. In addition, the Company may require of any such person that he or she agree that, without the prior written consent of the Company or the managing underwriter in any public offering of shares of Stock, he or she will not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, pledge or otherwise encumber, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Stock during the 180 day period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the underwritten public offering of securities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.5 , if in connection with any underwritten public offering of securities of the Company the managing underwriter of such offering requires that the Companys directors and officers enter into a lock-up agreement containing provisions that are more restrictive than the provisions set forth in the preceding sentence, then (a) each holder of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan (regardless of whether such person has complied or complies with the provisions of clause (b) below) shall be bound by, and shall be deemed to have agreed to, the same lock-up terms as those to which the Companys directors and officers are required to adhere; and (b) at the request of the Company or such managing underwriter, each such person shall execute and deliver a lock-up agreement in form and substance equivalent to that which is required to be executed by the Companys directors and officers.
10.6. Placement of Legends; Stop Orders; etc. Each share of Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan may bear a reference to the investment representations made in accordance with Section 10.4 in addition to any other applicable restrictions under the Plan, and the terms of the Award and under the Stockholders Agreement (if any) and, if applicable, to the fact that no registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect to such shares of Stock. All shares of Stock or other securities issued under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Stock is then listed, and any applicable federal or state securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be placed on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions, or, if the Stock will be held in book-entry position through the Companys transfer agents direct registration system, the restrictions will be appropriately noted.
10.7. Tax Withholding . Whenever shares of Stock are issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, the Company shall have the right to require the recipient to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other withholding tax requirements if, when, and to the extent required by law (whether so required to secure for the Company an otherwise available tax deduction or otherwise) prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates, held in book-entry position through the Companys transfer agents direct registration system, for such shares. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on satisfaction of all such withholding obligations and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant or to utilize any other withholding method prescribed by the Committee from time to time. However, in such cases Participants may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, acting in its sole discretion, to satisfy an applicable withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold shares of Stock to satisfy their tax obligations. All elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee deems appropriate. If shares
of Stock are withheld to satisfy an applicable withholding requirement, the shares of Stock withheld shall have a Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax which could be imposed on the transaction; provided , however , if shares of Stock are withheld to satisfy a withholding requirement imposed by a country other than the United States, the amount withheld may exceed such minimum, provided that it is not in excess of the actual amount required to be withheld with respect to the Participant under applicable tax law or regulations.
10.8. Company Charter and By-Laws; Other Company Policies . This Plan and all Awards granted hereunder are subject to the charter and By-Laws of the Company, as they may be amended from time to time, and all other Company policies duly adopted by the Board, the Committee or any other committee of the Board and as in effect from time to time regarding the acquisition, ownership or sale of Stock by employees and other service providers, including, without limitation, policies intended to limit the potential for insider trading and to avoid or recover compensation payable or paid on the basis of inaccurate financial results or statements, employee conduct, and other similar events.
11. Reservation of Stock
The Company shall at all times during the term of the Plan and any outstanding Awards granted hereunder reserve or otherwise keep available such number of shares of Stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan (if then in effect) and the Awards and shall pay all fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.
12. Limitation of Rights in Stock; No Special Service Rights
A Participant shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the shares of Stock subject to an Award, unless and until a certificate shall have been issued therefor and delivered to the Participant or his agent, or the Stock shall be issued through the Companys transfer agents direct registration system. Any Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all restrictions upon the transfer thereof which may be now or hereafter imposed by the certificate or articles of incorporation and the by-laws of the Company. Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any recipient of an Award any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment or other association with the Company (or any Affiliate), or interfere in any way with the right of the Company (or any Affiliate), subject to the terms of any separate employment or consulting agreement or provision of law or corporate articles or by-laws to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or consulting agreement or to increase or decrease, or otherwise adjust, the other terms and conditions of the recipients employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates.
13. Unfunded Status of Plan
The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded plan for incentive compensation, and the Plan is not intended to constitute a plan subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company. In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Stock or payments with respect to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards hereunder; provided , however , that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the unfunded status of the Plan.
14. Nonexclusivity of the Plan
Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor any action taken in connection with the adoption or operation of the Plan shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of stock options and restricted stock other than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.
15. No Guarantee of Tax Consequences
It is intended that all Awards shall be granted and maintained on a basis which ensures they are exempt from, or otherwise compliant with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, pertaining to non-qualified plans of deferred compensation, and the Plan shall be governed, interpreted and enforced consistent with such intent. However, neither the Company nor any Affiliate, nor any director, officer, agent, representative or employee of either, guarantees to the Participant or any other person any particular tax consequences as a result of the grant of, exercise of rights under, or payment in respect of an Award, including but not limited to that an Option granted as an Incentive Option has or will qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or that the provisions and penalties of Section 409A of the Code will or will not apply and no person shall have any liability to a Participant or any other party if a payment under an Award that is intended to benefit from favorable tax treatment or avoid adverse tax treatment fails to realize such intention or for any action taken by the Board or the Committee with respect to the Award.
16. Termination and Amendment of the Plan
16.1. Termination or Amendment of the Plan . Subject to the limitations contained in Section 16.3 below, including specifically the requirement of stockholder approval, if applicable, the Board may at any time suspend or terminate the Plan or make such modifications of the Plan as it shall deem advisable. Unless the Board otherwise expressly provides, no amendment of the Plan shall affect the terms of any Award outstanding on the date of such amendment.
16.2. Termination or Amendment of Outstanding Awards; Assumptions . Subject to the limitations contained in Section 16.3 below, including specifically the requirement of stockholder approval, if applicable, the Committee may at any time:
(a) amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, provided that the Award as amended is consistent with the terms of the Plan;
(b) within the limitations of the Plan, modify, extend or assume outstanding Awards or accept the cancellation of outstanding Awards or of outstanding stock options or other equity-based compensation awards granted by another issuer in return for the grant of new Awards for the same or a different number of shares of Stock and on the same or different terms and conditions (including but not limited to the exercise price of any Option); and
(c) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Award previously granted or authorize the recipient of an Award to elect to cash out an Award previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.
16.3. Limitations on Amendments, Etc.
(a) Without the approval of the Companys stockholders, no amendment or modification of the Plan by the Board may (i) increase the number of shares of Stock which may be issued under the Plan, (ii) change the description of the persons eligible for Awards, or (iii) effect any other change for which stockholder approval is required by law or the rules of any relevant stock exchange.
(b) No action by the Board or the Committee pursuant to this Section 16 shall impair the rights of the recipient of any Award outstanding on the date of such amendment or modification of such Award, as the case may be, without the Participants consent; provided, however, that no such consent shall be required if (i) the Board or Committee, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion and prior to the date of any Change of Control that such amendment or alteration either is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy any law or regulation, including without limitation the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, or to meet the requirements of or avoid adverse financial accounting consequences under any accounting standard, (ii) the Board or Committee, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion and prior to the date of any Change of Control that such amendment or alteration is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish the benefits provided under the Award, or that any such diminution has been adequately compensated, or (iii) the Board or Committee, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion that such amendment or alteration either is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy any law or regulation.
17. Notices and Other Communications
Any communication or notice required or permitted to be given under the Plan shall be in such form as the Committee may determine from time to time. If a notice, demand, request or other communication is required or permitted to be given in writing, then any such notice, demand, request or other communication hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or duly sent by first class registered, certified or overnight mail, postage prepaid, or telecopied with a confirmation copy by regular, certified or overnight mail, addressed or telecopied, as the case may be, (i) if to the recipient of an Award, at his or her residence address last filed with the Company and (ii) if to the Company, at its principal place of business, addressed to the attention of its Treasurer, or to such other address or telecopier number, as the case may be, as the addressee may have designated by notice to the addressor. All such notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been received: (i) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery; (ii) in the case of mailing, when received by the addressee; and (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission, when confirmed by facsimile machine report.
18. Governing Law
The Plan and all Award Agreements and actions taken hereunder and thereunder shall be governed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
Exhibit 10.2
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of [ · ], 2014, between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Company ), and the individual identified in the table below (the Recipient ).
Recipient |
|
[ · ] |
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
[ · ](1) |
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
[ · ](2) |
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date |
|
[ · ](3) |
1. Grant of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement and the Companys 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or interpreted from time to time, the Plan ), including without limitation the vesting provisions set forth in Section 2 , the Company hereby issues to you, the Recipient, the above indicated number of shares (the Shares ) of the common stock, par value $.0001 per share in the Company (the Stock ), with effect as of the Grant Date specified above, solely in consideration of your continued service to and employment by the Company , the receipt and sufficiency of which the Company hereby acknowledges.
2. Vesting. As of the date of this Award Agreement, all of the Shares shall be subject to forfeiture (the Shares, while and to the extent so subject to the risk of forfeiture, being hereinafter referred to as Unvested Shares ). Unvested Shares shall vest, and shall no longer be subject to forfeiture under Section 3 hereof, as set forth in the remainder of this Section 2 . Unvested Shares which have vested in accordance with this Section 2 are hereinafter referred to as Vested Shares . The vesting of the Shares may also be subject to any applicable provisions contained in any employment agreement between the Recipient and the Company or its subsidiaries (if any).
a) Vesting Based on Continued Service . That portion of the Shares specified in the table below shall become Vested Shares on the date set opposite such number in the table below:
Portion of the Shares |
|
Vesting Date |
|
25 |
% |
First anniversary of the Grant Date |
|
25 |
% |
Second anniversary of the Grant Date |
|
25 |
% |
Third anniversary of the Grant Date |
|
(1) To be a number equal to grant amount (in dollars) / IPO price per share
(2) To be immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement
(3) To be the same as the grant date.
Portion of the Shares |
|
Vesting Date |
|
25 |
% |
Fourth anniversary of the Grant Date |
|
3. Effect of Termination.
3.1 . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, no Unvested Shares shall become Vested Shares following the date (the Recipients Termination Date ), reasonably fixed and determined by the Committee, of the voluntary or involuntary termination of your employment or other association with all of the Company and its Affiliates, for any or no reason whatsoever, including death or disability and an entity ceasing to be an Affiliate of the Company; provided , however , that military or sick leave shall not be deemed a termination of employment or other association, if it does not exceed the longer of 90 days or the period during which your reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract. As of your Termination Date, all of the then Unvested Shares shall be forfeited by you and any Permitted Transferee (as defined in Section 4 below). As of your Termination Date, and without requirement of notice or other action, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the then Unvested Shares and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name such Unvested Shares for no consideration whatsoever.
3.2 . Notwithstanding any of other provision of this Award Agreement to the contrary, any otherwise Vested Shares held by you or a Permitted Transferee (as defined in Section 4 below) as of your Termination Date shall be treated as Unvested Shares and forfeited in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1 if the Company or relevant Affiliate terminates your employment or other association for Cause, or at the termination of your employment or other association the Company or relevant Affiliate had grounds to terminate your employment or other association for Cause (whether then or thereafter determined) for Cause. For this purpose, Cause means (a) your engaging in gross neglect of your duties with the Company and its Affiliates, or your fraud or dishonesty in connection with the performance of duties to the Company and its Affiliates, in either case which has a materially detrimental effect on the business or operations of the Company and its Affiliates; (b) your engaging in any willful violation of any applicable confidential, non-disclosure or securities trading policy or policies of the Company or an Affiliate; and (c) your conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction of any crime (or upon entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a charge of any crime) constituting a felony; provided , however , that if you and the Company or one of its Affiliates are parties to an employment or similar agreement in effect immediately prior to your Termination Date which defines cause, Cause shall mean cause as defined in said agreement.
4. Restrictions on Transfer . Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section, none of the Unvested Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way at any time (including, without limitation, by operation of law) other than (i) to the Company or its assignees or (ii), after written notice to the Company identifying the transferee to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, to a family member (within the meaning of Section 6.4 of the Plan, hereinafter referred to as Permitted Transferees ). All Permitted Transferees of Shares or any interest therein under (ii)
of the preceding sentence shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing, in form satisfactory to the Company, that they shall receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the forfeiture conditions described herein. Any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Shares other than in accordance with this Section shall be void. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in violation of this Section or (ii) to treat as owner of any Shares, to accord the right to vote Shares to, or to pay dividends in respect of Shares to, any person purporting to have acquired Shares or any beneficial interest therein unless such Shares or interest were acquired in compliance with the provisions of this Section.
5. Legend. All certificates representing any Unvested Shares shall have endorsed thereon, until they become Vested Shares, the following legend:
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE POTENTIAL FORFEITURE OF THE SAME) OF THE BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC. 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND AN AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE REGISTERED OWNER AND BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC., COPIES OF WHICH WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER OF THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.
6. Retention of Certificate. Any certificate or certificates evidencing any of the Unvested Shares shall be deposited with the Secretary of the Company. Unvested Shares may also be held in a restricted book entry account in your name.
7. Shareholder Rights. Until they become Vested Shares, you or your Permitted Transferee shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to Unvested Shares, including the right to vote such Shares, except that (a) any right to transfer the Shares is set forth in Section 4 , above, and (b) any dividends on payable Unvested Shares shall be paid only as, when, and if such Shares vest. Any deferred dividends paid will be paid without interest or other earnings.
8. Miscellaneous.
8.1 . Remedies. Each party hereto, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law including recovery of damages (but subject to the remainder of this subsection), will be entitled to specific performance of his, her or its rights under this Award Agreement. The parties hereto agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach of the provisions of this Award Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND TO CLAIM OR RECOVER PUNITIVE DAMAGES.
8.2 . Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Award Agreement.
8.3 . Entire Agreement; Counterparts. This Award Agreement, including the Plan, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Award Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. In making proof of this Award Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.
8.4 . Community Property. To the extent the you reside in a jurisdiction in which community property rules apply, without prejudice to the actual rights of the spouses as between each other, for all purposes of this Award Agreement, you shall be treated as agent and attorney-in-fact for that interest held or claimed by your spouse with respect to these Shares and the parties hereto shall act in all matters as if you were the sole owner of the Shares. This appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.
8.5 Tax Matters . Notwithstanding any action the Company takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding ( Tax-Related Items ), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains Recipients responsibility and the Company (a) makes no representation or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with the grant or vesting of the grant or the subsequent sale of any shares; (b) does not commit to structure the grant to reduce or eliminate Recipients liability for Tax-Related Items and (c) has not provided and is not providing Recipient with any advice regarding Tax-Related Items (including with respect to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) . Recipient acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon disposition of the shares and that Recipient should consult a tax advisor prior to such exercise or disposition.
9. Receipt of Plan. The Shares were awarded under the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference and to which this Award Agreement is subject in all respects. All capitalized terms used in this Award Agreement and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan. You have reviewed and understand the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, and have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement. You hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement.
[ Signature Page Follows ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , you and the Company have entered into this Award Agreement as of the Grant Date.
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature of Recipient |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Award Agreement]
Exhibit 10.3
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of [ · ], 2014, between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Company ), and the individual identified in the table below (the Recipient ).
Recipient |
|
Brenda Morris |
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
[ · ](1) |
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
[ · ](2) |
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date |
|
[ · ](3) |
1. Grant of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement and the Companys 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or interpreted from time to time, the Plan ), including without limitation the vesting provisions set forth in Section 2 , the Company hereby issues to you, the Recipient, the above indicated number of shares (the Shares ) of the common stock, par value $.0001 per share in the Company (the Stock ), with effect as of the Grant Date specified above, solely in consideration of your continued service to and employment by the Company , the receipt and sufficiency of which the Company hereby acknowledges.
2. Vesting. As of the date of this Award Agreement, all of the Shares shall be subject to forfeiture (the Shares, while and to the extent so subject to the risk of forfeiture, being hereinafter referred to as Unvested Shares ). Unvested Shares shall vest, and shall no longer be subject to forfeiture under Section 3 hereof, as set forth in the remainder of this Section 2 . Unvested Shares which have vested in accordance with this Section 2 are hereinafter referred to as Vested Shares . The vesting of the Shares may also be subject to any applicable provisions contained in any employment agreement between the Recipient and the Company or its subsidiaries (if any).
a) Vesting Based on Continued Service . That portion of the Shares specified in the table below shall become Vested Shares on the date set opposite such number in the table below:
Portion of the Shares |
|
Vesting Date |
100 |
% |
First anniversary of the Grant Date |
(1) To be a number equal to $50,000 / IPO price per share
(2) To be immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement
(3) To be the same as the grant date.
3. Effect of Termination.
3.1 . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, no Unvested Shares shall become Vested Shares following the date (the Recipients Termination Date ), reasonably fixed and determined by the Committee, of the voluntary or involuntary termination of your employment or other association with all of the Company and its Affiliates, for any or no reason whatsoever, including death or disability and an entity ceasing to be an Affiliate of the Company; provided , however , that military or sick leave shall not be deemed a termination of employment or other association, if it does not exceed the longer of 90 days or the period during which your reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract. As of your Termination Date, all of the then Unvested Shares shall be forfeited by you and any Permitted Transferee (as defined in Section 4 below). As of your Termination Date, and without requirement of notice or other action, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the then Unvested Shares and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name such Unvested Shares for no consideration whatsoever.
3.2 . Notwithstanding any of other provision of this Award Agreement to the contrary, any otherwise Vested Shares held by you or a Permitted Transferee (as defined in Section 4 below) as of your Termination Date shall be treated as Unvested Shares and forfeited in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1 if the Company or relevant Affiliate terminates your employment or other association for Cause, or at the termination of your employment or other association the Company or relevant Affiliate had grounds to terminate your employment or other association for Cause (whether then or thereafter determined) for Cause. For this purpose, Cause means (a) your engaging in gross neglect of your duties with the Company and its Affiliates, or your fraud or dishonesty in connection with the performance of duties to the Company and its Affiliates, in either case which has a materially detrimental effect on the business or operations of the Company and its Affiliates; (b) your engaging in any willful violation of any applicable confidential, non-disclosure or securities trading policy or policies of the Company or an Affiliate; and (c) your conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction of any crime (or upon entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a charge of any crime) constituting a felony; provided , however , that if you and the Company or one of its Affiliates are parties to an employment or similar agreement in effect immediately prior to your Termination Date which defines cause, Cause shall mean cause as defined in said agreement.
4. Restrictions on Transfer . Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section, none of the Unvested Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way at any time (including, without limitation, by operation of law) other than (i) to the Company or its assignees or (ii), after written notice to the Company identifying the transferee to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, to a family member (within the meaning of Section 6.4 of the Plan, hereinafter referred to as Permitted Transferees ). All Permitted Transferees of Shares or any interest therein under (ii) of the preceding sentence shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing, in form satisfactory to the Company, that they shall receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the forfeiture conditions described herein. Any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Shares other than in accordance with this Section shall be void. The Company shall not be
required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in violation of this Section or (ii) to treat as owner of any Shares, to accord the right to vote Shares to, or to pay dividends in respect of Shares to, any person purporting to have acquired Shares or any beneficial interest therein unless such Shares or interest were acquired in compliance with the provisions of this Section.
5. Legend. All certificates representing any Unvested Shares shall have endorsed thereon, until they become Vested Shares, the following legend:
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE POTENTIAL FORFEITURE OF THE SAME) OF THE BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC. 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND AN AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE REGISTERED OWNER AND BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC., COPIES OF WHICH WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER OF THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.
6. Retention of Certificate. Any certificate or certificates evidencing any of the Unvested Shares shall be deposited with the Secretary of the Company. Unvested Shares may also be held in a restricted book entry account in your name.
7. Shareholder Rights. Until they become Vested Shares, you or your Permitted Transferee shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to Unvested Shares, including the right to vote such Shares, except that (a) any right to transfer the Shares is set forth in Section 4 , above, and (b) any dividends on payable Unvested Shares shall be paid only as, when, and if such Shares vest. Any deferred dividends paid will be paid without interest or other earnings.
8. Miscellaneous.
8.1 . Remedies. Each party hereto, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law including recovery of damages (but subject to the remainder of this subsection), will be entitled to specific performance of his, her or its rights under this Award Agreement. The parties hereto agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach of the provisions of this Award Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND TO CLAIM OR RECOVER PUNITIVE DAMAGES.
8.2 . Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Award Agreement.
8.3 . Entire Agreement; Counterparts. This Award Agreement, including the Plan, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Award Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. In making proof of this Award Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.
8.4 . Community Property. To the extent the you reside in a jurisdiction in which community property rules apply, without prejudice to the actual rights of the spouses as between each other, for all purposes of this Award Agreement, you shall be treated as agent and attorney-in-fact for that interest held or claimed by your spouse with respect to these Shares and the parties hereto shall act in all matters as if you were the sole owner of the Shares. This appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.
8.5 Tax Matters . Notwithstanding any action the Company takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding ( Tax-Related Items ), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains Recipients responsibility and the Company (a) makes no representation or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with the grant or vesting of the grant or the subsequent sale of any shares; (b) does not commit to structure the grant to reduce or eliminate Recipients liability for Tax-Related Items and (c) has not provided and is not providing Recipient with any advice regarding Tax-Related Items (including with respect to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) . Recipient acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon disposition of the shares and that Recipient should consult a tax advisor prior to such exercise or disposition.
9. Receipt of Plan. The Shares were awarded under the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference and to which this Award Agreement is subject in all respects. All capitalized terms used in this Award Agreement and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan. You have reviewed and understand the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, and have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement. You hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement.
[ Signature Page Follows ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , you and the Company have entered into this Award Agreement as of the Grant Date.
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature of Recipient |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Award Agreement]
Exhibit 10.4
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT dated as of [ · ], 2014, between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Company ), and the individual identified in Section 1 below, currently residing at the address set out at the end of this Agreement (the Optionee ).
1. Grant of Option. Pursuant and subject to the Companys 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as the same may be amended from time to time, the Plan ), the Company grants to the Optionee an option (the Option ) to purchase from the Company all or any part of a total of the number of shares identified in the table below (the Optioned Shares ) of the common stock, par value $.0001 per share, in the Company (the Stock ), at the exercise price per share set out in the table below.
Optionee |
James Conroy |
|
|
Number of Shares |
99,650(1) |
|
|
Exercise Price Per Share |
[ · ](2) |
|
|
Grant Date |
[ · ](3), 2014 |
|
|
Expiration Date |
8th anniversary of the Grant Date |
2. Character of Option. This Option is not intended to be treated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
3. Expiration of Option. This Option shall expire at 5:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Expiration Date or, if earlier, the earliest of the dates specified in whichever of the following applies:
a) If the termination of your employment or other association is on account of your death or disability, the first anniversary of the date your employment ends.
b) If the termination of your employment or other association is due to any other reason, 30 days after your employment or other association ends.
c) If the Company or relevant Affiliate terminates your employment or other association for cause, or at the termination of your employment or other association
(1) This reflects the post-split amount (i.e., 3,986 times 25)
(2) This will be the IPO price
(3) This will be immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement delivered in connection with the IPO.
the Company or relevant Affiliate had grounds to terminate your employment or other association for Cause (whether then or thereafter determined), immediately upon the termination of your employment or other association. For this purpose, Cause means only (a) your engaging in gross neglect of your duties with the Company, or your fraud or dishonesty in connection with the performance of duties to the Company and its Affiliates, in either case which has a materially detrimental effect on the business or operations of the Company; (b) your engaging in any willful violation of any applicable confidential, non-disclosure or securities trading policy or policies of the Company or an Affiliate; and (c) your conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction of any crime (or upon entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a charge of any crime) constituting a felony; provided , however , that if you and the Company or relevant Affiliate are parties to an employment or similar agreement in effect immediately prior to your termination which defines cause, Cause shall mean cause as defined in said agreement.
4. Exercise of Option.
a) You may exercise this Option as to the number of Optioned Shares that have vested under Section 4(b) (the Vested Shares ), in full or in part and at any time prior to the date this Option expires. However, during any period that this Option remains outstanding after your employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates ends, you may exercise it only to the extent of any remaining Vested Shares determined as of immediately prior to the end of your employment or other association. The procedure for exercising this Option is described in Section 7.1(e) of the Plan. The vesting of the Optioned Shares may also be subject to any applicable provisions contained in any employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company or its subsidiaries (if any).
b) Vesting . The Optioned Shares shall become Vested Shares based on the achievement of the performance goals and other conditions set forth below:
i. 50% Performance Vesting Condition means, at any time prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, the daily closing price of the Stock equals or exceeds $[ · ](4) for a period of 30 consecutive trading days on which the Stock is traded on a national securities exchange.
ii. 100% Performance Vesting Condition means, at any time prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, the daily closing price of the Stock equals or exceeds $[ · ](5) for a period of 30 consecutive trading days on which the Stock is traded on a national securities exchange.
iii. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Optioned Shares shall become Vested Shares prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date.
iv. So long as Optionee continues to be employed by the Company upon the third anniversary of the Grant Date: (i) if the 50%
(4) To equal 1.25 times the IPO price.
(5) To equal 1.5 times the IPO price.
Performance Vesting Condition has been met prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, then 16.67% (i.e. one-third of 50%) of the Optioned Shares shall be Vested Shares upon the third anniversary of the Grant Date and (ii) if the 100% Performance Vesting Condition has been met prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, then 33.33% (i.e. one-third of 100%) of the Optioned Shares shall be Vested Shares upon the third anniversary of the Grant Date.
v. So long as Optionee continues to be employed by the Company upon the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date: (i) if the 50% Performance Vesting Condition has been met prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, then 33.33% (i.e. two-thirds of 50%) of the Optioned Shares shall be Vested Shares upon the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date and (ii) if the 100% Performance Vesting Condition has been met prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, then 66.67% (i.e. two-thirds of 100%) of the Optioned Shares shall be Vested Shares upon the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.
vi. So long as Optionee continues to be employed by the Company upon the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date: (i) if the 50% Performance Vesting Condition has been met prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, then 50% (i.e. 100% of 50%) of the Optioned Shares shall be Vested Shares upon the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date and (ii) if the 100% Performance Vesting Condition has been met prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, then 100% (i.e. 100% of 100%) of the Optioned Shares shall be Vested Shares upon the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date.
vii. If the 50% Performance Vesting Goal or the 100% Performance Vesting Goal are not met on or prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date or, if earlier, the termination date of Optionees employment or association with the Company, then any Optioned Shares that are not Vested Shares on that date shall be forfeited by Optionee.
viii. For avoidance of doubt, each of the 50% Performance Vesting Goal and the 100% Performance Vesting Goal may only be achieved one time, so that, for example, with respect to the 50% Performance Vesting Goal, if the stock price equals or exceeds [ · ] for 30 consecutive trading days and then the stock price declines below [ · ] and subsequently increases above this threshold for 30 consecutive trading days thereafter, then no additional portion of the Optioned Shares shall become Vested Shares.
ix. Achievement of the 50% Performance Vesting Goal and the 100% Performance Vesting Goal shall be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company and then certified in writing.
5. Transfer of Option. You may not transfer this Option except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during your lifetime, only you may exercise this Option.
6. Incorporation of Plan Terms. This Option is granted subject to all of the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to the limitations on the Companys obligation to deliver Optioned Shares upon exercise set forth in Section 10 of the Plan (Settlement of Awards).
7. Tax Consequences. The Company makes no representation or warranty as to the tax treatment to you of your receipt or exercise of this Option or upon your sale or other disposition of the Optioned Shares. You should rely on your own tax advisors for such advice.
8. Treatment as Wages or Compensation. No amounts paid or payable in connection with this Option shall constitute wages or compensation for purposes of any applicable law, if ever, prior to the date on which such amount has been earned, vested and become payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Plan. No such amount shall be treated as wages or compensation for purposes of any employee or other benefit plan of the Company and its Affiliates except to the extent and at the time provided in the respective employee or other benefit plan.
9. Acknowledgements. You acknowledge that you have reviewed and understand the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, and have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.
10. Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.
11. Community Property . Without prejudice to the actual rights of the spouses as between each other, for all purposes of this Agreement, you shall be treated as agent and attorney-in-fact for that interest held or claimed by your spouse with respect to this Option and any Optioned Shares and the parties hereto shall act in all matters as if the Optionee was the sole owner of this Option and (following exercise) any such Optioned Shares. This appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.
12. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or assign of the Company and any executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, or other legal representative of you. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned under the Plan. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which together shall constitute but one instrument. In making proof of this Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.
[ Signature Page Follows ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature of Optionee |
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Optionees Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Option Agreement]
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The accompanying consolidated financial statements give effect to a 25-for-1 split of the common stock of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., (formerly WW Top Investment Corporation) and subsidiaries which will take place prior to the effective date of the registration statement. The following consent is in the form which will be furnished by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, upon completion of the 25-for-1 split of the common stock of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. described in the last paragraph of Note 16 to the financial statements and assuming that from March 29, 2014 to the date of such completion no other material events have occurred that would affect the accompanying financial statements or disclosures therein except as described in Note 16.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Costa
Mesa, California
October 20, 2014
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. to Registration Statement No. 333-199008 of our report dated June 13, 2014 (October , 2014 as to the effect of the common and preferred stock authorization, par value and common stock split discussed in the last paragraph of Note 16), relating to the consolidated financial statements of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (formerly WW Top Investment Corporation) and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
Costa
Mesa, California
October , 2014